Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
118-80 RESOLUTION
• RESOLUTION NO. //,440 • ,.• : -WHEREAS, the Board has submitted such matteisfog approval by the Board of Directors of the City; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Board of Directors of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas: Section 1. (a) In accordance with the recommendations ,of the Board, the City hereby approves issuance of the Bonds and the related details thereof and the Board's mortgage finance program (the "Program"), substantially as set forth in the Preliminary Official Statement of of the Board, a. copy of which is attached hereto, Exhibit A, and incorporated herein by reference. (b) The City hereby approves the sale of the Bonds to Powell & Satterfield, Inc. and Rauscher Pierce Refsnes, Inc. as Underwriters to the Board and approves Lomas & Nettleton Company as Administrator to the Program. .(c) The City approves the Participant mortgage lending institutions listed on Exhibit B attached hereto, which is incorporated herein by reference. (d) Mercantile National Bank at Dallas, Dallas, Texas, is hereby approved as Trustee and Paying Agent for the Bonds, it having been found that the appointment of that institution as Trustee and Paying Agent is necessary if the Bonds are to be rated and marketed on acceptable terms under present economic conditions. (e) It is recognized and understood that, due to recent action by the Congress of the United States, the Bonds must be issued prior to January 1, 1981, that, due to current economic conditions, the marketing of the Bonds will be difficult and, indeed, cannot be assured and that the cie .details of the Bonds may have to be altered in order to ' R T.. conform to demands of the market. Therefore, only substantial compliance with the terms of the Bonds and their security set forth in the Preliminary Official Statement may be possible or in the interest of the City, and the Board is authorized to issue its Bonds under the Act on terms the details of which may vary from those set forth in the Preliminary Official Statement, subject, however, to the following conditions: 1. The rate of interest borne by any of the Bonds shall not exceed 10% per annum. 2. The discount received by or fees paid to the Underwriters may not exceed 2.5% of the principal amount of the Bonds issued. 3. The principal amount of the Bonds issued may not exceed $20,000,000. 4. A minimum of 75% of the proceeds of the Bonds (exclusive of amounts required to establish appropriate reserves and to pay costs of issuance of the Bonds) shall be used to acquire mortgage loans on existing or newly constructed single family residences located within the corporate limits of the City and a maximum of 25% of such funds shall be used to acquire mortgage loans on existing single family residences located in the territorial planning jurisdiction of the City (and not within the territorial planning jurisdiction of any other municipality) and in the City's projected growth area. (f) The approval of the Bonds, as set forth in this Section, is given in satisfaction of all requirements of Ordinance No. 2485, including the conditions set forth in Sections 4 and 5 thereof and the requirement set forth in Section 7 thereof. • Section 2. As implemented and interpreted hereby, Ordinance No. 2485 is hereby confirmed. Section 3. Any resolution in conflict herewith is hereby repealed to the extent of such conflict. Section 4. It has been found and determined that there is an urgent need for residential housing facilities in the City, that under current economic conditions the issue of Bonds by the Board affords the only means whereby a significant portion of this need can be met, and that, due to recent action by the Congress of the United States, those Bonds must be issued, if at all, prior to January 1, 1981. Therefore, an emergency is declared to exist and this Resolution, being necessary for the preservation of the public peace, health and safety, shall be in effect upon its passage and approval. CERTIFICATE OF RECORD State of Arkansas i SS City of Fayetteville I, Bonnie Goering, City Clerk and E;; Offich recorder for the City of Fayetteville, do here- by certify that the annexed or fcre'011s of record in my officeand the sarnb k ap• pears in Ordinance Ca Witness my nCS3 of hand and seal the 19 51/ City Clerk and Ex -Officio Recorder CERTIFICATE The undersigned, City Clerk of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, hereby certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy of Resolution No.//,y-SO, adopted at a /b )2*.TJ meeting of the City Council of the City, held at the regular meeting place in said City at ':3n o'clock p.m., on the /Sd day of ), , 1980, and that the Resolution is a part of the public records of the City, now in my possession. GIVEN under my hand and seal on this ci22,p(day of AQm nn., lauu , 1980. 4 t'Sr" csEArle d*u-ti, City C� k d • • PRELI511NARY OFFICIAL STATEMENT DATED EXHIBIT A .i , 1980 ' - . c t7 In the opinion of Bond Counsel, under existing statutes. regulations, published rulings and judicial decisions, interest on the Bonds is exempt from all present federal income taxes. However, legislation is pending before Congress (including the "Ullman Bili") which, if enacted in its present form, would retroactively subject interest on the Bonds to federal income tax. Under other pronosni.s (including the "Long Amendment") lox exemption of the interest on the Bonds would not be affected. Prospective purchasers of the Bonds should read carefully the section entitled "Pending Federal Legislation on Tax Exemption" herein. NEN ISSUE • RATING: Standard & Poor's $18,000,000 City of Fayetteville, Arkansas Residential housing Facilities Board Single Family Mortgage Revenue Bonds, Series 1980 Multiple Originators and Servicers The Lomas & Nettleton Compnny - Administrator Dated: December 15, 1980 Due: December 15, as shown below Interest on the Bonds is payable June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 1981. The Bonds are issued as coupon bonds, registrable as to principal only, or as to both principal and interest, in the denomination of $5,000 each. Principal, redemption premiums, if any, and interest on the coupon Bonds payable to bearer are payable at the principal office of Mercantile National Bank at Dallas,Dallas, Texas, Trustee and Paying Agent. • The Bonds are subject to special mandatory redemption and optional redemption, including redemption in whole or in part from prepayments of principal of mortgage loans, moneys in the Acquisition Fund which are not used to purchase mortgage loans, and moneys received from certain other sources, as more fully described herein under "The Bonds — Redemption Provisions". It is expected that a substantial portion of the Bonds will be redeemed prior to their respective stated maturities. The net proceeds of the Bonds will be used to purchase newly originated mortgage loans, secured by mortgages on single family residences in and near the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, to be occupied by persons or families with incomes not exceeding $33,000, and to deposit amounts to certain reserve and other funds and accounts, as more fully described herein. The mortgage loans are to be originated by a number of financial institutions (the "Participants") as more fully described herein under The Participants", and sold to the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas Residential Housing Facilities Board (the "Issuer"). The Bonds are limited obligations of the Issuer, and are secured by, and payable solely from (i) certain proceeds from the sate of the Bonds, (ii) revenues and receipts of the Program, and (iii) the amounts on deposit in the various reserve and other funds and accounts and the investment income thereon. Sources of Program Revenues include payments and prepayments on the mortgage loans (including insurance proceeds relating thereto), the commitment fees paid by the Participants and the proceeds from any sale of the mortgage loans, including sales to Worthen Bank & Trust Company, N. A., Little Rock, Arkansas pursuant to the Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement in order to pay the Term Bonds when due. The performance of Worthen Bank & Trust Company under the Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement will be secured by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the Trustee. The Bonds do not constitute a general obligation of the Issuer, and do not constitute a charge against the general credit or taxing power of the City of Fayetteville, the State of Arkansas, or any municipality or political subdivision thereof. Neither the City, the State nor any municipality or political subdivision thereof. Neither the City, the State nor any municipality or political subdivision thereof shall be liable on the Bonds, and the Bonds are not 'a debt of the City, the State er any municipality or political subdivision thereof, within the meaning of any constitutional or statutory provision. Due Principal* December 15 Amount 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 Interest Rate $18,000,000 SERIAL BONDS* Price or Yield Duc Principal* Interest Price December 15 Amount Rate or Yield 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 $00,000,000 ....% TE}tM A BONDS DUE 1982 at ...% $00,000,000 ....%, TERM B BONDS DUE 1992 at ...%* (Accrued interest to be added) The Bonds are offerer] when, as and if issued and received by the Underwriters, and sr rbject to the approving opinion of Messrs. Friday, Eldredge & Clark, Liltte Rock, Aricnn.sas, Bond Counsel, as to validity and tax exemption. Certain Icget matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters by their counsel, Messrs. Chapman and Cutler, Chicago, Illinois, and for the Issuer by James N. McCord, City Attorney of Fayetteville. Arkansas. It is expected that the Bonds will be available for delivery in on or about December 1980. POWWELL & SATTERFEILD, INC. RAUSCHER PIERCE REFSNES INC. *Preliminary, subject to change. { No dealer, broker, salesman or other person has been authorized by the Issuer, or the Underwriters, to give any information or to make nny representations other than those contained in this Official Statement, and, if given or made, such other information or representations must not be relied upon ns having been authorized by nnv of the foregoing. This Official Statement does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy, nor shall there be nny sale of the Bonds by any person 'in any jurisdiction in which it is unlawful for such person to make such offer, solicitation or sale. The information set forth herein has been obtained from the Issuer and other sources which are believed to be reliable, but it is not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and is not to be construed as a representation by the Underwriters. The information and expressions of opinion herein are subject to change without notice, and neither the delivery of this Official Statement nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstnnces, create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of the issuer or any other parties described herein since the date hereof. IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, TIIE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER -ALLOT OR EFFECT TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN TIIE MARKET PRICE OF THE BONDS OFFERED HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME. • TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Summary Statement Introduction The Issuer The Administrator The Bonds Debt Service on the Bonds Program Assumptions Sources and Applications of Funds The Mortgage Loans Insurance The Participants The Purchaser and the Trustee The Agreement The Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement The Letter of Credit The Indenture Pending Federal Legislation on Tax Exemption General Information Regarding the City of Fayetteville Ratings Certain Verifications Underwriting Tax Exemption Approval of Legal Proceedings Miscellaneous • This Summary Statement The offerin0 of the Bonds authorized to detach this Official Statement. SUMMARY STATEMENT is subject in all respects to more complete information contained in this Official Statement. to potential investors is made only by means of this entire Official Statement. No person is Summary Statement from this Official Statement or to'atherwise use it without this entire Lssucr The Bonds Tax Exemption and Pending Legislation Redemption. Initial Fund Deposits Sccuri ty City of Fayetteville, Arkansas Board (the "Issuer"), a public body laws of the Stale of Arkansas. Residential housing Facilities corpornte mad politic under the $18,000,000* aggregate principal amount of Single Family Mortgage Revenue Bonds, Series 1980, maturing in such amounts and at such times and bearing interest at such rates as are set forth on the cover of this Official Statement. No additional parity obligations are permitted to be issued under the Indenture. The Issuer has covenanted not to issue any other bonds of a type or character similar to the Bonds until at least 95% of the moneys initially deposited in the Acquisition Fund have been applied to acquire Mortgoge Loans or otherwise transferred, committed or expended as provided in the Indenture. In the opinion of Bond Counsel, under existing statutes, regulations, published rulings and judicial decisions, interest on the Bonds is exempt from all present federal income taxes. However, the U. S. House of Representatives on March 26, 1980, passed and sent to the Senate a bill (11.R. 5741), known as the Ullman 13111, which provides that interest on obligations such as the Bonds, issued after April 24, 1979, would not be exempt from federal income taxation. On June 27, 1980, on the motion of Chairman Russell Long of the Senate Finance Committee, the Senate approved an amendment to n supplemental appropriation bill (Amendment No. 344 to 11.R. 7542), known as the Long Amendment, which provides that any change in federal income tax treatment of mortgage revenue bonds shrill not apply to bonds issued before January 1, 1981. As part of the budget reconciliation process the House Budget Committee will include the provisions of H.R. 5741 in its recommendations; however, no provisions affecting mortgage 'revenue bands are included in the recommendation of the Senate Finance Committee. Sec "Pending Federal Legislation on Tax Exemption" herein. The Bonds are subject to redemption as more fully set forth under "The Bonds — Redemption Provisions", including special mandatory redemption in whole or impart from prepayments of principal of the Mortgage Loans, moneys in the Acquisition Fund which are not used to purchase Mortgage Loans, and moneys received from certain other sources. Although no such prepayments were assumed in establishing the maturities of the Bonds, it is anticipated that a substantial portion of the Bonds will be redeemed prior to their respective stated maturities. Approximately 515,000,000* will be deposited to the Acquisition Fund for the purchase of newly originated Mortgage Loans, $00,000,000* will be deposited to the Debt Service Reserve Fund, $000,000* will be deposited to the Contingency Reserve Fund, $0,000,000* will be deposited to the Mortgage Reserve Fund and $000,000* will be.deposited to the Cost of Issuance Fund. The Bonds are secured by, and payable solely from (i) certain proceeds derived from the sale of the Bonds, (ii) a pledge of the revenues and receipts of the Program, and (iii) the amounts on deposit in the various Funds and Accounts established by the Indenture and the investment income thereon. - Sources of Program Revenues include payments and prepayments on the Mortgage Loans (including insurance proceeds relating thereto), the Commitment Fees (as defined in the Agreement) of the Participants and the proceeds from any sole of the Mortgage Loans, including silts to Worthen Bank & Trust Company, N.A. i Mortgage Loans Insurance Participants Purchaser Trust cc Administrator * Preliminary, subject to change. (the "Purchaser"), in order to pay the Bonds maturing December 15, 1992 (tile "Term }fonds"). when due pursuant to the Mortgage Loan Purchase. :Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") between the Issuer, . the -Purchaser and the Trustee. The performance of the Purchaser under the Purchase Agreement will be secured by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the Trustee. In addition, the Trustee will be granted a security interest in all such Mortgage Loans, insurance policies, the Agreement and the Purchase Agreement. The Brings- ere /united obligations of the issuer payable solely from the revenue and receipts described above. See "The Bonds — Security for the Bonds". Loans will be made to Eligible Borrowers to finance qualified single family residences to be occupied by the Eligible Borrower. In addition to detached single family residences (up to 15%), duplexes, but not Condominiums, may be financed. The principal amount of any Mortgage Loan may not exceed 577,000. Each Mortgage Loan will have a term of 30 years and will be secured by a first mortgage lien (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) on the Residence. Interest will be payable at the rate of % until May 31, 1992, and at 15% thereafter. Each Mortgage Loan which exceeds 80% of the lesser of .the sales price or the appraised value of the Residence must be insured by a qualified private mortgage insurer (as more fully described herein under "Insurance"). Each Mortgagor must maintain standard hazard insurance providing fire and extended coverage. In addition to the above, there will be 0) a mortgage pool insurance policy issued by Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation providing secondary coverage against Mortgagor defaults on the portfolio of Mortgage Loans to be acquired by the Issuer (subject to a limitation on aggregate claims of 15% of the total initial principal amount of all Mortgage Loans originated, or whichever is greater) and (ii) a special hazard insurance policy issued by MGIC Indemnity Corporation providing certain secondary coverage against physical damage to any of the Residences (subject to a limitation on aggregate claims of the greater of 1% of the total initial principal amount of all Mortgage Loans or twice the initial principal amount of the largest Mortgage Loan purchased), all as more fully set forth under "Insurance". Mortgage Loans in the approximate original principal amount of $15,000,000* are expected to -be originated and sold to the issuer by certain savings and loan associations, mortgage banking institutions and commercial banking institutions and will be serviced, unless otherwise provided, by such financial institutions for a monthly fee of 1/12 of 3/8 of 1% of the unpaid principal amount of such Mortgage Loans on which principal payments are made, See "The Mortgage Loans" and "The Participants". The Purchaser has entered into the Purchase Agreement pursuant to which it is obligated, prior to the maturity of the Term Bonds, to purchase all oustanding Mortgage Loans offered for sale to it by the Issuer. As compensation for such obligation the Purchaser will receive monthly a fee equal to 1/12 of 1/2 of 1% of the principal amount of Mortgage Loans outstanding. See "The Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement". The Trustee will issue its irrevocable letter of credit pursuant to which it will he obligated to pay, for deposit in the Bond Fund, amounts due from the Purchaser under the Purchase Agreement to the extent such amounts are not paid by the Purchaser. as compensation for such obligation, the Trustee will receive monthly a fee equal to 1/12 of 1/4 of 1% of Mortgage Loans outstanding. See "The Mortgage Purchase Agreement" and "The Letter of Credit". The Lomas ec Nettleton Company will serve ns Administrator of the Program pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. Among the duties and responsibli t ies of the Administrator are 0) the review ii of Mbrtgage Loan documents prior to purchase by the Issuer, (ii) the submission of reports pertaining to moneys remitted to the Trustee by the Participants, (iii) the reviev) of the performance of each Participant, (iv) the review of and recommendations as to delinquency and foreclosure procedures and (v) the assumption of the responsibility of servicing ,Mortgage Loans of any Participant that is terminated for failure properly to service Mortgage Loans under the terms and. conditions of the Agreement or that voluntarily transfers its servicing obligotionsfto the Administrator with the consent of the Administrator and the Issuer. iii OFFICIAL STATEMENT relating to $18,000,000• • Single Family Mortgage Revenue Bonds, Series 1980 City of Fayetteville, Arkansas Residential (lousing Facilities Board INTRODUCTION The purpose of this Official Statement is to set forth information regarding the sale by the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas Residential Housing Facilities Board (the "Issuer") of $18,000,000* aggregate principal amount of its Single Family Mortgage Revenue Bonds, Series 1980 (the "Bonds"), which are being issued in connection with the Issuer's Single Family Mortgage Purchase Program (the "Progrnm"). The Bonds are being issued pursuant to a Trust Indenture, dated as of December 15, 1980 (the "Indenture"), between the Issuer and Mercantile National Bank at Dallas, Dallas, Texas. as trustee (the "Trustee"), to provide funds to purchase mortgage loans (the "Mortgage Loans") secured by first mortgage liens (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) on owner -occupied single family residences (the "Residences"), within or near the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas (the "City"), to make deposits to certain reserve funds and to pay bond issuance expenses and certain other costs. Pursuant to a Sale, Servicing and Administration Agreement, dated as of December 15, 1980, (the "Agreement"), among the Issuer, the Trustee, the Lomas & Nettleton Company (the "Administrator"), Lomas & Nettleton Financial Corporation ("LNFC"), and certain financial institutions (the "Participants"), the Participants are severally obligated • to use their best efforts to originate and sell to the Issuer, or to enter into firm comm'tment letters with bona fide homebuyers on or before December 15, 1981, for the origination and eventual sale to the issuer of, Mortgage Loans in the allocated amounts described under "The Participants" herein. The aggregate amount of such allocations will be approximately S15,000,000*. Hach Mortgage Loan must be (i) for the acquisition of a Residence which is to be occupied by nn Eligible Borrower, as defined raider "The Agreement - Definitions", and located within or near the limits of the City, (ii) covered by the insurance policies described under "Insurance", (iii) for a thirty year term and (iv) in compliance with certain other requirements. Pursuant to the Agreement. each Participant is appointed as the servicer of the Mortgage Loans which it originates, subject to the right to assign its servicing rights and obligations e.s more fully described under "The Agreement — Servicing of Mortgage Loans". The Bonds are limited obligations of the Issuer, secured by, and payable solely from (0 certain proceeds derived from the sale of the Bonds, (ii) a pledge of the revenues and receipts of the Program, and (iii) amounts on deposit in the various Funds and Accounts established by the indenture, including the Mortgnge Reserve Fund,. the Debt Service Reserve Fund and the Contingency Reserve Fund, and the investment income thereon. Sources of Program revenues include payments and prepayments on the Mortgnge 1,onns (including any insurance proceeds relating thereto), the Commitment Fees (as defined in the Agreement) of the Participants and the proceeds from any sale of the Mortgage Loans, including sales to Worthen Bank & Trust Company, N.A., Little Rock, Arknnsas (the "Purchaser') in order to pay the Bonds maturing December 15, 1992 (the "Term Bonds") when due pursuant to the Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") among the Issuer, the Purchaser and the Trustee, as more fully set forth herein under "The Bonds — Security for the Bonds" and "The Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement". The performance of the Purchaser under the Purchase Agreement will be secured by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the Trustee. See "The Letter of. Credit". The Agreement requires that each Participant make its allocated funds available on a first-come, first-served basis to Eligible Borrowers (as defined in the Agreement), subject to certain limitations. Each Participant is required to use its allocation for the issuing of Commitments (as defined in the Agreement) for Mortgage Loans to finance the purchase of Residences. Residence is defined in the Agreement to mean the real property and improvements thereon, consisting of existing or newly constructed residences within the City and existing residences only within five miles of the City limits, which shall be a single family detached or duplex structure (up to 15%), which is occupied or to be 'occupied as the primary residence of the Eligible Borrower. Condominiums may not be financed. In order to qualify for a Mortgage Loan under the Program, the adjusted gross income of the Eligible Borrower and spouse must not have exceeded $33,000 for the calendar year 1979. The maximum amount of each Mortgage Loan is $77,000 or such lesser amount which conforms to the eligiblity and credit underwriting standards sperified in the Agreement and the applicable limitations- of the private mortgage insurer until May 31, 1992 and 1596 thereafter. (See "The Mortgage Loans"). The Bonds ore limited obligations of the Issuer payable sorely from the revenues, receipts and resources of .the Issuer pledged under the Indenture and not from any other revenues, funds or assets of the Issuer, and do not constitute an indebtedness or obligation (legal, general, .special, moral or otherwise) of the City (or any other county, city or other municipal or political corporation or subdivision of the State of Arkansas) or the State of Arkansas, or a loan of credit of any of them, within the meaning of any constitutional or statutory provisions. Brief descriptions of the Issuer, the Administrntor, the Bonds, the Mortgage Loans, the insurance with respect to the Mortgngc Loans, the Pnrtieipants, the Purchaser, the Purchase Agreement, the Agreement, and the Indenture nre included in this Official Statement. All summnries herein of documents and agreements nre qualified in their entirety by reference to such documents and agreements, and all summaries herein of the Bonds are qunlified in their • Preliminary, subject to change entirety by reference to the form thereof included in the Indentiirc and. the provisions with respect thereto included • in the aforesaid documents and agrecm'ents, copies of which will he avaUable for' inspection at the office of the Trustee. THE ISSUER The Issuer, the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas Residential Housing, Facilities Roard, pursuant to the Constitution and laws of the State of Arkansas, particularly Act No. 142 of the Acts of Arkansas of 1975, as amended, known as the Public Facilities Boards Act (the "Act"), is authorized to acquire mortgage loans on residential real property for low and moderate income families and issue revenue bonds for such purposes. The Issuer has duly authorized the purchase of the Mortgage Loans, the execution and delivery of the Agreement and the Indenture, and the issuance of the Bonds. The Bonds are being issued under the Indenture in order to implement the Issuer's Single Family Mortgage Purchase Program (the "Program'). The Issuer was formed by the City which has approved the Program. The Issuer has issued 518 million of bonds in connection with a prior program in 1979. All funds available for loans under that program have been expended. The Issuer has no experience in originating, servicing or administering mortgage loans of any type. However, the Administrator is experienced in both the origination and servicing of mortgage loans, as more fully described under "The Administrator". The Participants, pursuant to the Agreement, have agreed to originate and sell the Mortgage Loans without recourse to, and subject to assignment, service the Mortgage Loans each en iginates for, the Issuer. The Participants have agreed periodically to transfer Mortgage Loan payments to the Trustee. The Issuer will have no responsibility with respect to originating or servicing the Mortgage Loans or the collection, transfer or payment of any moneys derived from the Mortgage Loans. The Board of Directors of the Issuer consists of five persons appointed by the City who serve for staggered terms. Members are eligible to succeed themselves. The current members of the Board, the years in which their respective terms expire and their occupations are as follows: Name R. Dale Christy, Chairman George Faucette, Jr., Vice -Chairman James R. Pennington, Secretary -Treasurer F. H. Martin Phil Taylor General Term Expires Occupation 1982 President, Chamber of Commerce 1985 Realtor 1981 Horne Builder 1984 Attorney 1983 Professor, University of Arkansas THE ADMINISTRATOR The Administrator, The Lomas & Nettleton Company, was founded in 1899 and is a wholly owned subsidiary of LNFC. As of June 30, 1980, LNFC and its subsidiaries had total assets of approximately $634 million and a net worth of approximately $ million. The Administrator is not liable for the payment of the Bonds or the interest or redemption premiums, if any, thereon. The performance of the Administrator in its duties and obligations, its observance of the terms and conditions and its financial responsibilities under the Agreement are guaranteed by its parent, LNFC. The Administrator is in the business of making, selling, purchasing, servicing and administering mortgage loans. The company conducts its operations through its principal office in Dallas, Texas. and maintains over 155 offices in various cities, including Little Rock and Fort Smith, Arkansas. Its principal servicing office is in Houston, Texas. For the year ended June 30, 1980, the Administrator originated and placed approximately $1:09 billion of single family mortgage loans. Its mortgage servicing portfolio as of .lune 30, 1979, totaled approximately $10.9 billion in outstanding principal amount of mortgngc loans, approximately $9.9 billion of which were single family mortgage loans. Such servicing portfolio consists of approximately 491,300 loons in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. The Administrator is the largest mortgage bunker in the United States servicing investor-owned mortgage loons, based upon the size of its mortgage servicing portfolio. The Administrator is (i) an approved FILA and VA lender, (ii) a Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA') approved seller and issuer of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA and (iii) n Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") approved seller and servicer for FIIA insured, VA guaranteed and conventional home mortgage loans. The Administrator is the largest mortgage servicer (measured in terms of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of mortgage loans serviced) for FNMA and, measured by dollar volume, is the largest issuer of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA. As of October 15, 1980, the Administrator is serving as administrator for 24 single family mortgage revenue bond programs, having an aggregate of approximately $1.49 billion in bonds issued. Four of these programs are in Arkansas. The Administrator will also be a Participant in the Program. See "The Participants". • Duties P The principal responsibilities of the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement are described as follows: (a) review of Mortgage Loan documents for compliance to purchase of the Mortgage Loans by the Issuer; (b) collection of information and submission of reports pertaining to the Mortgage Loans and to moneys remitted to the Trustee by the Participants; (c) periodic review of the performance of each Participant to determine compliance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement; (d) review of and recommendations as to Mortgage Loan satisfactions, fire losses, easement problems and condemnation, delinquency and foreclosure procedures; (e) review of the Participants' delinquency and foreclosure reports on the Mortgage Loans; (f) assumption of the responsibility of servicing Mortgage Loans of any Participant which is removed for failure properly to service Mortgage Loans under the terms and conditions of the Agreement or which voluntarily transfers its servicing obligations to the Administrator with the consent of the Administrator and the Issuer, for the same fee as such Participant was receiving for servicing at the time of such default or transfer; (g) review of the Participants' escrow records to reconcile escrow balances; (h) supervision of claims filed under the Standard Hazard Insurance Policies, the Special Hazard Insurance Policy, and the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy; and (i) consultation with the Issuer and the Trustee regarding any aspects of the Program. The Agreement provides for the removal of the Administrator by the Issuer, under certain conditions in the event of default by the Administrator. The Administrator may not resign except upon failure of the Trustee or the Issuer to make payment of any moneys due to the Administrator under the Agreement or such other breach of the Agreement by the Trustee or the Issuer which adversely affects the Administrator or LNFC, which failure -or breach shall continue for a period in excess of 30 days of ter receipt of written notice by the Issuer or the Trustee, but if removed, the Trustee is authorized to appoint a successor administrator. Until a successor administrator is appointed and assumes the duties of ndministrntor under the Agreement, the Trustee is required to act in the capacity of administrator of the Program. . TI113 BONDS General Description The Bonds will be issued as coupon bonds in the denomination of *5,000 each, registrable as to principal only, or as to both principal and interest. The Bonds wilt be dated December 15, 1980, and will bear interest from that date at such rates, and will mature on such dates, as set forth on the cover page of this Official Statement. interest on the Bonds will be payable semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 1981. The principal of and interest on the Bonds will be payable at the principal office of Mercantile National Bank at Dallas, Dallas, Texas, the Trustee, except that interest on Bonds registered as to both principal and interest will be payable by check or draft mailed to the registered holder thereof by the Trustee. If any Blonds or Bonds with appurtenant coupons arc mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Issuer may execute and the Trustee :nay authenticate, subject to the provisions. of the Indenture, replacement Bonds of like tenor and principal amount, with coupons corresponding to the coupons appurtenant to such mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed Bonds. In the case of lost, stolen or destroyed I3onds or 13onds with appurtenant coupons, the Issuer and the Trustee may require evidence of such loss, -theft or destruction satisfactory ld them. In connection with replacing mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed Bonds or Bonds with appurtenant coupons, the Issuer and the Trustee may charge the holders of such Bonds reasonable fees and expenses and require indemni location satisfactory to them. Redemption Provisions Special Mnnahtory Redemption. The Bonds are subject to special mnndatory redemption in whole or in pert at any time at a redemption price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the redemption date, from and to the extent there are deposits in the Redemption Account pursunnt to the provisions of the Indenture from: (n) Moneys in the Acquisition Fund not used to purchase Mortgnge Loans or committed to such use pursuant to the Agreement, on or before December 15, 1981. Such funds shell be used to redeem Bonds on any date after December 15, 198.1, which is not later than June 15, 1982; or (b) Moneys in the Mortgage Loan Fund which were committed for use pursuant to the Agreement on or before December 15, 1931(or committed thereafter as permitted by the ..Agreement), and which are not used.to purchase Mortgage Lonns on or before May 15, 1982. Such funds shall be used to redeem Bonds on any date after May 15, 1982, which is not later than .lune 15, 1982. • Provided, however, that prior to any redemption of Bonds pursuant to (a) or (b) above, the Trustee will review the investments held tinder the Indenture, including Mortgage Loans previously purchased and the moneys held in all other Funds and Accounts, to determine whether sufficient moneys will be realized from such' Mortgnge Lonns and investments, to pay, when due, the principal of. and interest on the Bonds which will remain outstanding following such redemption. If the Trustee determines, based upon such review, ❑mt the redemption of Bonds pursuant to (a) or (b) above would cause insufficient moneys to be available to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on the Bonds which would remain outstanding after such redemption, then subject to receipt of the opinion described below, the Trustee will not redeem Bonds. or such portion thereof the redemption of which would cause a deficiency, but will invest such moneys in Government Obligations, as defined in the Indenture, according to a schedule, supplied by a firm of certified public accountants, which will provide a projected cash flow, which together with the projected cash flow from the Mortgage Loans and the investments inall other Funds and Accounts held by the Trustee, will be sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Bonds. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such investments will only be made if, prior to such investment, an opinion of nationally recognized bond counsel, acceptable to the Trustee. has been received by the Trustee to the effect that such investment or failure to redeem bonds in accordance with (a) or (b) above would not cause the interest on the Bonds to be subject to federal income taxation. Prior to any redemption pursuant to (a) above, if the Trustee, upon request by the Issuer, hos obtained an opinion of nationally recognized bond counsel to the effect that the redemption of such Bonds is not required in order to retain . the exemption frorn federal income taxation of the interest on such Bonds under existing laws and under legislation then pending in the Congress of the United States, the Trustee is not required to redeem Bonds pursuant to (a) above, and the Issuer may make such funds available for the purchase of Mortgage Loans under the Agreement, subject, however, to the redemption provisions of (b) above. The Bonds are also subject to special mandatory redemption in whole at any time, or in part on any interest payment date, from and to the extent there are deposits in the Redemption Account, pursuant to provisions of the Indenture, from: (c) Principal Prepayments (as defined under "The Agreement — Definitions") on Mortgage Loans; or (d) Excess revenues accumulated in the Redemption Account. In•the event the Bonds are to be redeemed in port pursuant to (a), (b), (c) or (d) above, the Bonds to be redeemed shall be -selected by lot and redeemed on a reasonably proportionate basis from each of the then existing maturities of the Bonds with the result that after such redemption the annual debt service requirements on the outstanding Bonds will be approximately equal. Such redemption shall be determined and effectuated as nearly as practicable by the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture, provided that, except as otherwise required by law, Bonds shall be redeemed only in integral multiples of 55,000, and in no event shall the Trustee call for redemption a principal amount of Bonds less than 550,000, except for certain redemptions ns described in (a) and (b) above. The Term B Bonds maturing 1992 will be redcerned only after all of the Term A Bonds maturing 1992 have been redeemed. Because the Bonds ore subject to special mandatory redemption as aforesaid from principal prepayments of Mortgnge Loans, it is expected that a portion of the Bonds will be redeemed prior to their maturities. For a description of the uncertainties inherent in predicting the average life of the Mortgage Loans (which in turn affects the average life of the Bonds), see "The Mortgage Loans — Maturity and Prepayment Experience". If at any time the sum of moneys in all Funds and Accounts held by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture equals or exceeds the principal amount of the then outstanding Bonds plus unpaid acrued interest to the redemption date, the Bonds shall be redeemed from such moneys on any date in whole at a redemption price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the redemption date. Optional Redemption. The Bonds maturing on or after December 15, ...., are subject to redemption, at the option of the Issuer, in whole or in part on December 15, ...., and on any interest pnyment •date thereafter, with moneys from any sources other than revenues of the Program, proceeds of the Bonds, the Mortgage, Lonns and Mortgages, and investment income from moneys held by the Trustee, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued interest to the redemption date, with the Bonds to be redeemed on such date to be selected in such manner as the Trustee may determine, but by lot within each maturity: • Redemption Dates '. • • Redemption Price General Provisions. Notice of the call for any redemption, identifying the Bonds or portions thereof to be redeemed, shall be given by the Trustee by publication at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of Little Rock, Arkansas and a financial journal or publication of general circulation in the City of New York, New York, which notice shall be published not less than 15 days prior to the redemption date, and, in the case of the redemption of Bonds at the time registered as to principal or as to both principal and interest, by mailing a copy of the redemption notice by registered or certified mail, not less than 15 days prior to the date fixed for redemption, to the registered owner of each Bond to be redeemed in whole or in part at the address shown on the registration books maintained by the Truste. Under certain circumstances, an alternate method of publication may be used. Upon the publication of such notice, failure to give such notice by mailing to any Bondholder, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of the redemption of Bonds. Prior to the date fixed for redemption, there is required to be deposited with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay the Bonds called, together with accrued interest and premium, if any, thereon to the redemption date. Upon the giving of notice and the deposit of funds for redemption, interest on the Bonds thus called shall no longer accrue after the date fixed for redemption. Security for the Bonds The Bonds are limited obligations of the Issuer and are payable solely from (1) certain proceeds derived from the sale of the Bonds, (ii) a pledge of the revenues and receipts of the Program, and (iii) the various Funds and Accounts established by the Indenture and the investment income thereon. Sources of Program revenues include payments and prepayments on the Mortgage Loans (including any insurance proceeds relating thereto), the Commitment Fees of the Participants and the proceeds from any sales of the Mortgage Loans including sales to the Purchaser pursuant to the Purchase Agreement in order to pay the Term Bonds when due. See "The Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement". The Issuer will not he directly or indirectly liable for the payment of the Mortgage Loans. The principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds shall never constitute an indebtedness, liability, general or moral obligation or a pledge_ of the faith or loan of credit of the City, the State of Arkansas, nor any municipality or potttical subdivision thereof, within the meaning of any constitutional provisions or statutory limitations and shot/ never constitute a charge against the general credit or taxing powers of any such body. • Pursuant to the Indenture, the Bonds are secured by an assignment and pledge of and security interest in (i) all Mortgage Loans purchased with Bond proceeds and the income thereon (including all insurance proceeds with respect to the Mortgage Loans), (ii) all of the Issuer's rights and interests in the Agreement, (iii) all of the Issuer's rights and interests in the Purchase Agreement, and (iv) all moneys and securities held under the Indenture (including moneys in the Funds and Accounts created by the Indenture). See "The Agreement" and "The Indenture". Payment of principal and interst on the Bonds depends primarily upon payment of principal of and interest on the 'Mortgage Loans, and, to a lesser extent, upon the sale of Mortgage Loans to the Purchaser and the investment of moneys in the Funds and Accounts held pursuant to the Indenture. See "Program Assumptions". The Mortgage Reserve Fund and the Debt Service Reserve Fund have been established to provide funds to pay principal and interest on the Bonds if mortgage payments for that purpose are at any time insufficient. In addition, moneys expected to be accumulated in the Contingency Reserve Fund would be available for the payment of principal and interest on the Bonds. Additional Bonds The Indenture does not permit the issuance of additional parity bonds, except Bonds to replace mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed Bonds and appurtenant coupons. The Issuer has covenanted not to issue mty other bonds of a type or character similar to the Bonds unless and until nt least 95% of the moncvs deposited in the Acquisition Fund has been used to acquire Mortgage Loans or otherwise transferred, committed for use or expended as provided in the Indenture. _ Creation of Purls and Accounts The Trustee will establish the following Funds and Accounts upon the delivery of the Bonds: the Acquisition Fund; the Cost of Issuance Fund; the Revenue Fund; the Bond Fund (containing the Principal Account, the Interest Account � 1 and the Redemption Account); the Mortgage Reserve Fund; the. debt Service Reserve Fund; the Program Expense Fund; the Contingency Reserve Fund; and thc,Surplus Fund. The following is. a brie( description of these Funds and Accounts and their operation. ) Acquisition Punt Moneys in the 'Acquisition Fund will he used to purchase Mortgage Loans under the terms and conditions specified in the Agreement. Any amounts remaining in the Acquisition Fund on December 15, 1981, which have not been committed to the origination of Mortgage Loans, and any amounts remaining in the Acquisition Fund niter May 15, 1982, will be used to purchase Bonds, to redeem Bonds or in certain circumstances may be invested or used to make additional Morignge Loans pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. Sec "Redemption Provisions — Special Mandatory Redemption". Cost of L tuince Fund. Moneys deposited in the Cost of Issuance Fund will be used to pay (1) the costs of issuing the Bonds, including all printing expenses, initial insurance premiums, legal fees, the Purchaser's fee pursuant to the Purchase Agreecmnt, the fee of the Trustee for issuance of its letter of credit, and accounting expenses and any other initial expenses incurred in the issuance of the Bonds and in the initial origination and servicing of the Mortgage Loans, and (ii) expenses incurred in connection with the purchase of Mortgage Loans. Any funds remaining after the Origination Period (as defined in the Agreement) in the Cost of Issuance Fund and after payment of the foregoing expenses will be transferred to the Contingency Reserve Fund or, if such Fund has on deposit therein the maximum amount required by the Indenture, to the Surplus Fund. Revenue Fund. All payments received by the Trustee from the Participants as well as investment earnings from all Funds and Accounts held by the Trustee, shall be initially deposited in the Revenue Fund prior to the disbursement of moneys to the various Funds and Accounts in accordance with the flow of funds as described hereinafter. Bond Fund. The Bond Fund is composed of (1) the Principal Account containing moneys to be used solely for the payment of principal of the Bonds, (ii) the Interest Account containing moneys to be used solely for the payment of interest on the Bonds, and (iii) the Redemption Account to be used for the redemption or purchase of Bonds prior to their maturity. To the extent that amounts on deposit in the Bond Fund are insufficient to pay the principal of (either at maturity or on the date of any scheduled mandatory redemption) or interest on the Bonds, the deficiency will be remedied from moneys in, first, the Surplus Fund, second, the Contingency Reserve Fund, third, the Mortgage Reserve fund, and finally, the Debt Service Fund, to the extent of the moneys on deposit therein. Debt Service Reserve Fund_ The Indenture requires that the Debt Service Reserve Fund be maintained in an amount at least equal to 5 (the "Debt Service Reserve Fund Requirement"). The moneys in the Debt Service Reserve Fund wilt be used for the payment of the principal of and interest on the Bonds, but only when end to the extent that such moneys are not available from the Surplus Fund, the Contingency Reserve Fund, and the Mortgage Reserve Fund. The Debt Service Reserve Fund initially will be funded from Bond proceeds. Any money in the Debt Service Reserve Fund in excess of the Debt Service Reserve Fund Requirement will be deposited to the Revenue Fund. Mortgage Reserve Fund. The Indenture requires that the Mortgage Reserve Fund contain, initially, the sum of S , until 198 , or such time as the Trustee determines that no further purchases of Mortgage Loans will be made from moneys in the Mortgage Loan Fund, whichever occurs first, and thereafter will contain an amount equal to 1% of the unpaid principal balance of Mortgage Loans (the "Mortgage Reserve Fund Requirement"). All moneys in the Mortgage Reserve Fund in excess of the Mortgage Reserve Fund Requirement shell be deposited in the Revenue Fund. Moneys in the Mortgage Reserve Fund will be used only (1) to pay the principal of and interest on the Bonds when moneys in certain other funds are not available therefor or (ii) to pay any deficiencies in the Program Expense Fund. Moneys in the Mortgage Reserve Fund will be used to pay debt service on the Bonds only after moneys in the Surplus Fund and the Contingency Reserve Fund have been exhausted and before moneys in the Debt Service Reserve Fund are used. Program Expense Fund. Moneys in the Program Expense Fund will be used for the following purposes: (a) To pay, when due, the Purchaser's fee pesuant to the Purchase Agreement, premiums on mortgage pool insurance and special hazard insurance policies (as described under "Insurance"), and; (b) To puy, when due, fee's and expenses of the Trustee and the Administrator including the fee for the letter of credit issued by the Trustee. • Contingency Reserve Fund. All amounts remaining in the Revenue Fund after disbursements to the Bond Fund, the Program Expense Fund, the Debt Service Reserve Fund and the Mortgage Reserve Fund shall be deposited in the Contingency Reserve Fund until it reaches an amount equal to the greater of 1% of the unpaid principal balance of the Mdrtgage Loans acquired by the Issuer or $ (the "Contingency Reserve Fund Requirement") and thereafter such Fund shall be maintained in the amount of such requirement to the extent moneys are available therefor. Amounts in the Contingency Reserve Fund are to he used to pay debt service on the Bonds if needed, and if not currently required for such purposes then, subject to the written approval of the Issuer or the Administrator, to pay the costs of maintenance, foreclosure, restoration or preservation in connection with the Mortgage Loans, to pay fees and expenses of the Lssuer incurred in connection with the Program, or to reimburse the Participants, for expenses that are properly reimbursable raider the Agreement. Surplus Fund. Moneys in the Surplus Fund are available, prior to deposit in the Redemption Account, to cure any deficiencies in any other Funds or Accounts held by the Trustee. Twenty (20)daysprior to the next interest payment date, any amounts in this Fund shall be deposited in the'Redemp[ion Account and :tipplied to the redemption of Bonds prior to maturity. _ o Initial Distribution of Bond Proceeds and Certain Fees Upon delivery of the Bonds, the Lssuer and the Trustee, under the terms of the Indenture, will deposit all moneys received as Bond proceeds and Commitment Fees asfollows: (a) First, to the Interest Account, the amounts representing accrued interest received. from the sale of the Bonds and an amount equal to one month's interest on the Bonds; (b) Second, to the Debt Service Reserve Fund, and amount equal to $ representing the Debt Service Reserve Fund Requirement; (c) Third, to the Mortgage Reserve Fund, an amount equal to $ , representing the Mortgage Reserve Fund Requirement; (d) Fourth, to the Cost of Issuance Fund, the amount of moneys determined by the Issuer as required to pay the costs of issuance of the Bonds and certain other expenses involved in the origination of Mortgage Loans; (e) Fifth, to the Contingency Reserve Fund, an amount equal to $ , and (f) Sixth, to the Acquisition Fund, all Commitment Fees and all remaining moneys received from the sale of the Bonds. Applicatiau of Revenues and Plow of Funds. On or before the 15th day of each month, payments made by the Mortgagors to the Participants in the first ten days of such month and on or before the 5th business day of each month not previously remitted, payments made by the Mortgagors to the Participants for the preceding month, excluding moneys set aside to pay taxes and certain insurance premiums and service fees, will be remitted to the Trustee to be deposited into the Revenue Fund, except that, if at any time the moneys so collected by the Participants exceed the lesser of $100,000 or the amount insured by FDIC or FSLIC; as the case may he, such moneys, rounded to the nearest $1,000 collected, will be Immediately remitted to the Trustee for deposit into the Revenue Fund. Additionally, any investment earnings used to pay accrued interest on any Mortgage Loan purchased by the Trustee, are then to be withdrawn and applied not later than. the 15th day of each month to the below mentioned Funds in the following order of priority: (a) To the Bond Fund, in the following order of priority: (i) To the Redemption Account, all amounts representing Principal Prepayments on the Mortgage Loons including Insurance Proceeds, or Liquidation Proceeds received pursuant to the Agreement;; (ii) To the Interest Account, amounts sufficient to pay the interest on the Bonds due June 15, 1981, then beginning June 15, 1981, one sixth (1/6) of the amount of interest to become due on the Bonds on the next interest payment date; and (iii) To the Principal Account, beginning December 15, 1981, one -twelfth (1/12) of the maturing principal and payments to be paid on the Bonds on their next principal payment date: (b) To the Program Expense Fund, an amount calculated to be sufficient to make the required payments from such Fund, including payment of the Purchaser's fee pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, and the Trustee's fee for the issuance of its letter of credit; • (c) To the Debt Service Reserve Fund, the amount, if any, required to restore such Fund to the Debt Service Reserve Fund Requirement; (d) To the Mortgage Reserve Fund, the amount, if any, required to restore such Fund to the Mortgage Reserve Fund Requirement; (e) To the Contingency Reserve Fund, the amount, if any, required to cause the amount on deposit therein to equal the Contingency Reserve Fund Requirement; and To the Surplus Fund, all remaining moneys; all moneys in this Fund will first he used to remedy any deficiency in any other Fund and will then be used to purchase bonds or will be transferred to the Redemption Account 20 days prior to the next interest pnyment date; provided, however, that prior to May 15, 1982, the Trustee shall, prior to malting the transfers and application of funds required above, set aside from investment earnings and apply to the purchase of Mortgage Loans such amounts as may he necessary to pny the accrued interest portion of the purchase price of any Mortgage Loans purchased by the Trustee. (f) ra Investment of Moneys and Valuation of investments - 1 '). Pursuant to and as defined in the Indenture, the Trustee is required to invest and reinvest any moneys held by it in any Fund or Account in (i) Government Obligations, (ii) Certificates of Deposit of banks (including the Trustee, acting in its commercial banking capacity) which me insured by FDIC and savings and loan associations which are insured by FSLIC, provided the amount of aril; Certificate of Deposit in excess of that covered by such insurance must be secured by a first and prior pledge of Government Obl gations having a market value of not less than 100% of the excess of such Certificate of Deposit, or (iii) repurchase agreements and other money market instruments (including those issued by the Trustee acting in its commercial banking capacity) secured by the Government Obligations held by the Trustee or a bank other than the issuer .of such repurchase agreement with a market value at least equal to 100% of the face amount of such repurchase agreements; provided, however, that moneys in the Acquisition Fund may be invested in uncollateralized Certificates of Deposit of banks whose combined capital, surplus and undivided profits are at least $100 million. Earnings on any such investments in such Fund or Accounts will be credited to the Revenue Fund. • • rd DEBT SERVICE ON THE BONDS <l The following table scts forth the amounts required to pay scheduled ahnunt debt service on the Bonds. 1t is expected that a substantial portion of the Bonds will be redeemed prior to their stated maturity dates and therefore the actual debt service to be paid on the Bonds is expected to differ substantially from the debt service shown in this table. Year Ending December 31 Principal Total Debt Interest � � Service 1981 $ $ 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 Total • • 1. ( • PROGRAM ASSUM PTJO NS • The maturities for the Bonds have been established on tlie basis of the scheduled payments of the Mortgage Loans as if no prepayments of or other early recoveries on the Mortgage Loans would occur. The Mortgage Loans will bear interest at a rate of % (until May 31, 1992) which is approximately • % higher than the average coupon rate on the Bonds. After such date, interest will be payable at the rate of 15%. The difference between the Mortgage Loan interest rate and the average coupon rate on the Bonds has been established by taking into consideration assumed investment income on the moneys in the Funds and Accounts held by the Trustee, Commitment Fees, recovery of the initial issuance costs of the Bonds, including underwriters' discount, and estimated annual Program costs. The estimated annual Program costs' are as follows (based on a percentage of the unpaid balance of the Mortgage Loans): Participants' servicing fees 0 % Administrator's fees O. Purchaser's fee 0. Trustee's letter of credit fee 0. Mortgage Pool Insurance premiums 0. Special Hazard Insurance premiums 0. Trustee and Paying Agent fees— 0. Estimated Total Annual Program Costs 0 % The interest rate of the Mortgage Loans has been calculated so that the principal and interest payments on and sales to the Purchaser of the Mortgage Loans, together with moneys deposited with the Trustee, including interest earnings thereon, will be sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Bonds (which includes recovery of all issuance expenses and underwriters' discount paid from Bond proceeds) and the annual Program expenses listed above, based on the following assumptions: (a) Mortgage Loans in the aggregate principal amount of 5000,000,000 will be originated and sold by the Participants to the Issuer on or before , and will bear interest at a rate of 0.000% per annum (until May 31, 1992 end 15% thereat ter). (b) All Mortgage Loans will have maturities of 30 years. (e) The amount of scheduled payments of principal of and interest on the Mortgage Loans not made on a timely basis will not cause cash flow deficiencies that at any time exceed 1.0% of the outstanding principal amount of all Mortgage Loans. (d). The amount of losses and related expenses on the Mortgage Loans (net of all insurance proceeds and other recoveries with respect to the Mortgage Loans, except proceeds received under the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy) will not exceed the limit of liability of the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy. See "Insurance — Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy". (e) Moneys in the Debt Service Reserve Fund will be invested in long-term obligations bearing interest at a rate averaging at least % per annum; moneys in the Mortgage Reserve Fund will be invested in short-term investments at a rate averaging at least % per annum; moneys in the Acquisition Fund will be invested during the Origination Period (as de inf ed in the Agreement) in short-term investments at a rate averaging at least % per annum; moneys in the Contingency Reserve Fund will be Invested in short-term investments at a rate averaging at least % per annum; moneys in the other funds and accounts will be invested in short-term investments ata rate averaging at least % per annum; and investment income will be received at least in accordance with such assumptions. See "The Bonds — Investment of Moneys". • (0 It is not possible to predict Mortgage Loan prepayments with certainty; however, for calculation purposes, the average life of ail Mortgage Loans was assumed to be approximately 5 years: Such average life represents a rate of prepayment which is substantially faster than the FHA prepayment history for. the State of Arkansas. However, the Program will not include any FHA or VA loans, and the interest payable on the klortgage Loans will increase in 1992. See "The Mortgage Loans — Maturity and Prepayment Experience." (g) All initial issuance expenses paid from Bond proceeds, including the Underwriters' discount, will be recovered in approximately _ years. (h) To the extent only one-half of the Mortgage Loans are originated and sold to the Issuer by and no further Mortgage Loans are purchased by the Issuer thereafter, all initial issuance expenses paid from Bond proceeds, including the Underwriters' discount, will be recovered in approximately _ years. As listed in the Program Assumptions above, the interest rate of the Mortgage Loans has been calculated to recover all initial issuance costs, including Underwriters' discount, within a period of approximately _ years from the tirne the Mortgage Loans are originated. This is based on the possibility that the Mortgage Loans may be prepaid at an accelerated rate above the national or State of Arkansas prepayment histories. However, there is no certainty as -10- to how fast the Mortgnge Loans will actually be prepnid: If the Mortgage Loans,nre riot prepaid as rapidly as assumed above, additional, revenues will be generated from the \lortgnge Loans.: Fhcse-additional . revenues. will first be used to cure any deficiency in any Fund or Account held by the Trustee, and then to the extent that any additional revenues are not needed for such purpose, will be used to redeem or purchase Bonds prior to their maturity. At such time as all bonds have been paid, any moneys on deposit in any of the Funds created for the benefit of the Bonds shall be paid to the Issuer. While the Bonds are outstanding, events may not correspond to the foregoing assumptions. For example, it is possible that actual losses with respect to the Mortgage Loans will exceed the policy limit of the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy, that average rates realized on invested moneys will be less than anticipated, that the Mortgage Loans will be prepaid sooner than anticipated or that fewer Mortgage Loans will be purchased than anticipated. Under such circumstances, and especially if two or more such events occur contemporaneously, revenues from the Mortgage Loans, investment earnings and insurance proceeds may not be sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Bonds when due. SOURCE AND APPLICATION OF FUNDS The proceeds from the sale of the Bonds (exclusive of accrued interest which will be deposited to the Interest Account) and the Commitment Fees will be deposited to the Acquisition Fund, the Debt Service Reserve Fund, the Contingency Reserve Fund, the Mortgage Reserve Fund and the Cost of Issuance Fund in the approximate amounts indicated below. The following table sets forth the estimated sources and application of funds with respect to the Program: Sources: Commitment Fees — Principal Amount of Bonds Less: Underwriters' Discount Total Funds Available' Applications: Deposit to Acquisition Fund Deposit to Debt Service Reserve Fund Deposit to Mortgage Reserve Fund Deposit to Contingency Reserve Fund Deposit to Interest Account (one month's interest on the Bonds) Deposit to Cost of Issuance Fund Total Funds Appli ' Exclusives accrued interest on the Bonds from the date thereof to the date of delivery which will be deposited to the Interest Account. THE MORTGAGE LOANS General Moneys in the Mortgage Loan Fund will be used to purchase Mortgage Loons that will consist of promissory notes secured by mortgages and deeds of trust on residential properties. Each Mortgage Loan originated by a Participant must meet the origination standards established pursuant to the Agreement. See "The Mortgage Loans — Origination Standards". The Mortgage L )ans will bear interest ate rate of 0.000% per annum until May 31, 1992 and 15% thereafter, and will be made to Eligible Borrowers who, together with spouse had adjusted gross incomes for the calendar. year 1979 which did not exceed $33,000. Each Mortgage Loan will have a term of 30 years and will be in a principal amount not exceeding $77,000, or such lesser amount required by the applicable requirements of FHMA, FHL11C or the private mortgage insurer. Only one Mortgage Loan can be made to any Eligible Borrower'under the Program. Each Mortgage Loon will provide for payments of principal and interest on a monthly basis on the first day of each month and such payments shall be substantially equal. In connection with each Mortgage Loan, the Participant may charge and collect from the Eligible Borrower or the seller of a Residence (i) reasonable and customary charges permitted by law, paid or incurred by the Participant for hazard or mortgage insurance premiums, survey, title insurance, appraisal fees and certain other fees and charges, (ii) an Origination Fee from the Mortgagor in an amount not to exceed 1% of the original principal amount of the Mortgage Loan, (iii) a Program Participation Fee from the seller of a Residence in an amount not to exceed 2 1/2% of the original principal amount of the Mortgage Loan, and (iv) a Warehouse Fee in an amount not to exceed 3/8 of 1% of the original principal amount of the Mortgage Loan, provided, however, that the Participant may, prior to the Closing (as defined in the Agreement), collect from an Eligible Borrower or seller of a Residence moneys to pay for any of the foregoing expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150, which moneys shalt be credited to the proper party at the Closing. The Participant shall require a down payment of at least 20%, except that the minimum down payment may be less, to a minimum of 5%,. with private mortgage insurance. 1 t ; Under the Agreement each Participant represents, warrants and covenants by an officer's certification the following with retard to each Mortgage Loan originated by it and sold to the issuer as of the date of such sale to the Issuer: (1) Such Mortgage Loan (i) will be secured by a first mortgage on a Residence occupied by an Eligible Borrower, (ii) will he made substantially in accordance with the then current standard underwriting policies and the requirements • established by the Seller's Guide of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC',') or the Conventional Home Mortgage Selling Contract Supplement of FNMA, and the requirements established by the Agreement, (iii) will be subject to approval by the insurer under the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy, (iv) will he made for the purpose of purchasing the property subject to the related Mortgage and not for the purpose of refinancing any existing loan on any such property, (v) will have substantially level payment, which payments shall include amounts for deposit in the Participants' escrow accounts to provide for the timely payment of taxes and insurance, (vi) will have a term of 30 years and (vii) will not exceed $77,000 in principal amount, or such lesser amount which conforms to the eligibility and credit underwriting standards specified in the Agreement and, as required, the applicable requirements of the private mortgage insurer. (2) Such Mortgage Loan, the original principal amount of which exceeds 80% of the lesser of the Sales Price. (as defined in "The Agreement — Definitions") or the appraised value of the property subject thereto, will be insured under a private mortgage insurance policy in an amount so that the uninsured portion of such Mortgage Loan does not .exceed 72% of the lesser of the Sales Price or the appraised value of such property, which insurance will be maintained until the outstanding principal amount of the Mortgage Loan is 80% or less of the Sales Price or original appraised value of the property, whichever is less; (3) Such Mortgage Loan will be secured by a valid first lien on the property financed by the Mortgage Loan, subject only to the lien of current real property taxes and assessments, and covenants, conditions and restrictions including rights of way, easements and other matters of public record as of the date of recording of the related Mortgage, such exceptions appearing of record being either acceptable to lending institutions generally or taken into account and reflected in the appraisal made in connection with the origination of such Mortgage Loan. . (4) Such Participant shall have in its possession with respect to the property subject to the Mortgage a mortgagee title insurance policy in a form approved by American Land Title Association in an amount at least equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Mortgage Loan, naming such Participant and its successors in ownership of the indebtedness as an insured, and insuring that the Mortgage securing the Mortgage Loan constitutes a valid first lien on such property, subject only to the exceptions described in paragraph (3) above; (5) The improvements upon the real property subject to such Mortgage will be coverd by a valid and subsisting Standard Hazard Insurance Policy with an endorsement in favor of the Trustee, in an amount at least equal to the unpaid principal amount of such Mortgage Loan, or the maximum insurable value of the property securing such Mortgage, whichever is less. (6) The physical property financed by such Mortgage Loan shall be free of material damage and shall be in general good repair; and (7) Such Mortgage shall have been duly filed for record or recorded by the Participant in the proper public office in order to give constructive notice thereof to all subsequent purchasers or encumbrancers of the property financed by the related Mortgage Loan. Origination Standards Each Participant will be required to originate Mortgage Loans in accordance with the requirements established by the Agreement, which include the then current loan origination, eligibility, credit underwriting and appraisal standards of the Seller's Guide of FHLMC or the Conventiona: Home Mortgage Selling Contract Supplement of FNMA. • Each prospective borrower will be required to complete an application disclosing the applicant's assets, liabilities, income, credit history, employment history and certain other personal information. The applicant will be required to state that the property will be occupied as the applicant's primary residence. Salary, current employment and • financial history of the applicant and persons residing with him or them will be verified in writing. The Participants will consider all applications in the order in which they ore received on a first -come first -served • basis, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Agreement, and will not arbitrarily reject a Mortgage Loan application because of the location or age of the property; accordingly there can be no assurance that there will be any geographic diversficntion of the Mortgage Loans. However, no more than 25% of the allocated funds may be used for Mortgage Loans on residences outside the city limits. Nor shall a Participant reject an applicant because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, age, or marital status of such applicant. Maturity and Prepayment Experience The Mortgage Loans at origination will have maturities of 30 years. However, a number of factors, including general economic conditions, mortgage market interest rates and mortgagor mobility, will affect the prepayment experience • with respect to the Mortgage Loans and, therefore, the average life of the Bonds. There is no reliable base from which to predict prepayment of the Mortgage Loans because the rate at which mortgage loans are prepaid fluctuates with a number of factors, especially interest rates. Rising interest rates tend -12- to discourage the origination of new mortgage loans and prepayment,of. existing loans, particularly loans at lower interest rates. Because interest rate fluctuations are largely'the product' of. general economic'ebnditions, there is no reliable basis for predicting prepayment probabilities. In connection with the'foregoing, it should be noted that the annual interest rate on the Mortgage Loans is initially 0.000%, which is generally lower than- the Participants' current annual interest rates on single family residence mortgage loans, but such rate is increased to 15% after May 31, 1992. A Mortgagor may transfer his Residence to any person in accordance with applicable laws and upon notice to the Participant servicing the Mortgage Loan. A Participant may not release a Mortgagor in connection with the transfer of his Residence unless an Assumption and Release Agreement (as defined in the Agreement) is entered into by the person assuming the Mortgage; and further provided that (i) for a period of two years commencing on the Closing Date, such person must qualify as an Eligible Borrower and (ii) the Mortgage Loan shall continue to be insured or guaranteed as required by the Agreement. In the case of a transfer of a Residence in which the Mortgagor is not released, the servicing Participant shall notify the Administrator of the transfer and may in connection with such transfer collect a transfer fee from the Mortgagor or the person to whom the transfer is made as set forth in the Agreement. The interest rate on the Mortgage Loan -shall not be changed in connection with any transfer of a Residence. FHA has compiled statistics based upon its nationwide experience during a period from 1957 through 1977 relating to single family mortgage loans insured under Section 203(b) of the National Housing Act at various interest rates with original maturities of 30 years. Such Mortgage Loans are not limited to mortgagors with the maximum incomes specified under the Program and Mortgage Loans under the Porgram will not be FHA loans. The FHA experience nationwide is that, while some of the mortgage loans are likely to remain outstanding until scheduled maturity, a pool of such 30 -year mortgage loans is projected to have an average life of approximately 14.2 years. FHA has compiled similar statistics for Arkansas for the same period. The PHA statistics based on Arkansas experience indicated that the average life of a pool of such 30 -year mortgage loans in Arkansas is likely to be approximately 15.6 years. In addition, a recent manual published by GNMA Mortgage Backed Securities Dealers Association states that, although the oldest GNMA mortgage pools have existed for only seven years and are not limited as to income of the borrowers, some of such pools are prepaying at a rate in excess of 300% of the FHA experience. Another recent study of prepayment experience under FHLMC participation certificates secured by pools of conventional mortgage loans outstanding four years or more indicates prepayment levels approximately double the FHA rate. The FHA, GNMA and FHLMC prepayment experience may not be applicable to the Mortgage Loans because they are reflective of mortgage loans with different terms than the Mortgage Loans. As more fully described under "Program Assumptions". The actual prepayment experience on the Mortgage Loans will be a significant factor in the payment of principal of and interest on the Bonds when due because an average life of approximately five years has been assumed in determining the rate of interest on the Mortgage Loans necessary to pay such principal and interest when due. Conventional Mortgage Loans are presently exempt from constitutional and statutory usury limits as a result of the enactment of Public Law 96-221 (the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control Act of 1980). However, the exemptions from state constitutional and statutory usury limitations granted by the aforementioned federal legislation may be overridden by subsequent state action. Any state action would require action by the Legislature of the State of Arkansas. If state overriding action is taken, any loan made after the date of such state action, but which is made, pursuant to a commitment made prior to the taking of such action, would continue to be exempt from state usury limitations. In the event that preemption of the usury provisions is overridden during the Origination Period, the Participants will have to cease origination of Mortgage Loans. Under the Program, the Participants are required to make commitments for the allocated funds by December 15, 1981, at which time any unallocated funds will be used to redeem ➢onds, subject to certain exceptions .as described under the caption "The Bonds — Redemption Provisions". Mortgage instruments utilized in Arkansas generally take the form of mortgages or deeds of trust containing a power of sole. However, the power of sale is not customarily used since foreclosure under power of sale does not extinguish a one-year period of redemption provided by statute to the mortgagor. In a judicial foreclosure action, this right of redemption is foreclosed if the instrument contains n waiver of the right of redemption. Under Arkansas statute, the right of redemption may be waived in the instrument, and the forms to be used for the Mortgage Loans contain such a provision. Consequently, defaulted mortgage loans in Arkansas are customarily foreclosed by judicial action. Moreover, it is customary practice of mortgngecs in Arkansas to pursue judicial foreclosure, in order that marketable title, without possibility of redemption, is vested in the purchaser so as to permit the disposition of the property without undue delay. In a judicial foreclosure action, the defendant has the right to prove payment or set-off. The defendant may pay the judgment for the balance due and costs within ten drys following the judgment in satisfaction of the judgment and retain the property. If such payment is not made, a commissioner is appointed and directed to sell the property at public sale. Ordinarily, the clerk of the chancery court in which the suit is pending is appointed commissioner. The property is advertised for sale for a period of 20 days and sold at auction bidding by the commissioner. In the event the property is not sold for an amount sufficient to pay the judgment, including all costs, a deficiency judgment is awarded against a defendant who is personally served ivith pro ass: An enforceable deficichey judgment against a ...• mortgagor can only be obtained if the.mortgagor is served personally, or appears in the foreclosiire.proceeding. Independent of statute, there is in equity n right to redeem within reasonable time by the mortgagor or anyone claiming under him. In exercising the equitable right of redemption, the party seeking to redeem is required to pay the entire amount. which is due on the mortgage. This equitable right of redemption is terminated by the judgment in the foreclosure action. If the holder of a mortgage or deed of trust, containing a power of sale, elects, in lieu of a judicial foreclosure, the property must be appriased prior to the sale. Written appraisals must be delivered to and obtained by the persons making the sale and held by themoubjeet to inspection by all parties in interest. The mortgaged premises may not be sold at less than two-thirds of the appraised value. If the mortgaged premises do not sell at the first offering for two-thirds of the amount of the appraised value, another offer may be made 12 months thereafter at which offering the sale may be made to the highest bidder without reference to the appraised value. . The mortgagor, his heirs and legal representatives may redeem the mortgaged premises at any time within one year from the private sale by payment of the amount for which the property was sold, together with interest at ten per cent per annum, and the costs of the sale. The power to redeem is a personal privilege to be exercised only by the mortgagor in the manner and within the time provided by statute. Availability of Competing Mortgage Funds One of the principal factors in originating real estate loans is the availability of funds to make such loans at interest rates and on other terms that prospective borrowers can afford. The Issuer has determined that there is a shortage of funds in the City to make such loans atinterst rates and on terms that substantial numbers of potential borrowers in the City can afford. There are, however, a number of ways in which mortgage loans could become available at rates competitive with that specified for the Mortgage Loans. For example, prevailing interest rates for conventional mortgages in the City could decrease or other funds to make real estate loans at rates and other terms equivalent to or more favorable than the rate and terms on the Mortgage Loans could be made available by other Arkansas political subdivisions or agencies, such as the Arkansas Housing Development Agency (the "Agency"). The Agency is a housing finance agency created by the Arkansas General Assembly in 1977, which is currently engaged in single family mortgage purchase programs on a state-wide basis in Arkansas. As of February 1, 1980, the Agency had oustanding approximately $190,000,000 aggregate principal amount of mortgage revenue bonds, including $100,000,000 issued in November 1979 to finance its purchase of single family conventional mortgage loans throughout the State and $75,000,000 issued in April 1979 to finance its purchase of single-family FHA -insured and VA -guaranteed mortgage loans throughout the State. Substantially all of the funds made available by such issues for mortgage loans in the City have been used to make mortgage loans or committed to such use. The Agency is also authorized to issue and sell up to $460,000,000 additional revenue bonds to finance additional mortgage purchase programs within the State of Arkansas, including programs which could be made available in the City. The Issuer believes that all presently proposed Agency bond issues are for multi -family housing; however, issues for single family housing are expected, particularly if no legislation of the type described under "Pending Federal Legislation on Tax Exemption" is adopted. The Issuer is unable to predict whether the Agency's future issuance of additonal revenue bonds might impact the Issuer's present Program. The availability of competing mortgage funds is not expected by the Issuer to cause a surplus of mortgage loan funds to exist in the City. If a surplus of mortgage funds should exist, the ability of the Participants to make Mortgage Loans within the Origination Period could be affected. To the extent that Mortgage Loans could not be delivered, unused moneys in the Mortgage Loan Fund would be used for the redemption of Bonds (see "The Bonds — Special Mandatory Redemption"). -14- I INSURANCE;' 1 . s, ... .. ,. The following description of certain mortgage insurance policies, guarantees and bonds is only a brief outline and does not purport to summarize or describe all of the provisions thereof. For a more complete description of the terms of these policies, guarantees and bonds, reference is made to the provisions thereof and to the provisions of the Agreement relating thereto. - Private Mortgage Insurance PcUcics For Mortgage Loans the principal amount of which exceeds 80% of the lesser of the Sales Price or the appraised value of the property subject to the related Mortgage, a Private Mortgage Insurance Policy will be required in an amount so that the uninsured portion of such Mortgage Loan does not exceed 72% of the lesser of the Sales Price or the appraised value of such property, which Private Mortgage Insurance Policy is to be maintained until the remaining principal amount of the Mortgage Loan is equal to or less than 80% of the Sales Price or original appraised value of the property, whichever is less. The Private Mortgage Insurance Policies insure against certain losses sustained by reason of default in payments by Mortgagors. The Participants are required to obtain such insurance as specified in the Agreement from one of the following companies: Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation; Verex Assurance, Inc.; American Mortgage Insurance Company of North Carolina; United Guaranty Residential Insurance Company of Iowa; Tiger Investors Mortgage Insurance; Ticor Mortgage Insurance Company; PMI Mortgage Insurance Company; Commonwealth Mortgage Assurance Corporation; RMIC Insurance Company; Foremost Guaranty Corporation; or such others as will not materially adversely affect the ratings on the Bonds, as determined by the Issuer. Pursuant to the Agreement, any amounts collet led by the Participant under any such policy shall be depostied with the Trustee. The cost of maintaining any such insurance shall be paid by each Mortgagor. The form of Private Mortgage Insurance Policies expected to be used with respect to the Mortgage Loans presently contains provisions substantially as follows: (i) under the policies a claim includes unpaid principal, accrued interest to the date of tender of the property to the insurer and certain expenses; (ii) for a Participant to present a claim, such Participant, on behalf of the Issuer, must have acquired, and tendered to the insurer, good and merchantable title to the property, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, including all right of redemption by the Mortgagor; (iii) when a claim is presented, the insurer will have the option of paying the claim in full, taking title to the property and arranging for its sale, or paying the insured percentage of the claim (either 20% or 25%, depending on the required coverage paid for by the Mortgagor) and allowing the Issuer to retain title to the property; (iv) claims must be made within 60 days after the Participant, on behalf of the Issuer, has acquired good and merchantable title to the property; and (v) a claim must be paid within 60 days after the claim is made by such participant. No payment for a loss will be made unless the property financed by the defaulted Mortgage Loan is in the same condition as when the Mortgage Loan was originally insured, subject to reasonable wear and tear. Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy A Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy will be obtained from Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation and will cover loss by reason of the default on Mortgage Loans. The aggregate limit of coverage under the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy will be an amount equal to 10% of the total initial principal amount of Mortgage Loans originated by the Participants under the Agreement or $ , whichever is greater. Each Participant has agreed not to take any action which would result in the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy not being maintained and will present claims thereunder to the insurer on behalf of the Trustee. The Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy will be issued to the Trustee, and the premium for the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy shall be paid by the Trustee form the Program Expense Fund pursuant to the Indenture. The Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy shall continue in force until (i) each Mortgage Loan has been paid in full, no longer constitutes security for the Bonds or is otherwise liquidated, or (ii) the Bonds are redeemed. In the event that the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy shall cease to be in effect, the Trustee shall exercise its best reasonable efforts to obtain a comparable replacement policy with a total coverage equal to the then existing coverage of the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy. The Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy is not a blanket policy against all losses, since claims thereunder may only be made respecting particular defaulted Mortgage Loans -and only upon the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent described below. It is a requirement of the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy that mortgage guaranty or mortgnge insurance acceptable to Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation may be maintained. The Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy provides that no claim may be paid thereunder unless (i) premiums on hazard insurance on the property securing the defaulted Mortgage Loan and, as necessary, real estate property taxes,. property protection and preservation expenses, property sales expenses and foreclosure costs have been advanced by the Trustee, and (ii) if there has been physical loss or damage to the mortgaged property, it has been restored to its condition at the time the policy was issued, subject to reasonable wear and tear. Assuming the satisfaction of these conditions, the insurer has the option to either (i) pay an amount equal to the unpaid principal balance of the defaulted Mortgage Loan at the time of the sale or acquisition of the property, as provided in the policy, plus accrued and delinquent interest at the mortgage rate to the date of payment of the claim plus advances required to be made by the Trustee as set forth above, upon the condition that the Trustee is provided with good and merchantable title to the mortgaged property (unless the property has been conveyed pursuant to the terms of the applicable mortgage guaranty or mortgage insurance policy), or (ii) pay the amount by which the sum of the unpaid principal balance of the defaulted Mortgage Loan at the time of the sale or acquisition of the property, as provided in the policy, plus accrued and delinquent interest at the mortgnge rate to the date of the payment of the claim plus advances required to be made by the Trustee as set forth above exceeds the net proceeds received from a sale of the property which the insurer of the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy has approved. Under either option, the amount of any payment is reduced by the amount of the loss paid under the applicable mortgage guaranty or mortgage insurance policy. -15- ) .1 A claim under the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy must" he filed(i)within GO days after the claim for loss has been .. , 'settled or paid tinder the mortgage guaranty or mortgage insurance. policy or (ii) within 60 days after the Trustee has conveyed title to the property in a sale approved by the insurer of the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy, whichever is later. Since the property subject to a defaulted Mortgage Loan must, if it has been damaged, be restored to its original condition at the time of the -issuance of the policy (reasonable wear and tear excepted) prior to making a claim against the insurer, the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy does not provide coverage against casualty losses. The amount of coverage under the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy will be reduced over the life of the Bonds by the dollar amount of claims paid less amounts realized by the insurer upon disposition of mortgaged properties. The amount of claim.; paid includes certain expenses incurred by the Participant as well as accrued interest on delinquent Mortgage Loans, including interest accrued through completion of foreclosure proceedings. See "The Mortgage Loans - - Foreclosure Laws". Accordingly, if aggregate recoveries tinder the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy reach the policy limit, coverage tinder the Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy will be exhausted and any further losses.will be borne by Bondholders to the extent remaining moneys held under the Indenture are inadequate to pay principal of and interest on the Bonds. Standard Hazard Insurance Policies Each participant, acting as a servicer, is required to cause to be maintained by the Mortgagor for each Mortgage Loan fire insurance with extended coverage on the mortgaged property (a "Standard Hazard Insurance Policy') in an amount which is not less than the maximum insurable value of the property securing the Mortgage Loan, or the principal balance owing on the Mortgage Loan, whichever is less. Subject to the laws of Arkansas, any amounts collected by the Participant under any such policy will be held in trust for the Issuer by the Participant. Such insurance shall be with insurers approved by the Insurance Commissioner of Arkansas. In general, a standard form of fire and extended coverage policy covers physical damage to or destruction of the improvements on the property by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke, windstorm, hail, riot, strike and civil commotion, subject to the conditions and exclusions particularized in each policy. .Although policies relating to different Mortgage Loans may be issued by different insurance companies, and therefore, may have minor differences in coverage, the basic terms are dictated by Arkansas law. Policies typically exclude physical damage resulting from the following: war, revolution, governmental actions, floods and other water - related causes, earth movement (including earthquakes, landslides and mudflows), nuclear reactions, wet or dry rot, vermin, rodents, insects or domestic animals, theft and, in certain cases, vandalism. Where property is located in a designated flood area, flood insurance will be required to the extent available. Special Hazard Insurance Policy A special hazard credit insurance policy (the "Special Hazard Insurance Policy") will be obtained from MGIC Indemnity Corporation to provide protection with respect to flood, earthquake, building collapse (to a limited extent), and other losses except those specifically excluded in the policy with respect to a defaulted loan secured by a damaged property. The Trustee shall pay from the Cost of Issuance Fund or the Program Expense Fund the premium for the Special Hazard Insurance Policy. The Special Hazard Insurance Policy wil cover a loss resulting from a risk covered by the policy whether it occurs before or after a default by a Mortgagor. The insurer will pay the lesser of (i) the cost oC repair, or (ii) the sum of (a) the unpaid balance of the Mortgage Loan at the time the property is acquired by the Trustee due to a default by the Mortgagor, (b) accumulated and delinquent interest to the date of payment of a claim and (c) (1) hazard insurance premiums and (2) as necessary and Approved in advance by the insurer, real estate property taxes, property protection and preservation expenses and foreclosure costs, in each case less the amount due from any other insurancce covering the same peril. As condition precedent to payment of any claim in accordance with (ii) above, the Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, must provide the insurer with good and merchantable title to the property. • A claim under the Special Hazard Insurance Policy may be made within 60 days otter the insured has acquired good and merchantable title to the property or within 60 days of the damage if at that time such title was held by the Trustee due to a default by the Mortgagor. A claim is payable within 30 days after the claim is received by the insurer. This policy shall continue in force until (i) each Mortgage Loan either has been paid in full or no longer secures the Bonds or (ii) the Bonds are redeemed. The Special Hazard Insurance Policy shall provide that no claim may be paid on the property securing a defaulted Mortgage Loan unless hazard insurance premiums and, as necessary, real estate property taxes, property protection and preservation expenses and foreclosure costs are advanced by the Trustee. In the event that the Special Hazard Insurance Policy shall cease to be in effect, the Trustee shall exercise its best reasonable efforts to obtain a comparable replacement policy with a total coverage equal to the then existing coverage of the Special Hazard Insurance Policy. The maximum amount payable under the Special Hazard Insurance Policy will be the greater of (i) l% or the total initial principal amount of all Mortgage Loans purchased, or (ii) twice the initial principal amount of the largest Mortgage Loan purchased. The residual coverage under such policy will be reduced by the dollar amount of claims paid, less the amount realized by the insurer on disposition of damaged properties. if aggregate recoveries equal the policy limit, no further payments will be made by the insurer, and any losses resulting thereafter will be borne by the holders of the Bonds to the extent that remaining moneys held by the Trustee are inadequate to pay principal of and interest on the Bonds. 16- Mortgagee Single Interest Hazard Insurance Policy t ,) Each. Participant may, but'is not required pursuant to the Agreement to, obtain and rnaintsin a Mortgagee Single Interest Hazard Insurance Policy on the pool of Residences financed by the Mortgage Loans originated and serviced by such Participant to provide the coverage provided by the Standard Hazard Insurance Policy in the event such policy is not or cannot be obtained. Errors and Omissions Insurance and Fidelity Bonds Each Participant as a servicer of Mortgage Loans wilt be obligated to perform its servicing duties in a manner which will preserve all claims against insurers, including the requirement to require each Mortgagor to maintain the Standard Hazard Insurance Policy. Subject to certain limitations, if any Participant fails to perform these or .. certain other obligations due to an error or omission of its officers or employees, coverage will be provided by the errors and omissions insurance policy required to be maintained by each Participant. Subject to certain limitations, if any officer or employee of a Participant misappropriates funds from such Participant, coverage therefor will be provided by the fidelity bond required to be maintained by each Participant. Each participant shall pay the premiums for its errors and omission insurance policy and its fidelity bond. Any amounts collected under any such policy or bond with respect to related losses on the Mortgage Loans or revenues therefrom shall be remitted to the Trustee to be applied pursuant to the Indenture. Both the errors and omissions insurance policy and the fidelity bond must be in form and substance required by FHLMC or FNMA. Such policy and bond are subject to certain limitations as to amounts of coverage, deductible amounts, conditions, exclusions and exceptions. Accordingly, such policy and bond, respectively, will not provide coverage against all losses which may be sustained as a result of errors or omissions or misappropriation. In the event either the errors or omissions insurance policy or the fidelity bond shall cease to be in effect, each Participant is required to obtain from another insurance company acceptable to the Trustee a comparable replacement therefor. The Agreement requires the Administrator to obtain and maintain at its own expense, a blanket fidelity bond and an errors and omissions insurance policy throughout the term of the Agreement covering the Administrator's officers and employees and other persons acting on behalf of the Administrator under the Agreement. The amount of coverage must be at least equal to the coverage that would be required by FNMA as if the Administrator were servicing the Mortgage Loans for FNMA. In the event that any such bond or policy shall cease to be effective, the Administrator shall exercise its best reasonable efforts to obtain from an issuer or insurer licensed in the State of Arkansas and acceptable to the Issuer a comparable replacement bond or policy. Any amounts collected by the Administrator under such bond or policy shall be deposited in the Revenue Fund and applied pursuant to the Indenture. THE PARTICIPANTS General The Participants, listed below, will have entered into Advance Commitment Agreements with the Issuer prior to delivery of the Bonds. The Advance Commitment Agreements set forth the maximum amount of Mortgage Loans the Participants hove agreed to sell to the Issuer during the Origination Period. The Issuer has approved the acceptance of such Advance Commitment Agreements with allocations of funds for the purchase of Mortgage Loans from each participant as set forth below. Prior to the sale of the Bonds, each Participant has agreed to submit to the Issuer (i) a certified or cashier's check representing its Commitment Fee in the -amount of 2 1/2% of its allocation. (ii) two executed copies of the Agreement, (iii) a certified copy of resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Participant authorizing the execution of the Advance Commitment Agreement and the Agreement and such other steps necessary to perform its duties and obligations thereunder, and (iv) on opinion of counsel regarding the authority of the Participant to enter into the Advance Commitment Agreement and the Agreement and the enforceability of its - obligations thereunder and under the documents and instruments comlanplated thereby. _ A participant may, during the Commitment Period, and with the written consent of the Issuer, transfer any or all of its allocation to another Participant or Participants. In no event may a Pnrticipant charge or receive any fee or remuneration from any Participant to which an allocation is transferred in excess of 2 1/2% of the amount of allocation so transferred. The following table sets forth the Participants and the amount allocated to each Participant for the origination of Mortgage Loans. In the event any Participant fails to deliver to the Issuer the required Commitment Fee, executed Agreements or other documents prior to the sale of the Bonds, or is terminated as a Participant, pursuant to the Agreement, during the Commitment Period any allocation, or remaining portion thereof, will be reallocated among the other Participants. Participant Allocation -17- - THE PURCHASER AND THE TRUSTEE The Purchaser .. , ...' , . .. The purchaser is a 9996 owned subsidiary of First Arkansas Bonkstock Corporation and is a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States offering a wide range of honking services. It is the largest bank in the State of Arkansas in terms of total assets. As of September 30, 1980, it had total resources of $606,556,937, total deposits of • $450,601,933, total net loans of $293,881,215 and total stockholders' equity of $33,613,417. .( The Trustee . The Trustee is a wholly owned subsidiary of Mercantile Texas Corporation. Organized under the laws of the United States, the Trustee is a commercial bank offering a wide range of banking services. As of December 31, 1979, the Trustee had total assets of approximately $2,594,153,000, total deposits of approximately $1,759,658,000, total net Ions of approximately $1,572,302,000 and stockholders' equity of approximately $132,183,000. Available Information First Arkansas Bonkstock Corporation and Mercantile Texas Corporation are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and accordingly file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such reports and information can be inspected and copied at certain offices of the Commission and copies can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission; Washington, D. C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The Purchaser and the Trustee publish Statements of Condition on a quarterly basis. Copies of such statements can be obtained without charge, as to the Purchaser, from its principal office at the Worthen Bank Building, P. O. Box 1681, Little Rock, Arkansas 72203, attention: (telephone: 501-378-1000.) and as to the Trustee, from its principal office at Mercantile National Bank at Dallas, Dallas, Texas 75201, attention: Robert Ziensky (telephone: 214-598-6906). YY:I'tiHNIIt(ui4fii The following is a summary of certain provisions of the Agreement, and such summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Agreement. Definitions The following terms have the following meanings when used in the Agreement and the Indenture. "Administrative Fee" means a monthly amount equal to one -twelfth of one-sixth•of one percent (1/12th of 1/6th of 1%) of the unpaid principal balance on each Mortgage Loan as of the day preceding the last day on which a scheduled payment of principal was paid. "Advance Commitment Agreement" means the agreement executed by a Participant and submitted to Issuer in connection with the Program pursuant to which a Participant offers to sell and service for the Issuer a specific aggregate amount of Mortgage Loans in accordance with the Agreement. "Agreements" means the Agreement, the Indenture, the Advance Commitment Agreement, and all other agreements, contracts or instruments contemplated by or related to the foregoing. "Closing" means the origination and funding of a Mortgage Loan by a Participant pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. "Closing Date" means the dote of any Closing "Commitment" means n binding written commitment by Participant, in the form customarily used by Particpant in its owner -occupied home lending practice or in a form customarily used in the mortgage lending industry as may be specified by Administrator, to a particular Eligible Borrower to finance the purchase of a particular Residence with a Mortgage Loan, which shall be for a stated period of time, for a stated amount and stated to be (or the interest rate established for the Program and communicated to Participants by Issuer pursuant to the Agreement. "Commitment Date" means the date on which a Participant issues a Commitment to an Eligible Borrower. "Commitment Fee" means the fee to he paid to Issuer by each Participant in an- amount equal to 2 1/2% of the aggregate principal amount of Mortgage Loans Issuer has agreed to purchase from Participant as specified in such Participant's notice of acceptance. . "Commitment Period" means a period of nine months commencing on the date of issuance or the Bonds as indicated in the notice of availability of funds sent to Participants by Issuer pursuant to the Agrcm cat. -18- "Consolidated Mortgage Loan Commitment Report" means the report to.be submitted by Administrator to Issuer and ...Trustee pursuant to the Agreement, dated ns of the close of.. husiness on the la:it'day of: the Commitment Period.. which consolidates all of the information contained on the ;Mortgage Loan Commitment Reports received by Administrator from Participants in accordance with the Agreement. " "Eligible Borrower means a person or persons intending to purchase a Residence to be financed with a Mortgage Loan, whose maximum adjusted gross income did not exceed $33,000 for the calendar year of 1979 and who meets certain other criteria. "Escrow Payment" means all moneys collected, or required to be collected, by Participants to obtain or maintain mortgage insurance and fire and other hazard insurance, or for payment of taxes or other governmental or similar charges customarily required to be escrowed with respect to mortgage loans or the mortgaged properties securing such loans. "Government Obligations" means any of the following: (I) direct general obligations of, or obligations the payment of the principal and interest of which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America; and, for purposes of the Indenture only, (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America. "Insurance Proceeds" means payments received with respect to the Mortgage Loans under any insurance policy required to be maintained under the Agreement. "Liquidation Proceeds" means amounts (other than Insurance Proceeds) received in connection with the liquidation of defaulted Mortgage Loans, whether through Trustee's sale, foreclosure sale or otherwise. "Mortgage Loan' means any loan evidenced by the applicable Mortgage Note secured by the related Mortgage for financing the acquisition by an Eligible Borrower of a Residence. "Mortgage" means the instrument securing a Mortgage Loan creating a first lien on a Residence subject to certain permitted encumbrances set forth in the Agreement. "Mortgage Loan Commitment Report" means the report to be submitted by Participant to Administrator pursuant to the Agreement, dated as of the close of business on the last day of the Commitment Period, in such form as may be prescribed by Administrator which shall include information with respect to (i) the number and principal amount of Mortgage Loans purchased by Issuer from Participant, (ii) the number and principal amount of Mortgage Loans for which a Closing has been held by Participant but which have not been purchased by Issuer, (iii) the number and .._ principal amount of outstanding Commitments for which no Closing has been held by Participant, and (iv) the principal amount of Participant's allocation which is not accounted for under (i)-(iii) above. Such report must be accompanied by evidence of any Closings reported under (ii) above and copies of Participant's Commitments reported under (iii) above, together with a certification from the Participant as to the bona fides of each such Commitment. "Mortgage Loan Review Fee" means a fee in the amount of $40 to be paid to Administrator by Trustee, on behalf of Issuer, for each Mortgage Loan purchased by Trustee, on behalf of Issuer, pursuant to the Agreement. "Mortgage Note" means the promissory note evidencing the obligation to repay the Mortgage Loan. "Mortgagor" means the obligor(s) on a Mortgage Note, or a subsequent purchaser of the Residence who has purchased •.same subject to a Mortgage. "Officer's Certification" means the certification on the mortgage submission voucher -for each Mortgage Loan executed by a duly authorized officer of a Participant, which shall represent such Participant's warranty with respect to all of the terms and conditions as specified in the Agreement for the Mortgage Loan submitted for purchase by Issuer. Origination Fee" means a fee, not to exceed 1% of the Mortgage Loan amount, charged by Participants to Eligible Borrowers. "Origination Period" means a period commencing on the date of the issuance of the Bonds indicated in the notice of availability of funds sent to Participants by Issuer pursuant to the Agreement and ending May 15, 1982. "Principal Prepayment" means any Mortgagor payment or other recovery of principal on a Mortgage Loan which is riot applied by the Participant collecting same to a scheduled payment under the Mortgage Loan and the portion of any Insurance Proceeds, Liquidation Proceeds, or other collections representing similar payments. "Program Participation Fee" means a fee, not to exceed 2 1/2% of the Mortgage Loan amount which may be charged by Participants, as permitted by law, to sellers of Residences. "Purchase" means the purchase of a Mortgage Loan by Issuer from a Participant as specified in the Agreement. "Purchase Date" means the date of any Purchase. "Residence" means real property and improvements thereon within the City which shrill be a single family detached occupied as the primary residence of the Mortgagor and which is intended for residential housing for one family. 19- I- m • ', + i "Revenues" means an moneys received by Participantrepresenting principal and interest payments on Mortgage Loans, including Principal Prepayments, prepayment penalties,. Insurance Proceeds and Liquidation Proceeds, net of Service Fees. "Service Fee" means a monthly amount equal to and -twelfth of three -eighths of one percent ((/12th of 3/8ths of 1%) of the unpaid principal balance on each Mortgage Loan as of the day preceding the last dayon which a scheduled payment of principal was paid. Origination of Mortgage Loans The Issuer will agree to Purchase, solely from fond proceeds or other moneys in the Mortgage Loan Fund, and the Participants will agree to use their best efforts to issue Commitments during the Commitment Period and to originate and sell to the Issuer during the Origination Period, Mortgage Loans at their unpaid principal balances plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Prior to delivery of the Bonds, the Issuer will receive from each participant a Commitment Fee in an amount equal- to 2 1/2% of the aggregate principal amount of Mortgage Loans that such Participant has agreed to originate and sell to the Issuer. The Participant is permitted to charge each Eligible Borrower an Origination Fee not in excess of 1% of the principal amount of the Mortgage Loan. The Participant is also entitled to collect from the seller of a Residence a Program Participation Fee equal to 2 1/2% of the principal amount of a Mortgage Loan and a warehousing fee equal to 0.375 of the principal amount of the Mortgage Loan. At least ten business days prior to a Purchase Date, the Participants shall submit to the Administrator the Mortgage Loan file, including the original Mortgage and the assignment to the Trustee, and satisfactory evidence that all required insurance has been obtained and that the Mortgage Loan has been made in compliance with the Agreement. The Trustee shall Purchase on behalf of the Issuer, on each Purchase Date, from moneys available therefor, each Mortgage Loan which is approved for Purchase by Administrator on such Purchase Date under the terms and conditions specified in the Agreement. On or before the fifth business day after the end of the Commitment Period, each Participant must submit n Mortgage Loan Commitment Report to Administrator. Issuer must terminate at] unfulfilled allocations for which no Commitments have been made by Participants as of the end of the Commitment Period, subject to reallocation as permitted by the Indenture. If any document or documents constituting a part of a Mortgage Loan file are, In the judgment of the Administrator, defective or inaccurate in any material respect, or any represntation or warranty of a Participant is, in the judgment of Administrator, untrue as to any material matter, the affected Participant shall cure the defect within a period or 60 days from the time the Trustee notifies the affected Participant of the existence of the defect or inaccuracy of such shorter period as may be required by law. Each Participant agrees that, if any material defect or inaccuracy cannot be cured within such 60 -day period, or such shorter period if applicable, the Participant will, not later than 90 days after the Trustee's notice to it respecting such defect or inaccuracy, purchase the related Mortgage Loan from the Issuer at a price equal to (1) 100% of the principal unpaid balance of such Mortgage Loan, plus (ii) any accrued and unpaid interest at the annual rate borne by the Mortgage Note to the date of the repurchase, and will indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, Trustee, Administrator and Lomos & Nettleton Financial Corporation for any loss, damage or expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees) incurred by them in connection with the Mortgage Loan involved. l-Towever; the falsity of a representation by a Mortgagor respecting some fact or facts which (i) the Participant is entitled to rely upon under the provisions of the Agreement, (ii) is of such nature that, although fnlse, the security for any one due payment of the related Mortgage Loan is not thereby adversely affected, and (iii) is relied upon by the Participant in good faith, shall not be deemed a material defect or inaccuracy. Servicing of Mortgage Loans Subject to the provisions for assignment described below, each Participant shall service the Mortgage Loans sold by it to the Issuer and shall hove full power and authority, acting alone, to do any and all things in connection with such servicing which it may deem necessary or desirable, unless contrary to the express provisions of the Agreement. As compensation for such services, a Participant (and any successor) shall be entitled to receive the Service Fee. In addition, except as limited by applicable law and available funds, each Participant may be entitled to reimbursement for expenses incurred by the Participant in connection with forcclsoure proceedings, the receipt of Insurance Proceeds or the receipt of Liquidiution Proceeds upon requisition therefor, which requisition shall be submitted to the Administrator and delivered to the Trustee with the Administrator's recommendation, in accordance with the Agreement. Additional servicing compensation in the form of assumption fees, late payment charges or otherwise may be received by the Participant to the extent permitted by low and to the extent not contrary to the term of the Agreement. A Participant shall be required to pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its servicing -activities under the Agreement (including maintenance of its errors and omissions insurance policy and fidelity bond) and shall not be entitled to reimbursement therefor, except as specifically provided in the Agreement. -20- Any Participant may, with the prior written consent ofathe truer, which•consent may nob be unreasonably withheld :.assign its servicing rights and obligations pursuant to the Agreement;. priorto commencement of the Origination period to another Participant, and thereafter, with the consent of the Administrator to'the Administrator. Anv agreement to assign servicing rights and obligations shall provide that the Administrator must assume the servicing obligations of the Agreement with respect to the assigned Mortgage Loans for the same Service Fee that would otherwise have been paid to the assignor; provided, however, that the obligations set forth in the Agreement described under "The Agreement — Origination of Mortgage Loans" with respect to the repurchase of defective Mortgage Loans by the originating Participant shall survive such assignment as obligations of the originating Participant. . Each Participant shall service Mortgage Loans in accordance with the servicing standards as set forth in the FNMA Home Mortgage Servicing Contract Supplement or the FHLMC Servicers' Guide (the "Servicing Guides") as they may be in effect during the term of the Program, and except as such standards may be specifically modified in the Agreement or may be contrary to the express terms of the Rgreement. The Participants shall not, however, be required to prepare, submit or file any forms or other documents required by such Servicing Guides except as specifically referenced in the Agreement or as may reasonably be required from time to time by the Trustee, Issuer or Administrator. All moneys collected by the Participant pertaining to the Mortgage Loans may be deposited into a clearing account maintained by the Participant; however, all Revenues shall be received in trust by the Participant and shall be deposited in a Custodial Account within one business day from collection, subject to withdrawal on the demand of the Trustee on behalf of the Issuer at any time. The deposits in such account shall be insured by FDIC or FSLIC. The Participant shall remit to the Trustee for deposit into the Revenue Fund after deduction of its Service Fee, on or before the fifth business day of each calendar month all moneys deposited in the Custodial Account during the preceding calendar month, except that (1) any Insurance Proceeds shall be held in the Custodial Account pending the determination of whether such moneys shall be applied to the repair of the related property or constitute Principal Prepayments, and (ii) any Principal Prepayment representing payment in full of a Mortgage Loan shall be remitted immediately upon receipt to the Trustee for deposit into the Revenue Fund. If at any time, the amount If at any time the amount on deposit in the Custodial Account shall exceed the lesser of $100,000 or the amount insured by FDIC or FSLIC, as the case may be, the Participant shall immediately remit the amount on deposit in the Custodial Acocunt (after rounding to the nearest $1,000) to the Trustee for deposit into the Revenue Fund. The Participant shall simultaneously provide to the Administrator a Participant Remittance Reconciliation or a Statement of Loan Paid in Full, as applicable, and a deposit slip evidencing receipt of the deposit by the Trustee, with each remittance made by the Participant pursuant to the agreement. AU moneys received as Escrow Payments by the Participant shall be received in trust for the Issuer and the applicable Mortgagor and shall be deposited by the Participant in such account or accounts as the Participant is required to maintain for like payment made with respect to mortgages which are being serviced by FNMA or PIILMC. In the event any Mortgagor's escrow account is insufficient for a payment required to be mode from such account, the Participant shall advance such money to make the required payment. The Participant shall be responsible for determining the necessity of instituting foreclosure action with respect to any Mortgage Loan which it is servicing. The Participant shall submit a recommendation to the Administrator at such time as, in the opinion of the Participant, foreclsoure of a Mortgage Loan shall be necessary. If the Administrator concurs with such recommendation, the Participant shall conduct all foreclosure procedures in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. On or before the fifth business day of each month, the Participant shall submit to the Administrator a report containing information as to each Mortgage Loan which is delinquent as of the lost day of the preceding month. Mortgage Loans delinquent for sixty days or more and the Participant's activity concerning such delinquency, and a foreclosure report on each Mortgage Loan which is in foreclosure proceedings. On or before the fifth business day of the month following each three-month period, the Participant shall provide the Administrator a trial balance of all • moneys relating to the Mortgage Loans held by the Participant in its Custodial Account and escrow account, and on or before the tenth business day of each month, the Participant shall provide the Administrator with a reconciliation of each Custodial Account maintained by the Participant. Each Participant shall also provide to the Issuer, Trustee and Administrator such other reports or information regarding the Mortgage Loans being serviced by such Participant as may be reasonably requested by any of them. On or before the 120th day after the end of a Participant's fiscal year, a Participant at its expense shall furnsih to the Trustee, Issuer and Administrator (i) an opinion by a firm of independent certified public accountants on the financial position of the Participant at the end of its fiscal year and the results of operations and changes in financial positon of the Participant for such then ended on the basis of an examination conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and (ii) a statement from the independent certified public accountants concerning compliance with servicing standards on the basis of an examination conducted substantially in compliance with the audit program for mortgages serviced for FNMA or FIILMC, the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development Mortgagee Audit Standards or the Uniform Single Audit Program for Mortgage Bankers. On or before the 30th day succeeding each anniversary of the Agreement, the Participant shall provide to the Administrator n statement with respect to all Mortgage Loans being serviced by such Participant certifying that (1) all insurance is being maintained in compliance with the Agreement, (ii) all taxes have been paid as and when due, (iii) oil inspections have been mode as required by the Agreement and (iv) analysis has been made of each Mortgage Loan to ensure sufficient moneys are being collected in escrow for the current veer. On or before the 60th dry succeeding such anniversary of the Agreement, the Participant shall forward to the Issuer, Trustee and Administrator an annual statement certifying that, to the best of the knowledge of an officer of the Participant and upon reasonable 21- investigation, such Participant's servicing of. the Mortgage IAnns has been conducted in compliance with the Agreement except for (i) such exceptions as such officer shag believe to be immaterial and (ii) such other exceptions • as shall be set forth in such' statement. Contemporaneously -with `such annual statement; each;Participant shall also deliver to the Issuer, Trustee and Administrator a certificate of an officer of Participant stating that (i) a review of the activities of the Participant during the preceding year with respect to performance under the Agreement has been made under such officer's supervision, and (ii) to the best of such officer's knowledge, based on such review, there is, as of such date, no default by the Participant in the fulfillment of any of its obligations under the agreement, or if there is any such default known to such officer, specifying each default and lhe nature and status thereof. )) See "Insurance" for a description of certain insurance policies that each Participant will maintain or cause to be maintained on the Mortgage Loans. In connection with its activites as servicer of the Mortgage Loans, each participant agrees to take all steps necessary and proper in order to maintain such insurance in force, or to obtain - substantially similar replacement insurance. Termination of a Participant The Issuer and the Administrator shall periodically review the performance of each Participant to determine of the Participant is performing in accordance with the standards required by the Agreement. If the Issuer or the Administrator determines that any Participant is not performing in accordance with such standards, the Issuer or Administrator shall notify the Participant of any such deficiency, and if such deficiency is deemed by the Trustee to be sufficient to warrant termination of the Participant, the Issuer or Administrator shall notify such participant that it is terminating the services of such Participant and the date on which such termination shall be effective. Upon the happening of any one or more of the following events, the Issuer, upon the recommendation of the Trustee, shall terminate the Agreement with respect to any Participant: (1) Failure by a Participant to remit to the Trustee for deposit in the Revenue Fund any Revenues received by Participant as required by the Agreement. (2) Any representation of or warranty by a Participant to the Issuer, the Trustee or the Administrator shall be false in any material respect. (3) Failure, of a Participant to remit the Commitment Fee, and deliver the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Participant, the Opinion of the Counsel and the Agreement, executed by a duly authorized officer of Participant, in accordance with the Agreement. (4) Failure by a participant duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other covenant, condition, or agreement in the Agreement to be observed or performed, other than as referred to in paragraph (1) (2) or (3) above, for a period of 30 days after written notice specifying such failure and requesting that it be remedied, given to a Participant by the Issuer, the Trustee or the Administrator; provided, however, if the failure stated in the notice cannot be corrected within the applicable period, the person giving such notice shall consent to a reasonable extension of such time if corrective action is instituted by the Participant within the applicable period and diligently pursued until fully corrected. (5) A decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a conservator, receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings affecting Participant or substantially all of its properties, or for the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, if such. decree or order shall have remained In force undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days. (6) Consent by the Participant to the appointment of a conservator, receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings affecting a Participant or substantially all of its properties. (7) Admission in writing by the Participant of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or • the filing of a petition to take advantage of any applicable bankruptcy or insolvency statute, or making of an assignment for the benefit of its creditors. Upon termination of the Agreement with respect to any Participant, such Participant shall, within 30 days, deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrator all files of such Participant, all moneys held in escrow relating to the Mortgage Loans serviced by such Participant, and all Revenues received by such Participant not theretofore remitted to the Trustee. The Participant will indemnify and hold the Administrator, Issuer, Trustee and/or Lomas & Nettleton Financial Corporation harmless from tiny and all costs and expenses that any of them may incur in securing the delivery of nil files, the transfer of all escrows, or the remittance of all Revenues received by the Participant with respect to any Mortgage Loan serviced by such Participant. Merger or Consolidation of a Participant Any entity into which a Participant may be merged or consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which a Participant shall be a party, or any entity succeeding to the business of a Participant, shall be the successor of the Participant tinder the Agreement without the execution or filing of any document or instrument, except as described below, or any further act on the part of the Participant or the Issuer. -22- i Each Participant will agree that during the term of the Agreement, it tint remain in good standing under the laws - .. governing its creation and existence and qualified under the.laivs.of the State cf Ar! nnsas'to do business in the State' of Arkansas, it will not dissolve or otherwise dispose of all or substantially nil bf its assets and it will not voluntarily consolidate with or merge into any other entity or permit one or more entities to consolidate with or merge into it; provided that the Participant may, without violating such agreement, consolidate with or merge into another entity; or permit one or more entities to consolidate with or merger into it, or sell or otherwise transfer to another such entity all or substantially all of its assets as an entirety and thereafter dissolve, provided the surviving, resulting or transferee entity, as the case may be, shall have a net worth equal to or greater than that of the Participant immediately prior to such acquisition, consolidaton or merger, shall be 'qualified under the laws of the State of Arkansas to do business in the State of Arkansas, shall be qualified under the laws and have the necessary approvals required of the Participant under the Agreement to perform the Participant's duties under the Agreement, and shall assume in writing all of the obligations of the Participant under the Agreement. Administration of Mortgage Loans The Administrator shall hove general responsibility for administering the Program, for and on behalf of the issuer; in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. The Administrator shall have full power and authority, acting alone, to do and perform any and all things which it may deem necessary cr desirable to carry out its duties and responsibilities, unless contrary to the express provisions of the Agreement. The Administrator shall be irrevocably authorized and empowered by the Issuer to execute and deliver for and on behalf of the Issuer, with respect to the Mortgage Loans, to the properties encumbered by the mortgages and to any nets to be peformed by the Administrator under the Agreement, any and all instruments, documents and writings necessary or desirable to fulfill its duties and responsibilities as Administrator of the Program. On on before the tenth business day of each month, the Administrator shall provide to the Trustee, with a copy to the Issuer, a Loan Summary and Remittance Report which shall be based upon the Participant Remittance Reconciliations which were received by the Administrator on or before the fifth business day of such month. The Administrator shall indicate in each Loan Summary and Remittance Report the total Service Fees retained by the participants, the Administrative Fee to be paid pursuant to the Agreement, and the nature of the collections remitted by the Participants to the Trustee and deposited in the Revenue Fund on or before the fifth business day of the current month. The Administrator shall also be responsible for reporting to the Issuer and Trustee the compliance by each Participant with the Agreement. In the review of each Participant's activities in connection with the Program, the Administrator may rely upon a certificate executed by an officer of the Participant with regard to such Participant's compliance with the terms of the Agreements. The Administrator will, during the Origination Period, provide to the Trustee and Issuer a Monthly Purchase Report indicating the aggregate principal amount of Mortgage Loans purchased during the preceding month, the Mortgage Loan Review Fee due the Administrator for the preceding month and the aggregate principal amount of Mortgage Loans purchased during the Origination Period from each Participant and from all Participants as a group. Following the purchase of any Mortgage Loans, the Administrator will furnish to the Issuer and Trustee on before the 15th business day of each month during the term of the Program a Monthly Evaluation Report of Servicers and will notify any Participant, whenever, according to the Monthly Evaluation Report of Servicers, the performance of such Participant, in the Administrator's opinion, consistently foils to comply with the Agreements or consistently fails to meet the minimum responsibilities for dealing with delinquencies as set forth therein, except that the Administrator shall not notify the Participant if, in the Administrator's opinion, the procedures being employed by such Participant are adequate and efficient in dealing promptly with delinquencies. In the event the Administrator, in its judgement, determines that a Participant should be terminated in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, the Administrator shall recommend such action to the Issuer and if the Issuer concurs in such decision, the Administrator shall notify the Participant of its termination and the cause therefor, or issue such other notice or take such other action as may be specified by the Issuer in accordance with the Agreement. The Administrator shall provide to the Issuer and Trustee a Delinquency Report and a Foreclosure. Report on or before the tenth business day of each month during the term of the Program. On or before the tenth business day after the end of tic Commitment period, Administrator shall provide to Issuer and Trustee the Consolidated Mortgage Loan Commitment Report. The Adminstrator will also provide any other special reports relating to the Program which may be reasonably requested by the Issuer or Trustee. The Administrator will review the Mortgage Loan file pertaining to each Mortgage Loan submitted by each Participant for purchase by the Issuer to determine whether, according to the Mortgage Loan file, the Mortgage Loon appears to be in compliance with the Agreement. In the event the.Mortgage Loon file pertaining to any Mortgage Loan is, in the Administrator's judgment, defective or the Mortgage Loan is otherwise not acceptable for Purchase in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, the Administrator may return the Mortgage Loan file to the Participant that submitted it for curative action, specifying the defect and the action, if any, which can be taken to cure such defect or, Administrator, in its discretion, may hold such Mortgage Loan file pending correction of the defect, as specified in a notice or otherwise communicated to Participant. At such Line as a Participant shall determine foreclosure of a Mortgage Loon is necessary the Pnrticpant shall submit its recommendation to the Administrator. The Administrator shall, within ten days of the receipt of a Participant's recommendation, either approve or reject such recommendation and notify the Participant and Trustee of its decision. The Administrator shall be available for consultation and advice to any Participant concerning the employment of attorneys, the institution of legal proceedings, the collection of any deficiency judgment, the acceptance of any compromise proposal, and any other matter pertaining to delinquent Mortgage Loan. -23- C. r. ' . r � The Administrator shall be. available for consultation and advice in regard to any repairs suggested by the Participant to be made to any property• encumbered by a Mortgage br any foreclosed property, including any repairs to bemade to any property damaged by (ire, wind, water. or other cause, whether or not covered by any insurance; however, when the amount of the damages exceeds $2,500, the Participant will submit to the Administrator the Participant's recommendation regarding the repair of the property. If the Administrator concurs with the Participant's recommendation that repairs should be undertaken, and if the cost of such repairs is not fully covered by Insurance Proceeds, the Administrator will make its recommendation.to the Trustee regarding the disbursement of funds by the Trustee to the Participant for such repairs and the amount of such funds. If no insurance policy is in effect covering such less because of Participant's negligent failure to keep the required policies in force, then the Participant must pay for such repairs. The Trustee shall not be obligated to disburse any funds in such disbursment would prejudice any payments to the Bondholders required by the Indenture. As compensation for its activities and in consideration for administering the Mortgage Loans, the Administrator shall be paid the Administrative Fee and all expenses incurred by it, reimbursement of which is permitted by the Agreement. The Administrative Fee shall be considered to be earned for any particular month with respect to each Mortgage Loan for which the payment of all interest due for such month (i) has been received by the Participant servicing such Mortgage Loan and (ii) has been remitted by such Participant to the Trustee and deposited in the Revenue Fund. As compensation for its review of the Mortgage Loans, the Administrator shall also be paid the Mortgage Loan Review Fee by the Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer. The Administrator will obtain and maintain at its own expense a blanket fidelity bond and an errors and omissions insurance policy, in full force and effect throughout the term of the Agreement, covering all the Administrator's officers, employees and other persons acting on behalf of the Administrator in its capacity as Administrator under the Agreement. The amount of coverage shall be at least equal to the coverage that would be required by FNMA, with respect to the Administrator if the Administrator were servicing these Mortgage Loans for FNMA in addition to other mortgages being serviced by the Administrator for FNMA. In the event that any such bond or policy shall cease to be in effect, the Administrator shall exercise its best reasonable efforts to obtain from an issuer or insurer licensed in the State of Arkansas and acceptable to the Issuer a comparable replacement bond or policy, as the case may be. Any amounts collected by the Administrator under any such bond or policy relating to the Mortgage Loans shall be deposited in the Revenue Fund maintained by the Trustee in accordance with the Agreement. The Administrator shall be required to pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its administration activities and shall not be entitled to reimbursement therefor, unless funds arc available and reimbursement is permitted under the terms of the Agreement. The Administrator also agrees to pay (i) all costs and expenses incurred by the Trustee or Issuer in investigating the Administrator's activities when, and in the opinion of the Trustee or Issuer, such investigation is warranted on the basis of adverse information about the Administrator, and (ii) all costs and expenses incurred by the Trustee or Issuer in replacing the Administrator in the event of default of the Administrator under the terms and conditions of the Agreement. On or before the 120th day after the end of the Administrator's fiscal year, the administrator, at its expense, shall furnish to the Trustee, Issuer and each Participant (i) an opinion by a firm of independent certified public accountants on the financial position of the Administrator at the end of its fiscal year and the results of operations and changes in financial position of the Administrator for such year then ended on the basis of an examination conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and (ii) a statement from the independent certified public accountants concerning compliance with servicing standards on the basis of an examination conducted substantially in complaince with the audit program for mortgages serviced for FNMA or FIILMC, the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development Mortgagee Audit Standards, or the Uniform Single Audit Program for Mortgage Bankers, The Administrator may accept the assignment of any Participant's servicing rights and obligations under the Agreement and will assume the servicing and obligations of any Participant whose servicing obligations are terminated pursuant to the Agreement, in which event the duties and obligations to service the Mortgage Loans previously serviced by such Participant shall thereafter be applicable to and carried out by the Administrator, under the same terms and conditions applicable to any other Participant. In performing its obligation and duties in connection with the servicing of any Mortgage Loans under the Agreement, the Administrator will be considered to be acting in its capacity as Administrator. The Administrator shall be entitled to the same Service Fee that otherwise would have been retained by a Participant with respect to the servicing obligations of such Participant assumed by the Administrator. Lomas & Nettleton Financial Corporation guarantees the performance by the Lomas & Nettleton Company of its duties and obligations under the terms of the Agreement, the observance by the Lomas & Nettleton Company of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and the financial responsibilities of the Lomas & Nettleton Company under the Agreement. On or before the 120th day after the end of its fiscal year, Lomas & Nettleton Financial Corporation, at its expense, shall furnish to the Trustee, Issuer and each participant an opinion by a firm of independent certified public accountants on the financial position of Lomas & Nettleton Financial Corporation at the cod of its fiscal year and the results of operations and changes in financial position of Lomas & Nettleton Finnncial Corporation for such year then ended on the basis of nn examirvition conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. -24- {. r L Right of Sale - r /,o ,' / 1 On or after December l6, 1990, the Issuer may, in accordance with the terms of the lIndcnture, sell all of the Mortgage Loans to the Participants, the Administrator or any other person orentity subject to the approval of the Trustee. See "The Bonds — Redemption Provisions — Special Mandatory Redemption". The proceeds of any such sale shall be deposited into the Bond Fund. All obligations of the Participants, the Administrator and the Trustee with respect to any Mortgage Loan sold by Issuer shall cease 30 days after the consummation of a sale by the Issuer and. on the dote that is 30 days after the consummation of a sale by the Issues and, on the date that is 30 days after consummation of the sale, such Mortgage Loan shall be deemed to be removed from the Issuer's portfolio of Mortgage Loans for purposes of calculating the Service Fee and the Administrative Fee. No cancellation Fee will be due and owing or paid to the Participant or the Administrator by reason of the Issuer's sale of any Mortgage Loan. However, nothing in the Agreement precludes either the Participant or the Administrator from entering into an agreement with the purchaser of any Mortgage Loan to continue servicing and/or administration of such Mortgage Loon. The Purchase Agreement provides another means for the Issuer to exercise its right to sell outstanding Mortgage Loans. See "The Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement". Liability of Parties Each party is liable under the Agreement only to the extent that obligations are explicitly imposed upon and undertaken by such party. No director, officer, employee or agent of any party to the Agreement is liable to any other party or the Bondholders for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to the Agreement, or for errors in judgment. THE MORTGAGE LOAN PURCHASE AGREEMENT Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Purchaser has undertaken an obligation to purchase Mortgage Loans from the Issuer upon the conditions set out therein. The Purchase Agreement provides that, prior to the maturity of the Term Bonds, the Purchaser will purchase all outstanding Mortgage Loans tendered for sale to it by the Issuer having pnyments there on not more than 60 days delinquent. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Purchaser is obligated to purchase such Mortgage Loans at the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest. Proceeds of any such sale of the Mortgage Loans will be deposited into the Bond Fund pursuant to the terms of the Indenture to pay the Term Bonds when due. As compensation for entering into the Purchase Agreement. the Purchaser will receive monthly a fee equal to 1/12 of 1/2 of 1% of the principal amount of Mortgage Loans then outstanding. THE LETTER OF CREDIT The letter of credit of the Trustee is an irrevocable obligation of the Trustee to pay for deposit in the Bond Fund such amounts as are due from the Purchaser under the Purchase Agreement to the extent that such amounts are not paid by the Purchaser. See "The Mortgage Purchase Agreement". For issuance of the letter of credit, the Trustee will receive a monthly fee equal to 1/12 of 1/4 of 1% of the principal amount of Mortgage Loans then outstanding to be paid from the Program Expense Fund. V -25- • TIIE INDENTUItE I ', 1'.� The Co0o.ving is a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Indenture. For a description of certain other provisions of the Indenture, see "The Bonds". Assignment and Security Pursuant to the Indenture, the Issuer will assign the Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and all its rights thereunder to the Trustee to secure the performance of the obligations of the Issuer. In addition, the Issuer will assign all of its right, title and interest in the Mortgage Documents to the Trustee, including its right to make claim for, collect and receive any income, revenues, issues and profits, insurance proceeds and other sums of money payable or receivable under the Mortgage Loans. Moneys payable by each Participant to the Issuer pursuant to the Agreement will be paid to the Trustee and applied in accordance with the Indenture. Discharge of Lien of Indenture If the Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid, or there shall be otherwise paid or provision for payment made, to or for the holders and owners of Bonds and the coupons appertaining thereto the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due or to become due thereon at all the times and in the manner stipulated therein, and shall pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums of money due or to become due according to the provisions of the Indenture, then the estate and rights created thereby will terminate, except with respect to moneys or securities held by the Trustee for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds. Any Bond shall be deemed to be paid within the meaning of the Indenture when payment of the principal of and premium, if any, on such Bond plus interest thereon to the due date thereof (I) shall have been made or caused to have been made in accordance with the terms thereof, or (ii) shall have been provided by irrevocably deposited with the Trustee in trust and irrevocably setting exclusively for such payment (1) moneys sufficient to make such payment or (2) Government Obligations maturing as to principal and interest in such amounts and at such times as will insure the availability of sufficient moneys to make such payment, and all necessary and proper fees, compensation and expenses of the Trustee pertaining to the Bonds with respect to which such deposit is made shall have been paid or the payment thereof provided for to the satisfaction of the Trustee. At such time as a Bond shall be deemed to be paid as aforesaid, it shall no longer be secured by or entitled to the benefits of the Indenture, except for the purpose of any payment from such moneys or Government Obligations. Defaults and Remedies Any of the following events constitute an "event of default" under the Indenture: (1) Default in the due and punctual payment of any interest on the Bond; (2) Default in the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, on any Bond, whether at the stated maturity thereof or when called for redemption; or (3) Default in the performance or observance of any other of the covenants, agreements or conditions on the part of the Issuer contained in the Indenture or in the Bonds and failure to remedy the same after notice thereof pursuant to Indenture. No default under (3) above shall constitute an event of default until actual notice of such default by first class mail (postage prepaid) shall be given to the issuer by the Trustee or the owners of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of all Bonds outstanding and the Issuer shall have had 60 days after receipt of such notice to correct such default or cause such default to be corrected, and shall not have corrected such default or caused such default to be corrected within the applicable period; provided, however, if such default cannot be corrected within the applicable period, it shall not constitute an event of default if corrective action is instituted by the Issuer within the applicable period and diligently pursued until the default is corrected. Upon the occurrence of nn event of default, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law or in equity including, without limitation, enforcement of the payment of the principal and interest on the Bonds then outstanding and enforcement of any rights under the Agreement. If an event of default shall have occurred, and if requested so to do so by the holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of Bonds then outstanding and indemnified as provided in the indenture the Trustee shall be obligated to exercise such one or more of the rights and powers set forth in the Indenture as the Trustee, being advised by counsel, shall deem most expedient in the interests of the Bondholders. Upon the happening and contintuance of any event of default then and in every such case the Trustee may, and upon the written request of the holders of not less than 50'.6 in nggrcgate principal amount of the Bonds then outstanding shall, by notice in writing to the Issuer, declare the principal of all of the Bonds then outstanding (if not then due and payable) to be due and pnyable immediately, and upon such declaration the same shall become and be immediately due and payable, anything contained in the Bonds or in the Indenture to, the contrary notwithstanding; provided however, that if at any time after the principal of the Bonds shall have been so declared to be due and payable, and before the entry of final judgment or decree in any suit, action or proceeding instituted on account of such default, or -26- • • t before the completion of the enforcement of nnv other remedy under the Indenture, moneys -sufficient to pay the principal of all Bonds then matured -or called for redemption, all arrears of interest ) if any,. upon all the Bonds then outstanding (except the principal of any Bonds not then due by their terms and the interest accrued on such Bonds since the last interest payment date), and the charges, compensation, expenses, disbursement, advances and liabilities of the Trustee, and to make the deposits required to be made as of the then next principal payment date to the credit of the Principal Account, shall have accumulated in the Bond Fund, and all other amounts then payable by the Issuer under the indenture shall have been paid or a sum sufficient to pay the same shall have been deposited with the Trustee, and every other default known to the Trustee in the observance or performance of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in the Bonds or in the Indenture (other than a default in the payment of the principal of such Bonds then due only because of such a declaration) shall have been remedied to the satisfaction of the Trustee, then and in every such case the Trustee may, and upon the written request of the holders of not less than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds then outstanding shall, by written notice to the Issuer, rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, but no such rescission or annulment shall extend to or affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Bonds then outstanding shall have the right, at any time, by an instrument or instruments in writing executed and delivered to the Trustee, to direct the method and place of conducting all proceedings to be taken in connection with the enforcement of the terms and conditions of the Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or any other proceedings thereunder; provided that such direction shall not be otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of law and of the Indenture. Waivers of Events of Default •' The Trustee may at its discretion waive any event of default and its consequnces and rescind any declaration of maturity of principal, and shall do so upon the written request of the holders of (I) more than 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of all the Bonds then outstanding in respect of which default in the payment of principal or interest, or both, exists, or (ii) more than 50% in aggregate principal amount of all Bonds then outstanding in the case of any other default; provided, however, that there shall not be waived (1) any event of default in the payment of the principal of any outstanding Bonds at the date of maturity specified therein or (2) any default in the payment when due of the interest on any such Bonds unless, prior to such waiver or rescission, all arrears of interest or all arrears of payments of principal when due, as the case may be, with interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Bonds, and all expenses of the Trustee in connection with such default, shall have been paid or provided for, and in the ease of any such waive or rescission, or in case any proceedings taken by the Trustee on account of any such default shall hove been discontinued or abandoned or determined adversely, then in every such case the issuer, the Trustee and the Bondholders shall be restored to their former positions and rights under the Indenture, but no such waiver or rescission shall extend to any subsequent or other default, or impair any right consequent thereon. Rights and Remedies of Bondholders No holder of any Bond or coupon shall have any right to institute any suit, action or proceeding at law or in equity for the enforcement of the Indenture or for the execution of any trust or for the appointment of a receiver or any other remedy under the Indenture, unless (1) a default has occurred of which the Trustee has been notified as provided in the Indenture or of which the Trustee is deemed to have notice, (2) such default shall have become an event of default and the owners of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of Bonds then outstanding shall have given written notice to the Trustee and shall have offered it reasonable opportunity either to proceed to exercise the powers granted in the Indenture or to institute such action, suit or proceeding in their own name or names, (3) they have offered to the Trustee indemnity as provided in the indetnure, and (4) the Trustee shall thereafter fail or refuse to exercise the powers granted, or to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name. All proceedings at law or in equity shall be instituted, had and maintained for the equal and ratable benefit of the owners of all Bonds then outstanding. However, nothing contained in the Indenture shall affect or impair the right of any bondholder to enforce the payment of the principal of and interest on any Bond at and odter the maturity thereof, or the obligation of the Issuer to pay the principal of and interest on each of the Bonds to the respective holders thereof at the time, place, from the source and in the manner in the Bonds expressed. - Supplemental Indenture The Lcsuer and the Trustee may enter into indentures supplemental to the Indenture; but not inconsistent with the terms of the Indenture, without the consent of, or notice to, the Bondholders for any one or more of the following purposes: (1) To cure any ambiguity or formal defect or omission in the Indenture; (2) To grant to or confer upon the Trustee, for the benefit of the Bondholders any additional benefits, rights. remedies, powers or authorities that may lawfully be granted to or conferred upon the Dondsholders or the Trustee or to make any change which, in the judgment of the Trustee, is not to the prejudice of the Bondholders; (3) To subject to the Indenture additional revenues, properties or collateral; (4) To modify, amend or supplement the Indenture or any indenture supplemental thereto in such manner as to permit the qualification thereof under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or -any similar federal statute then 27- in effect or to permit the qualification of th6 Bonds for sale under the securities laws of any of the states of the United States of America, and,, if thy sodetermine, to add to the indenture- or any . indenture supplemental thereto such other terms, conditions and provisions as may be permitted by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or similar federal statue; or (5) To evidence the appointment of a separate trustee or a co -trustee or the succession of a new trustee or paying agent under the Indenture. i Exclusive of supplemental indentures for the purposes set forth in the previous paragraph, the consent of the holders of not less than 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds then outstanding is required to approve any supplental indenture, except that no supplemental indenture shall permit without the consent of the holders of all - Bonds outstanding (i) an extension of the maturity or mandatory redemption date of the principal of or the interest on any Bond, or (ii) a reduction in the principal amount, or applicable premium, if any, on any Bond or the rate of interest or mandatory redemption requirements, thereon, or (iii) a privilege or priority of any Bond or Bonds over any other Bond or Bonds, or (iv) a reduction in the aggregate principal amount of the Bonds required for consent to such supplemental indenture, or (v) the creation of any lien other than a lien ratably securing all of the Bonds at any time outstanding, or (vi) any modification of the trusts, powers, rights, obligations, duties, remedies, immunities and' privileges fo the Trustee without the written consent of the Trustee. If the Administrator or a Participant is not in default under the Agreement, or the Purchaser is not in default under the Purchase Agreement, at such time, no supplemental indenture affecting the Administrator's, Participant's or Purchaser's rights or obligations will become effective unless and until the Administrator, Participant or Purchaser shall have consented to the execution and delivery thereof. Amendment of Agreement So long as any of the Bonds are outstanding, the Agreement or the Purchase Agreement shall not be amended in any .way except under the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement. The Trustee may consent to any change in the Agreement recommended by the Administrator, or any change in the Purchase Agreement, except for any change (i) affecting the Trustee's own powers, duties, responsibilites or compensation without its consent, or (ii) adversely, in the sole judgment of the Trustee, affecting the rights of the holders of any of the Bonds. I ;~A PENDING FEDERAL LEGISLATION ON TAX EXEMPTION The U.S. (louse of Representatives on March 26, 1980, passed and sent to the Senate a bill (II.R. 5741) which provides that interest on obligations issued after April 24, 1979, to finance owner -occupied residences would not be exempt from federal income taxation with certain limited exceptions. The Bonds will not qualify for tax exempt treatment under the terms of H.R. 5741 if it is enacted into law in its present form. The Senate Finance Committee on May 15, 1980, by a vote of 15 to 1, favorably reported an original resolution, S. Res. 435, expressing the sense of the Senate that "any change ... in the treatment for Federal income tax purposes, of interest on obligations issued by State or local governments t provide financing for owner -occupied or multi -family residences shall not apply in the case of any issue of such obligations issued before January 1, 1981" provided the proceeds of such issue are committed to mortgages within one year of issuance. On November 21, 1980. a joint Senate -House Conference committee approved a measure allowing restricted use ct tax-exempt single family mortgage revenue bonds as a part of the budget reconciliation proces. In relevant port, the measure provides that issues meeting the criteria of either H.R. 5741 or S. Res. 435 will have a tax-exempt status. As indicated above, the Bonds will not meet the requirements of 11.11. 5741. However, in the opinion of Bond Counsel, if the Bonds are issued prior to January 1, 1981, the Bonds will conform to the requirements of S. Res. 435. Becnuse restrictions on bonds issued after Janunry 1, 1981 would make the issuance of the Bonds impraticable, the Bonds will not be issued unless such issuance is affected prior to January 1, 1981. GENERA!. INFORMATION REGARDING TIIE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS General Informatiat The City is located in the northwest corner of the State, approximately 185 miles from Little Rock, the State Capital. The City is the county sent of Washington County, Arkansas. The City is governed under the manager - director form of government, with a seven member board of directors elected, at large, for four-year staggered terms. The board of directors selects, from its membership, a mayor and appoints a city manager to execute policy enacted by the board. The economy of the City is based on agriculture, industry and government. Agricultural production is comprised primarily of broiling chickens and cattle products, of which Washington County is the largest producer in the State. Annunt broiler production for the County is estimated at $75 million, while cattle production is approximately $9 million per year. In addition, a number of grains and vegetables are grown in the area. .-I,• -28- p . ib Light industry is one of the strongest segments of the'Fayetteuille ecortomy, asit 'accounts for nearly 27% of the total employment in the Fayetteville. Standard lletropolitnm. Area ("SMSA11) (whi6h area:includes Washington and. Benton Counties). A partial list of major firms in Jor near Fayetteville is as followsi Number of k Employees. (Category) Firm Products 1,000-2,499 500-999 • Campbell Soup Company • Frozen Swanson Dinners 300-499 Baldwin Piano & Organ Company Musical Instruments Elkhart Products Corp. Copper Fittings, Air Conditioning & Refrigeration Parts Levi Strauss & Company Pants, Jackets, Vests Standard Register Business Forms 200-299 Bear Brand Hosiery Co. Hosiery Kearney Company Fuses, Breakers, . Ground Wire Clips, Cable Ties Shakespear of Arkansas Fishing Reels, Trolling Motors, Golf Clubs The main campus of the University of Arkansas is located in Fayetteville, with a total enrollment of 14,300 students at the Fayetteville campus of 1978-79. Total employment is nearly 3,000. The Fayetteville School District covers an area of 113 square miles and 300 teachers. has an enrollment of approximately 6,000 pupils. The District employs approximately • Fayetteville is located in the Ozard highlands at an elevation of 1,720 feet at the highest point and 1,200 feet the lowerst point. Precipitation averages 43.7 inches annually. at The City has grown from a population of 17,071 in 1950 to an estimated population of approximately 37,000 in 1979. The following table sets forth certain population data for the City and Washington County. Year City Population County Population 1979 Estimate 37,000 91,300* 1970 Census 30,729 77,370 1960 Census 20,274 55,800 1950 Census 17,071 49,979 1977 Estimate Source: Bureau of Business and Economic Research, University of Arkansas Economic Information Employment Set forth below are labor and employment statistics for City's SMSA. Fayctteville-Springdale SMSA Average Annual Unemployment ]late Year Rate 1979 4.2% 1978 -- 1977 —___ __ -- 3.9% 96 1976 — .-- _ - - 5.2 — —. 5.2% -29- • LaborStat'stic• 's .. .. - ... • . , Civilian' Labor Forte. .. .. i.. Number of !Yorkers December 1978 December 1979 Civilian Labor force 69,900 76,100 Unemployment - 3,450 3,200 Rate of Unemployment (Seasonally Adjusted) 4.9% • Employment Total 4.2% 66,450 1 71,850 Nonagricultural Wage & Salary — 61,000 66 000 Manufacturing' 18,100 19,600 Source: Arkansas Employment Security Division Assessed Valuations of Property The assessed value (20% of market value) for taxable property located in the City has increased as follows over the last five years: City of Washington Year Fayetteville County 1980 N/A N/A • 1979 $71,488,985 $182,132,395 1978 67,300,990 169,944,595 1977 59,981,280 153,352,845 1976 55,407,980 139,990,415 • Source: Washington County Tax Assessor's Office. Commercial Activity • Bank deposits and estimated retail sales in the City reflect the following trend: City of Fayetteville Fayetteville -Springdale SMSA Year Bank Deposits Estimated Retail Sales • 1980 N/A N/A 1979 $200,208,251 $653,342,000 1978 180,788,344 ; 563,574,000 1977 .-178,074,104 487,648,000 1976 160,971,735 404,601,000 Source: Bank Deposits — Bureau of Business and Economic Research, University of Arkansas Retail Sales — Sales Marketing Management According to Sales Marketing Mangement's Survey of Buying Power, -the average household effective buying income (EBU of the area is as follows: • Year Fayetteville -Springdale SMSA Washington County 1979 17,653 17,503 1979 16,862 17,503 • 1977 15,217 13,843 >:- 1976- • 13,373 13,843 -30- i S I. S. • a ., A P ? • Building Activity • The following table shows a five year history of building activity for the City:` - - �''• City of Fayetteville Schedule of Building Permits ,. Multi -Family Single Family Commercial Industrial ) Year No. Amount No. Amount No. Amount 30. Amount 1979 163 $ 6,663,262 160 $1,613,750 31 $12,553,591 2 2,963,319 1978 227 7,789,128 74 1,090,254 45 2,379,518 6 2,418,787 1977 324 10,030 404 4,364,114 46 2,875,301 7 967,238 1976 211 5,890,693 135 1,457,870 46 6,653,575 13 341,126 1975 169 4,517,652 34 398,000 IS 1,394,063 5 62,100 Source: City of Fayetteville Building Permit Reports RATINGS The Bonds have been rated by Standard & Poor's Corporation. This rating reflects only the view of such organization at the time such rating was given, and the Issuer makes no representation as to the appropriateness of the rating. Any explanation of the significance of such rating may be obtained only from Standard & Poor's Corporation. There is no assurance that such rating will continue for any given period of time or that it will not be revised downward or withdrawn entirely by such organization, if in the judgement of said organization, circumstances so warrant. Any such downward revision or withdrawal of such rating may have an adverse effect on the market price of the Bonds. CERTAIN VERIFICATIONS Ernst & Whiney, a firm of independent certified public accountants, upon delivery of the Bonds will delivery an opinion stating that they have reviewed the mathematical accuracy of the computations relating to (n) the sufficiency of projected cash flow receipts and disbursements on the Mortgage Loans and reserve.funds to pay the principal of and interst on the Bonds as set forth in the estimates and conclusions under the captions "Program Assumptions" and "The Bonds — Application of Revenues and Flow of Funds", and (b) the actuarial yield on the Mortgage Loans and on the Bonds supporting the conclusion of Bond Counsel that the Bonds are not arbitrage bonds within the meaning of Section 103(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended. UNDERWRITING The Bonds are being purchased by the Underwriters, for whom Powell & Satterfield, Inc. and Rauschcr Pierce Refsncs, Inc. are acting as Managers. The Underwriters have jointly and severally agreed to purchase the Bonds at an aggregate discount of $ from the initial public offering prices set forth on the cover page. The Contract of Purchase provides that the Underwriters will purchase all the Bonds if. any are -purchased, the oblgation to make such purchase being subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in the Contract of Purchase, the approval of certain legal matters by counsel and certain other conditions. The initial public offering prices may be changed, from time to time, by the Underwriters. The Underwriters may offer and sell the Bonds to certain dealers and tohers at prices lower than the public officring prices stated on the cover page hereof. TAX EXEMPTION In the opinion of Messrs. Friday, Eldredge & Clark, Bond Counsel, under existing statues, regulations and judicial decisions, interest on the Bonds is exempt from all present federal income taxation. In Bond Counsel's further opinion, the Bonds and interest thereon are exempt from all Arkansas state, county and municipal taxes. APPROVAL OF LEGAL PROCEEDINGS Legal matters incident to the authorization and issuance of the Bonds are subject to the approving opinion of Messrs. Friday, Eldredge & Clark, Little Rock, Arkansas, Bond Counsel. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Issuer by its Counsel, James N. McCord, City Attorney, Fayetteville, Arkansas, and for the Underwriters by their Counsel, Messr. Chapman and Cutler, Ch icngo, Illinois. 31- j MISCELLANEOUS I The Issuer has furnished all information in this Official Statement relating to the Issuer. The Administrator has furnished all information in this Official Statement relating to the Administrator. Information. relating to the Purchaser and the Trustee has been furnished by the respective institutions. - Any statement in this Official Statement involving matters of opinion whether or not expressly so stated, are intended as such and not as representations of fact. The distribution of this Official Statement has been duly authorized by the Issuer. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS RESIDENTIAL HOUSING FACILITIES BOARD By Chairman 32- EXHIBIT B • Proposed Allocation 1. Heritage Federal S & L .2. Superior Federal S & L 3. Northwest S & L 4. First National Bank 5. Mcllroy Bank 6. Northwest Nat'l Bank 7. Commercial Nat'l Bank 8. Worthen Mortgage 9. National Mortgage 10. First Nat'l Mtg - LR $3,000,000 1,000,000 750,000 5,760,000 2,880,000 720,000 1,640,000 1,000,000 -0- -0- $16,750,000 t K 0 4-- L -gym— \.-. M ICRUrtL,VtLD - CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS for AIRPORT IMPROVEMENTS .- to DRAKE' FIELD / FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVI•LLE, fARKANSFAS 'p Cs p I ADAP PROJECT NO. 6-05-0020-10 • . l s I� Erµ ((q��'{jyEu[LL[ 5ryNE l� INC0R✓• 4TED - w+ umnoc. somIMuf � e .fJ I SPECIFICATIONS I\ 6 6 • • • I• I• Grading and Lighting Improvements To DRAKE FIELD FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Airport Aid Development Project No. 6-05-0020-10 Plans No. 80-159 March, 1981 McCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. 1810 North College Avenue Fayetteville, Arkansas ® t d RATED ORLE BOP 'A EEIEVIttE I• ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS FOR 1, I• I• 1! C 1! AIRPORT IMPROVEMENTS TO DRAKE FIELD FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS ADAP NO. 6-05-0020-10 May 1, 1981 1. Refer to revised Proposal for Contract Section I, page 3 and •3A. Adding Item No. I-18 for 80 L.F. of 24" R.C.P. 2. Refer to Detailed Specifications, Section 9-A "Drainage Pipe" Add 80 L.F. of 24" R.C.P. and payment to be made according to Item No. I-18 of the Proposal. The bidder shall indicate on the Proposal form, the receipt of Addendum No. 1 and the understanding of this Addendum. I0 TABLE OF CONTENTS' I C- r a'-rr nei I• I• Notice to Contractors I Instructions to Bidders II Proposal III Equal Opportunity Certifications IV Contract V Performance Bond VI Payment Bond VII Federal Wage Decision VIII State Wage Decision IX Wage, Labor, EEO & Safety Requirements X General Provisions XI FAA Standard Specifications XII. P-152 Excavation and Embankment XII-77 P-610 Structural Portland Cement Concrete XII-397 D-701 Pipe for Storm Sewers XII-463 D-705 Pipe Underdrains XII-477 D-751 Manholes, Catch Basins, Inlets and Inspection Holes XII-489 D-752 Concrete Culverts, Headwalls and Miscellaneous Structures XII-503 T-611 Compaction Control Tests XII-657 T-901 Seeding XII-507 T-904 Sodding XII-521 I. zz ATED unt eOCR u.mevIue TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) C CrT T/1 AI I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. FAA Standard Specifications (continued) L-108 Installation of Underground Cable for Airports X,II-583 L-110 Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct XII-613 L-125 Installation of Airport Lighting Systems XII-651 Detailed Specifications I. ® SEED imic POC [wARaLL[ XIII I. Ia li I. 1• 1• I. rj Notice to Contractors ® Ca RATEO u!1\€ RO:. $A WE I IIN,,, NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS Notice is hereby given that in pursuance to an order of the Board of Directors of the at the office of on the 13th. of all tools and City of Fayetteville, Arkansas,sealed bids will the City Manager, Fayetteville, Arkansas until day of May , 1981, for labor, and the performance of work to be done in be received 10:00 a.m., the furnishing constructing improvements to Drake Field, Fayetteville Municipal Airport. The work shall be performed under two Contract Sections as follows: CONTRACT SECTION I: Work under this contract section includes site grading and drainage facilities for the upgrading of the runway and taxiway safety areas; Also seeding, fertilizing, sodding and other miscellaneous items. 1• 1• I• CONTRACT SECTION II: Work under this contract section includes instal- lation of a medium intensity taxiway lighting system with appropriate controls and concrete encased electrical conduits under taxiways. The location of the work is set out in the plans and specifications on file in the office of McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc., P.O. Box 1229, 1810 North College Avenue, Fayetteville, Arkansas. All bids will be opened and considered at a meeting, to be held in the Board of Directors Room, City Administration Building, Fayetteville, Arkansas at 10:00. a.m., Daylight Saving Time, on the 13 day. of...May , 1981, and at such adjourned meetings thereafter as may be necessary. All necessary work, materials and every item of construction shall be in accordance with the plans and specifications as prepared by the Engineer. Copies of the documents may be obtained from the office of the Engineer upon the payment of the sum of fifty dollars ($50.00), said payment not being refund- able. Pertinent information and the detailed specifications will be furnished to suppliers at cost of reproduction. The contractors shall make such inspection and studies of the site of the work as to thoroughly familiarize themselves with all conditions to be en- countered. Each bid must be accompanied by a surety bond in the amount equal to five percent (5%) of the whole bid, said bond to be issued by a surety company licensed to do business in the State of Arkansas, said bond to be retained as liquidated damages in case successful bidder fails, neglects or refuses to enter into the contract for the construction of said works, and furnish the necessary bonds within ten (10) days from and after the date the award is made. The successful bidder will be required to furnish separate performance and payment bonds, in favor of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract amount, at the time of the award of the contract, if said contract exceeds $100,000. Notice to Contractors -1 I•Ka a ATED un.[.00- f..,i}EvEiL Notice is hereby given that the City of Fayetteville is an Equal. Oppor- tunity employer. The Board of Directors reserves the right to reject any and all bids, and to waive any formalities deemed to be in the best interest of the City. The proposed contracts are under.and subject to Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and to the Equal Opportunity Clause contained in the specifications. U I• 1• 1• 1• 1• The successful bidder will be required to submit a Certification of Non- segregated Facilities prior to award of the contract, and to notify pro- spective subcontractors of the requirement for such a Certification where the subcontract exceeds $10,000. Samples of the Certification and the Notice to Subcontractors appear in the specifications. The attention of all bidders is called to the fact that any contractor or subcontractor on this project having 50 or more employees and who may be awarded a contract or subcontract of $50,000 or more will be required to maintain an Affirmative Action Program within 120 days of commencement of the contract. Women will be afforded equal opportunity in all areas of employment. How- ever, the employment of women shall not diminish the standards or requirements for employment of minorities. The Bidder (proposer) must supply all the information required by the bid or proposal form. The attention of all bidders is called to the fact that they must be licensed under the terms of Act 150 of the 1965 Acts of the. Arkansas Legis- lature, as amended. Attention is called to the fact that not less than the minimum salaries and wages as set forth in the Contract Documents must be paid on this project. Dated this 21 day of April , 1981. Sturman Mackey Purchasing Agent City of Fayetteville Fayetteville, Arkansas Notice to Contractors - 2 I ®%E • C R bRATED untv(A. urm n+u[ . • Instructions to Bidders . . . R �� RATED I n,tuon uq:nv:uf INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS I• I• r; [7 I• I• I• I0 1. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS. Bidders are advised that the plans, pro- files, specifications and estimates of the Engineer on file in the office of the official as set out in the "Notice to Contractors," shall constitute all of the information which the Owner shall furnish. No other information given, or sendings made by the Owner or any official thereof, prior to the execution of said contract, shall ever become a part of, or change the contract, plans, profiles, specifica- tions and estimates, or be binding to the Owner. But bidders are required, prior to submitting any bid, to read carefully the specifications, contract and bonds, to examine carefully all plans, profiles, and estimates on file with the official as set out in the "Notice to Contractors," to visit the site of the work to examine carefully local conditions, to inform themselves by their independent research and soundings of the difficulties to be encountered, and to judge for themselves the accessibility of the work and the quantities and character of the materials to be encountered and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the work and the time specified for its completion; and to obtain all information required to make an intelligent bid. Bidders shall rely exclusively upon their surveys, estimates, investigations, soundings and other things which are necessary for full and complete information upon which the bid will be based. The bid shall contain a statement that all bids are made with the full knowledge of the difficulties and conditions that may be encountered, the kind, quantity and quality of the plans, work to be done, excava- tion, and materials required, and with full knowledge of the plans, profiles, specifications and estimates and all provisions of the contract and bonds. Failure of any bid to contain such a statement may be held to be sufficient reason for rejecting the bid. 2. APPROXIMATE ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES. The Engineer's estimate of quantities, approved by the Owner, •and on file in the office of the official as set out in the "Notice to Contractors," is approximate only, and shall be the basis for receiving unit price bids for each item, but shall not be considered by the bidders as the actual quantities that may be required for the completion of the proposed work. Such quantities, however, at.the unit price bid for each item, shall. determine the amount of each bid for comparison of bids, and determine the low bidders for the purpose of awarding the contract, and will be used as a basis for fixing the amount of the required bonds. 3. FAMILIARITY WITH LAWS, ETC. The bidder is presumed to be familiar with all state and city laws, ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect those engaged or employed in the work, or the materials or equipment used, or in any way affecting the work, and shall in all respects comply with said laws, ordinances and regulations. No claim of misunderstanding or ignorance on the part of the contractor will in any way serve to modify the provisions of the contract. No representations shall be binding unless embodied in the contract. ® IN O TED uny VA. I .i Instructions to Bidders - 2 4. BIDS AND BIDDING FORMS. Bids must be made out in ink on the PROPOSAL SCHEDULE included in Section III of these plans and specifications. All bids shall be sealed and filed as provided in the "Notice to Contractors". No bidder shall di- vulge the information in said sealed bid to any person whomsoever, except those having a partnership or other financial interest with him in said bid, until after the sealed bids have been opened. Bids which are incomplete, unbalanced, conditional, or obscure, or which contain additions not called for, erasures, alterations or irregularities of any kind, or which do not comply with the "Instructions to Bidders" may be rejected as informal at the option of the Owner. However, the Owner reserves the right to waive tech- nicalities as to changes, alterations or revisions and to make the award in the best interest of the Owner. I• 1! I• I• I. • All papers bound with or attached to the Proposal Schedule are necessary parts thereof, and must not be detached. A copy of the plans, profiles, specifications, and bid forms may be obtained as provided in the "Notice to Contractors." 5. UNIT PRICES AND FILLING IN BIDDING FORMS. Bidders must state a unit price for every item of work named in the Engineer's estimate of quantities of work to be done, approved by the Owner and on file in the office of the official as set out in the "Notice to Contractors. Each bidder shall include in the unit prices named in his bid the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and apparatus of every description to construct, erect and finish completely all the work as called for in the specifications or shown in the plans. The price bid for the items must be stated in figures and in words in the appro- priate blank spaces provided on the bidding forms. Such figures must be clear and distinctly legible so that no question can arise as to their intent or meaning. In case of a difference in the written words and figures in a proposal, the amount stated in written words shall govern. Unit prices bid and totals shown in the proposal shall not include any of the costs of engineering, advertising, printing, and appraising. 6. PRICES BID TO BEAR RELATIONSHIP TO COST OF WORK. Prices bid on the various items in the proposal shall bear a fair relationship to the cost of.the work to be done. Bids which appear unbalanced and deemed not to be in the best interest of the Owner may be rejected at the discretion of the Owner. 7. SIGNATURE ON BIDS. If the bid is made by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent, and his post office address given. If the bid is made by a firm or partnership, the name and post office address of each member must be given, and the bid signed by a member of the firm or partnership, or a person duly authorized. If the bid is made by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and the state under the laws of which said company or corporation is chartered, and the business address must be given, and the bid signed by an officer or agent duly authorized. ®iCOOUP}AT ED . m.[ No[. ..gn&VpLc • Instructions to Bidders - 3 Power of attorney, properly certified, for agents and others to sign bids must be in writing and filed with the Owner. C • • • • • • 17 8. QUALIFICATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY OF BIDDERS. Each bidder shall furnish the Owner with satisfactory evidence of his competence to perform the work contem- plated. The Owner reserves the right to reject a bid if the bidder has not submitted a statement of his qualifications prior to the date of the opening of the bids. Bidders who are filling in a bid for the first time with the Owner must submit their qualifications prior to the time of the opening of the bids. In making application to be placed on the qualified list, the bidders will be required to furnish a statement covering experience on similar work, a list of machinery, plant, other equipment available for the proposed work, and a statement of fin- ancial resources, dated within thirty (30) days prior to the date of the opening of the bids. The Owner reserves the right to make such investigations of infor- mation submitted as is deemed necessary, before a rating is given and to dis- qualify any contractor from bidding if deemed in the best interest of the Owner. With each financial statement filed with the Owner, as hereinafter outlined, the bidder shall also submit a statement relating to his experience in performing construction work similar to that for which he is offering a proposal. He shall also file with the Owner a statement relating to the amount and condition of his equipment as often as may be required by the Owner. Both the experience and equipment statements herein referred to shall be submitted in a manner acceptable to the Owner. Where required by state laws, the bidders shall be licensed according to the requirements of such laws. In case contractors are required to be licensed, they shall note their license number on the outside of their proposal. 9. BIDDING BONDS. Each bid must be accompanied by a bidder's surety bond issued by a company licensed to do business in the State in the sum of five per cent (5%) of the amount of the bid, made payable to the Owner as a guarantee that a contract will be entered into and the required bonds furnished within the required time, in the event of the award of a contract. 10. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS. Permission will not be granted to withdraw or modify any bid after it has been filed. Requests for non -consideration of bids inust.be made in writing, addressed to the governing body of the Owner and filed with the repre- sentative of the Owner designated to receive the bids before the expiration of the time limit for opening bids. After other bids are opened and read, the bid for which withdrawal is requested will be returned unopened. 11. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. Any one or more of the following causes may be considered as sufficient for the disqualification of bidders and the rejection of their bid or bids: fLA�GVI 11A PnTEO 4lr LL .ec. Instructions to Bidders - 4 I• More than one proposal for the same work from an individual firm, partnership, or corporation under the same or different names. Evidence of collusion among bidders. Participants in such collusion may receive no recognition as bidders for any future work. Unbalanced proposals in which the prices for some items are out of proportion to the prices for other items. Failure to submit a unit price for each item of work for which a bid price is required by the Proposal. Lack of competency as revealed by the financial statement,experience, plant and equipment statements submitted. Lack of responsibility as shown by past work judged from the standpoint of workmanship and progress. Uncompleted work, which in the judgment of the Owner, might hinder or prevent the,. prompt completion of additional work if awarded. For being in arrears on existing contracts, in litigation with the owner, .or having defaulted on a. previous contract. 12. CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS. After the proposals are opened and read, the quantities will be extended and totaled in accordance with the bid prices of the accepted proposals, and the results. of the prices will be made public. Until the final award of the contract, the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to waive technicalities and to advertise for new proposals, or to proceed to do the work otherwise when the best interests of the Owner will be promoted thereby. 13. RIGHT TO REJECT BIDS. The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids. All bids are subject to this reservation, and the Owner reserves to itself the right to decide which bid shall be deemed the lowest and best. Due consider- ation will be given to the reputation, financial ability, experience and equipment of the bidder. No bids received in the office of the official as set out in the "Notice to Contractors" after the time for filing, as advertised, will be considered. However bids mailed from a post office other than that of the Owner and arriving in the Owner's post office before the time for receiving of bids and actually delivered to the office designated to receive the bids, before the hour for opening of bids, shall be judged to have been received in time for filing and shall be considered. 14. FORFEITURE OF BIDDING BOND.. The person or persons, partnership, company, firm or corporation to which the contract is awarded shall, within ten (10) days after such contract is awarded, execute and deliver the contract as required; such bonds to be executed and approved prior to the execution of the contract by the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to grant the Contractor such extension of time in executing the contract as it deems necessary in the interest of the Owner. Any 0MrC C,WIED Vfj .J:. it Instructions to Bidders - 5 application for extension of time shall. be made by the Contractor in writing, and signed by proper officials. The inclusion of this provision, whereby extension of time in signing the contract and submission of bonds may be granted, in no way ob- ligates the Owner to act upon any application unless it sees fit to do so. C7 I• If C G I• 1• I• Upon failure of the bidder to execute said bonds and contract within the specified time after the contract is awarded, the bid by the Contractor will be considered to have been abandoned and the Owner may ask for new bids. By reason of the uncer- tainty of the market prices of materials and of damages and expenses which the Owner might incur by reason of said Bidder's failure to execute said bonds and contracts within said specified time, the bid bond accompanying the bid shall be the agreed amount of damages which the Owner will suffer by reason of such failure upon the part of the bidder, and shall thereupon immediately be forfeited to the Owner. The filing of a bid under these instructions shall be considered as accept- ance of this provision. 15. RETURN OF BIDDER'S BOND. Bonds deposited with bids will be returned to the bidders as soon as the contract is awarded, except the bond of the successful bidder, which will be returned after the contract is executed and the bonds approved. Unless the Owner has a good reason to hold bidding bonds, the bonds of all except the three low bidders will be returned as soon as: the bids have been considered. 16. AWARDING OF CONTRACT. The Owner reserves the right to withhold the awarding of a contract for a reasonable period of time from the date of opening bids, said length of time not to exceed sixty (60) days, or as otherwise stated in the Proposal and with the consent of the bidder. The awarding of a contract upon a successful bid shall give the bidder no right of action or claim against the Owner upon such contract until the same shall have been reduced to writing and duly signed by the contracting parties. The lettering of a contract shall not be complete until the contract is duly executed and the necessary bonds approved. 17. INSURANCE AND BONDS. The successful bidder will be required to carry all such workmen's compensation, property damage, public liability insurance, etc.. as may be required under the laws of the state. The Contractor shall execute and furnish a bond in the amount of one hundred per- cent (100%) of the contract price conditioned on the faithful performance of the work covered by the contract and further conditioned that the surety under the bond be liable for the payment of all materials, labor, equipment, and other items of cost as set out under the provisions of Act No. 209 or Acts of 1957. If any bond or insurance contracted for becomes unsatisfactory or unacceptable to the Owner after the acceptance and approval thereof, the Contractor shall promptly, upon being notified to that effect, execute and furnish acceptable bonds and/or insurance in the amounts herein specified. Upon presentation of acceptable bonds and/or insurance, the unsatisfactory bonds or insurance may be cancelled at the discretion of the Contractor. IMPORTANT NOTE: Insurance certificates furnished by the Contractor and/or sub- contractor(s) shall include the Engineer as "Additional Insured" for public liability, property damage and special hazards coverage. I• COP RATED LIT..1 .0(. ..gvryIL( Instructions to Bidders - 6 I• I• It I• I• I• I0 1• I• The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all the insurance required under this paragraph and such insurance has been approved by the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until the insurance required of the subcontractor has been so obtained and approved. (a) Compensation Insurance: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract Workmen's Compensation Insurance as re- quired by applicable State law for all of his employees to be engaged in work at the site of the project under this contract and, in case of any such work sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all of the latter's employees to be engaged in such work unless such employees are covered by the pro- tection afforded by the Contractor's Workmen's Compensation Insurance. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work on the project under this contract is not protected under the Workmen's Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide and shall cause each subcontractor to provide adequate employer's liability insurance for the protection of such of his employees as are not otherwise protected. (b) Contractor's and Sub -Contractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance and Vehicle Liability Insurance: Contractor's Public Liability Insurance and Vehicle Liability Insurance shall be in an amount not less than $500,000 for injuries, including accidental death, to any one person, and subject to the same limit for each person, in an amount not less than $500,000 •aggregate,on account of one accident, and Contractor's Property Damage Insur- ance in an amount not less thin .$200,000.per person per accident and $200,000 a r ate for any such damage sustained by two or more. persons in any one ac��Lied�nt. The Contractor shall either (1) require each of his subcontractors to procure and to maintain during the life of his subcontract, Subcontractor's Public Liability and Property Damage of the type and in the same amounts as specified in the preceding paragraph, or (2) insure the activities of his subcontractors in his own policy. (c) Owner's Protective Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance: The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this contract such public liability and property damage insurance as shall protect the Owner and his agents from claims for damage for personal injury, including accidental death, as well as from any claims for property damages, which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, and the limits of such insurance shall be as shown in subparagraph (b) above. The Engineers shall be named as an "Additional Insured" under the policy. It is agreed that such insurance as is afforded by the Policy for Bodily Injury Liability and Property Damage Liability be subject to the following provisions: (1) The unqualified word "insured" also includes any architect, engineer or surveyor engaged by the named insured but only with respect to liability arising out of the premises of the named insured. • ® W st ATED un.r .«. mvm'u[ S • • •, • • • • • Instructions to Bidders -7 (2) The insurance with respect to said architects, engineers or surveyors does not apply to injury, sickness, disease, death or destruction arising out of defects in maps, plans, designs or specifications prepared, acquired or used by said architects, engineers or surveyors. (d) Scope of Insurance and Special Hazards: The insurance required under sub- paragraphs (b) and c hereof shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and his subcontractors, respectively, against damage claims which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by any one directly or indirectly employed by him and, also against any of the special hazards which may be encountered in the performance of this contract as enumerated below: (1) Dynamiting; and (2) Damage to underground facilities. (e) Builder's Risk Insurance (Fire and Extended Coverage: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract Builder's Risk Insurance (Fire and Extended Coverage) on a 100 per cent (100%) com- pleted value basis on the insurable portion of the project. The owner,. the contractor, and subcontractors (as their interests may appear) shall be named as the Insured. (f) Proof of Carriage of Insurance: The Contractor shall furnish the owner with certificates showing the type, amount, class of operations covered, effective dates and dates of expiration of policies. Such certificates shall also contain substantially the following statements: "The insurance covered by this certificate will not be cancelled or materially altered, except after ten (10) days written notice has been received by the Owner. SEE IMPORTANT NOTE, page 5, heretofore. The above named limits shall be operative except where, in the opinion of the Engineer, the character of the work and hazards involved warrant the establishment of greater coverage. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with duplicate copies of all policies of certificates from insuring agencies as evidence that these requirements have been satisfied. All bonds must be executed by a surety company licensed to do business in the State of Arkansas, and acceptable to the Owner. The final acceptance of the construction work by the Owner shall not bar the right of any person damaged or injured by reason of any act of ommission or commission of the Contractor, or of the failure of the Contractor to fully perform all the terms of his contract from maintaining an action against the Contractor, and shall not release the Contractor from any of the obli- gations assumed under these specifications or contract. 18. SUBCONTRACTORS. The Contractor shall not assign or sublet all or any part of this contract without the prior written approval of the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow such subcontractor to commence work until he has provided and obtained approval of such compensation and public liability insurance as may be required under the laws of the state. The approval of such subcontract by the Owner will in no manner release the Contractor from any of his obligations as set out in the plans, specifications, contract and bonds. ®�VGNIiyuLTq�NG tvCORETEO tM La 1a,att' . !:\Vlq{ C Instructions to Bidders - 8 0 •. • • • • • • • 19. LABOR LAWS. The Contractor shall abide by all state and Federal laws governing labor. (Also see General Conditions) 20. INSPECTION AND TESTING OF MATERIALS. All materials and equipment used in the construction of the project shall be subject to adequate inspection and testing in accordance with accepted standards. The laboratory or inspection agency shall be selected by the Owner. The Owner will pay for all laboratory inspection service direct, and not as a part of the contract, unless otherwise specifically stated hereafter in these specifications. Materials of construction, particularly those upon which the strength and durabilit of the structure may depend, shall be subject to inspection and testing to establis conformance with the specifications and suitability for uses intended. 21. "OR EQUAL" CLAUSE. Whenever a material or article required is specified or shown on the plans by using the name of the proprietary product or of a particular manufacturer or vendor, any material or article which will perform adequately the duties imposed by the general design may be considered equal and satisfactory providing the material or article so proposed is of equal substance and function in the Engineer's opinion. It shall not be purchased or installed without his written approval. 0 RATED R ED unu wa •.•n rt..a I. I. I. I. I. I. I• I. C Proposal . I CO�RPORAITED IMtfla" �Xq:pvlt%f I• PROPOSAL IMPROVEMENTS TO DRAKE FIELD FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS I• I• 10 I. ADAP Project No. 6-05-0020-10 Plans No. 80-159 Dated: March 1981 To the Board of Directors City of Fayetteville Fayetteville, Arkansas Gentlemen: The undersigned, Contract Section I: APAC-Arkansas, Inc., McClinton -Anchor Division Contract Section II: Pendleton Electric Company states that he has carefully examined the plans, profiles, specifications, maps, and drawings on.file in the office of the City Clerk, Fayetteville, Arkansas, relative to the proposed Airport Improvements which include site grading and drainage improvements to runway and taxiway safety areas, medium intensity taxiway lighting system with required controls, and that he is familiar with the same and understands each and all; has examined the lo- cation and site; that all bids are made with the full knowledge of the plans, profiles, specifications and estimates and all provisions of the contract and. bonds; that this Proposal is made without collusion on the part of any person, firm, or corporation. He further states that he will enter into the contract to construct said construction as designated in the title of this Proposal in accordance with the plans and specifications on file in the office of the City Clerk of Fayetteville, Arkansas, and have said work completed as follows: Contract Section I: 75 working days from date of Notice to Proceed II: 75 working days from date of Notice to Proceed Contract Section for the following scheduled prices. Bidder may bid on one, or both of the Contract Sections. The bidder shall indicate in the "Summary of Bids" at the end of the Proposal which Contract Section that he is willing to accept. The method of the bid(s) is clarified as follows: The contract(s) shall be a- warded, not necessarily to the lowest bidder on each individual Contract Section, but in the combination which results in the lowest net cost to the Owner. Proposal - 1 LStlriCdPPD RATED un.{ .pq n ry.rtv.ul • Li • • • PROPOSAL SCHEDULE CONTRACT SECTION I Item I-1 through I-17 pertain to Contract Section I ITEM ESTIMATED UNIT NO. QUANTITY ITEM PRICE EXTENDED 1-1 13,105 C.Y. Excavation. $1.67 /C.Y. One and 67/100..------------------------dollars/C.Y. $ 21,885.35 Words 1-2 10,484 C.Y. Embankment $1.67 /C.Y. One and 67/100 ------------------------ dollars/C.Y. $ 17,508.28 (Words) I-3 22,726 C.Y. Fill from Borrow $2.50 /C.Y. Two and 50/100 ------------------------ dollars/C.Y. $ 56,815.00 (Words) I-4 472 L.F. Drainage Pipe 15" RCP $16.50 Sixteen and 50/100 -------------------- dollars/L.F. $ 7788.00 I-5 130 L.F. Drainage Pipe 18" RCP $17.50 /L.F. Seventeen and 50/100------------------dollars/L.F. $ 2,275.00 (Words) I-6 2 Each Precast Grate Inlet 1,200 /ca One Thousand Two Hundred and 00/100 ---- dollars/ea. $ 2,400.00 I-7 4 Each Precast Grate Inlet Extensions $800.00/ea. Eight Hundred and 00/100 ------ dollars/ea. $ 3,200.00 (Words) I-8 1 Each Concrete Headwall $700.00/ea. Seven Hundred and 00/100--------------dollars/ea. $ 700.00 Proposal - 2 ®rI MATED LIME .a. lrtfn(nul PROPOSAL SCHEDULE CONTRACT SECTION I ESTIMATED UNIT QUANTITY ITEM PRICE EXTENDED 10 L.F. Pipe Underdrain $ 5.00 /L.F. Five and 00/100 ---------------------- dollars/L.F. $ 50.00 Words Lump Sum Repair of RCP Joints $ 5.000/L.S. Five Thousand and 00/100 -------------- dollars/L.S. $ 5,000.00 Words 1 Each Remove Existing Grate Inlet $500.00/ea. Five Hundred and 00/100 ------- dollars/ea. $ 500,00 Words - 1 Each Remove Existing Headwall $200.00/ea. Two Hundred and 00. 100 -------------- dollars/ea. $ 200.00 Words 30 L.F. Remove Existing 12" CMP $ 20.00/L.F. Twenty and 00/100 --------------------- dollars/L.F. $ 600.00 (Words) 294 Acres Seeding $100.00/Acre One Hundred and 00/100 ---------------- dollars/Acre $ 29.400.00 (Words) 250 S.Y. Solid Sod $ 10.OOS.Y. Ten and 00/100 ------------------------ dollars/S.Y. $_ 2.500.00 (Words) Lump Sum Project Sign $250.00/L.S. Two Hundred Fift and 00/100 ---------- dollars/L.S. $ 250.00 Words 30 Hour Stand-by Time $ 30.00/Hr. Thirty and 00/100 --------------------- dollars/Hr. $ 900.00 ors - Proposal - 3 LA 1#`"8Eo UmU ROCK ..1EnEVYLE ITEM ESTIMATED UNIT NO. QUANTITY ITEM PRICE EXTENDED I-18 80 L.F. Drainage Pipe 24" RCP $ 25.00 /L.F. Twenty -Five and 00/100 ----------------------- /L,F, $ 2,000.00 (words) TOTAL CONTRACT SECTION I, Item I-1 through I-18 $153,971.63 Proposal - 3A MI CdR RATED ur.¢ ADC rnen€WLLE U PROPOSAL SCHEDULE CONTRACT SECTION II I• Items II -1 through I1-9 Pertain to Contract Section II r Li r I• I• I• ITEM ESTIMATED UNIT. NO. QUANTITY ITEM PRICE EXTENDED II -1 14..500 L.F. Cable Trench $ 0.57 /L.F. Fifty -Seven Cents --------------------- dollars/L.F. $ 8,265.00 (Words) II -2 20,800 L.F. Underground Cable Installed • in Trench or Duct $_0.38_/L.F. Thirty -Eight Cents -------------------- dollars/L.F. $ 7,904.00 • (Words) II -3 16,200 L.F. Bare Counterpoise Wire Installed in Trench or Duct, Including Ground Rods and Grounding Connectors $ 0.37 /L.F. Thirty -Seven Cents -------------------- dollars/L.F. $ 5,994.00 (Words) II -4 200 L.F. Two -Way Concrete Encased Electrical Duct, Including Duct Markers $ 25.00/L.F. Twenty -Five and 00/100----------------_dollars/L.F. $ 5,000.00 Words II -5 Lump Sum Installation of Airport Transformer Vault Equip- ment in Place $6,050 / L.S. Six Thousand Fifty and 00/100 --------- dollars/L.S. $ 6,050.00 Words - II -6 162 Each Medium Intensity Taxiway Lights, Stake Mounted in Place $153.00/ea. One Hundred Fifty -Three and 00/100 ---- dollars/ea. $ 24,786.00 (Words) Proposal - 4 ®ickiw'TED LTT1 ROC. FA V[rtry1LLI 0 I• I• is I• I• PROPOSAL SCHEDULE CONTRACT SECTION II ITEM ESTIMATED UNIT NO. QUANTITY ITEM PRICE II -7 1 Each Taxiway Guidance Sign No. 1 in Place $ 450.00/ea. Four Hundred Fifty and 00/100 ---------- dollars/ea. (Words) II -8 1 Each Taxiway Guidance Sign No. 2 in Place .$450.00/ea. Four Hundred Fifty and 00/100 ---------- dollars/ea. (Words) II -9 20 Hours Stand-by Time $60.00_/hr. Sixty and 00/100 ----------------------- dollars/hr. TOTAL CONTRACT SECTION II, ITEMS II -1 through II -9 DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATE BID NO. 1 Deduct the total bid amount under Item No. II -7 Total Deductive Alternate Bid No. 1 DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATE BID NO. 2 Deduct the total bid amount under Item No. II -8 Total Deductive Alternate Bid No. 2 Proposal - 5 EXTENDED $ 450.00 $ 450.00 $ 1,200:00 $ 60,099.00 $_ 450.00 I• CONTRACT SECTION I Amount Total Base Bid $ CONTRACT SECTION II I• I• 1• I. 10 1! I• i• Total Base Bid $ 60,099.00 Total Deductive Alternate Bid No. 1 $ 450.00 Total Deductive Alternate Bid No. 2 $ 450.00 The Bidder(Proposer) shall complete the following statement by checking the appropriate boxes. The Bidder(Proposer) has ® has not ❑ participated in a previous contract subject to equal opportunity clause prescribed by Executive Order 10925, or Executive Order 11114, or Executive Order 11246. The Bidder (Proposer) has ❑ has not ® submitted all compliance reports in connection with any such contract due under the applicable filing requirements; and that representations indicating submission of required compliance reports signed by proposed subcontractors will be obtained prior to award of subcontracts. If the Bidder (Proposer) has participated in a previous contract subject to the equal opportunity clause and has not submitted compliance reports due under applicable filing requirements, the Bidder (Proposer) shall submit a compliance report on Standard Form 100, "Employee Information Report EEO -1" prior to the award of contract. Standard Form 100 is normally furnished contractors annually, based on a mailing list currently maintained by the Joint Reporting Committee. In the event a contractor has not received the form, he may obtain it by writing to the following address: Joint Reporting Committee 100 G Street Washington, D.C. 20506 Proposal - 6 ®INC6RrbRATED I• I• I• I• I• U I• I• I• I• CONTRACT SECTION I Amount Total Base Bid $ 153,971.63 CONTRACT SECTION II Total Base Bid $ No Bid Total Deductive Alternate Bid No. 1 $ Total Deductive Alternate Bid No. 2 $ The Bidder(Proposer) shall complete the following statement by -checking the appropriate boxes. The Bidder(Proposer) has ® has not ❑ participated in a previous contract subject to equal opportunity clause prescribed by Executive Order 10925, or Executive Order 11114, or Executive Order 11246. The Bidder (Proposer) has ® has not ❑ submitted all compliance reports in connection with any such contract due under the applicable filing requirements; and that representations indicating submission of required compliance reports signed by proposed subcontractors will be obtained prior to award of subcontracts. If the Bidder (Proposer) has participated in a previous contract subject to the equal opportunity clause and has not submitted compliance reports due under applicable filing requirements, the Bidder (Proposer) shall submit a compliance report on Standard Form 100, "Employee Information Report EEO -1" prior to the award of contract. Standard Form 100 is normally furnished contractors annually, based on a mailing list currently maintained by the Joint Reporting Committee. In the event a contractor has not received the form, he may obtain it by writing to the following address: Joint Reporting Committee 100 G Street Washington, D.C. 20506 Proposal - 6 a ® COP RATED LITTLE HOCK H.EntlVILLE I• Enclosed herewith is a bid bond for 5% of Bid I• I• • II I• 1• 1• I• Is dollars ($ ) which we agree the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, may cash and retain as liquidated damages in the event of our failure to enter into a contract for the work covered by this Proposal, provided the Contract is awarded to us within sixty (60) days from the date fixed for opening of bids and we fail to execute said contract and execute the required bonds as called for in the specifications within ten (10) days after notification of acceptance of this Proposal. Receipt of the. following addenda to the plans, specifications and proposal is hereby acknowledged Addendum No..l and such addenda are attached hereto and made a part hereof. Dated at Fayetteville, Arkansas, this 13th day of May , 1981.. Respectfully Submitted, CONTRACT SECTION I By: Title (SEAL - if bid is by a corporation) Business Address Arkansas License Number s/Joseph T. Pendleton CONTRACT SECTION II By: DBA Pendleton Electric Company Owner Title 109 Skyline Drive, Fayetteville, AR 72701 Business Address Arkansas License Number 81-4441 Proposal - 7 I* L�B_LS� tNCGdPGRATED JIBE TA. FAFkT UvlpF I• Enclosed herewith is a bid bond for Five. Percent • I• I• 1• 1• I• dollars ($ ) which we agree the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas, may cash and retain as liquidated damages in the event of our failure to enter into a contract for the work covered by this Proposal, provided the Contract is awarded to us within sixty (60) days from the date fixed for opening of bids and we fail to execute said contract and execute the required bonds as called for in the specifications within ten (10) days after notification of acceptance of this Proposal. Receipt of the following addenda to the plans, specifications and proposal is hereby acknowledged Addendum No. One. and such addenda are attached hereto and made a part hereof. Dated at Fayetteville, Arkansas, this 13th day of May , 19g1_ CONTRACT SECTION I Respectfully Submitted, By: s/David C. McClinton President Title (SEAL - if bid is by a corporation) P.O. Box 1367, Fayetteville, AR 72701 Business Address CONTRACT SECTION II Arkansas License Number 81-3270 By: G Business Address Arkansas License Number Proposal - 7 I • ® frJAPbAATED LIT\E AYCR F*VET M LLE r •- I NN INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA • PHILADELPHIA PENNSYLVANIA Proposal or Bid Bond U KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT WE McCLINTON-ANCHOR COMPANY, DIVISION OF APAC-ARKANSAS, INC. L C L L 1• I• as principal, and the INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA. a corporation organized. and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, having its principal place of business at Philadelphia, Pa., as surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Fayetteville, Arkansas as obligee, in the penal sum of Five Percent (5%) of Bid DOLLARS, lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. SIGNED, sealed and dated this 13th day of May A. D. 19 81 WHEREAS, the said principal is herewith submitting proposal for Drake Field Fayetteville Municipal Airport Fayetteville, Arkansas ADAP Project No. 6-05-0020-10 THE CONDITION OF THE ABOVE OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the aforesaid principal shall be awarded the contract, the said principal will within the period specified therefor, or, if no period be specified, within ten (10) days after the notice of such award enter into a contract and give bond for the faithful performance of the contract, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise the principal and the surety will pay unto the obligee the difference in money between the amount of the bid of the said principal and the amount for which the obligee may legally contract with another party to perform the work if the latter amount be in excess of the former; in no event shall the liability hereunder exceed the penal sum hereof. PROVIDED AND SUBJECT TO THE CONDITION PRECEDENT, that any suits at law or proceedings in equity brought or to be brought against the Surety to recover any claim hereunder must be instituted and,seer,Ji k[ton Surety within ninety (90) days after the acceptance of said bid of the Principal by the Obligee. �J0 _ *'+- - c %. McCLINTON-ANCHOR CO, AP.AC-ARKANSA&.,....I N C ... 1.. MPANY OF NORTH AMERICA • B(yp ................. Jr., tt•rney-in-Fact BS -1946 PRINTED IN U.S.A. + • • a INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA PHILADELPHIA, PA. POWER OF ATTORNEY Know all men by these presents: That INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA, a corporation of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, having its principal office in the City of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, pursuant to the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the said Company on May 28, 1975, to wit: "RESOLVED, pursuant to Articles 3.6 and 5.1 of the By -Laws, the following Rules shall govern the execution for the Company of bonds, undertakings, recognizances, contracts and other writings in the nature thereof: (1) That the President, or any Vice -President, Assistant Vice -President, Resident Vice -President or Attorney -in -Fact, may execute for and in behalf of the Company any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances, contracts and other writings in the nature thereof, the same to be at- tested when necessary by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or a Resident Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company affixed thereto; and that the President or any Vice -President may appoint and authorize Resident Vice -Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries and Attorneys - in -Fact to so execute or attest to the execution of all such writings on behalf of the Company and to affix the seal of the Company thereto. (2) Any such writing executed in accordance with these Rules shall be as binding upon the Company in any case as though signed by the President and attested by the Secretary. (3) The signature of the President or a - Vice -President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted pursuant to this Resolution, and the signature of a certifying officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power, and any such power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company. (4) Such Resident Officers and Attorneys -in -Fact shall have authority to certify or verify copies of this Resolution, the By -Laws of the Com- pany, and any affidavit or record of the Company necessary to the discharge of their duties. (5) The passage of this Resolution does not revoke any earlier authority granted by Resolution of the Board of Directors on June 9, 1953." does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint JACK EAST, JACK EAST JR. , JAMES E. DANIEL, DONALD R. HENDERSON and JUDY FRANKS, all of the City of Little Rock, State of Arkansas its true and lawful agent and attorney -in -fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf, and as its act and deed any and all Bonds & Undertakings, UNLIMITED in amounts, on behalf of APAC-Arkansas, and APAC-Texas, Inc.. Said Bonds & Undertakings to be signed for the Company and the Seal of the Company attached thereto by any one of the Said Jack East, Jack East Jr., James E. Daniel, Donald R, Henderson and Judy Franks, individually. And the execution of such writings in pursuance of these presents shall be as binding upon said Company, as fully and amply as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its principal office. MICHAEL B. FODOR IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said ............................................. . Vice -President, has hereunto subscribf his name and affixed the corporate seal of the said INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA this .......t ........................day of ..... August .........19 ... . INSURANC CO A Y OF NORTH MERICA (SEAL) STATE OF ILLINOIS MICHAEL B. FODOR Vice -President COUNTY OF COOK ss. 14th August 80 On this . ..day of ......... ... , A. D. 19 .....before the subscriber, a Notary State 'of 'Illinois ' 'Cook Public of the MICHAEL B.t �or the County of duly commissioned and qualified, came ........... �12 Vice -President of the INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA to me personally known to be the individual and officer described in, and who executed the preceding instrument, and he acknowledged the execution of the same, and, being by me duly sworn, deposeth and saith, that he is the officer of the Company afore- said, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the corporate seal of said Company, and the said corporate seal and his signature as officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said corporation, and that Resolution, adopted by the Board of Directors of said Company, referred to in the preceding instrument, is now in force. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal at the City of CHICAGO the day and year first above written. Inc. or"�� � / - - /.r '. �. 1 . .... (SE H \ DAWN STRA14BRIDGE + Not y Public = •eerem expires May 28, 1984 „ --. I g;N3;l od _ �l4t ct Secretary of INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA, do hereby certify that the original POWER .: F_ T F ch the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy, is in full force and effect. y ,. I it �w o't, 11�bj eve hereunto subscribed as F1p}pjgpx Secretary, and affixed fithe corporate seal of the Corporation, thil.... �S�.:. �:.�G...........day of .... 1 ..............19. Or.. -. • (SEAL) ... . ........ .. ff"• ES S. WYLLIE f}�}�Secretary BS-2O08a Ptd. In U.S.A. ....i ...:-:. ,i;:vv. Li\}iiie:i . Ai syt .iiii f•1 shit/P ::u Sit 1'�' r: Fit: `\4'Siti �q �'� :<j: !1 F4:^i,-�`Y}siii3'�' ...��A !isw.. .i Ai i:•y' S�.i �'#�'• 'M �.'ilb�_.a..c alt ri;•i'1t61 -.i�„ �. fs.ii iii A�4 ::,1 Y /1. ) � s�( , F,oftn.,N° ARANTY COMPANY UNITED STATES FI®EILTh -t,9i� aAY) sj BID BOND --� BOND NUMBER........................................................................................ • KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: t Pendleton DBA Pendleton Electric Company THAT...._JRe......................................t...................................................................................................................................................................... of keyettev..ille.a....Arkansas ......................... C • ..................................................................................................................... as Principal , and UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND =` it of Fayetteville GUARANTY COMPANY, a Maryland corporation, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto.....C........X.......................................................................... Airport Commission, County of Was..... n,.State of Arkansas �If • as Obligee, in the full and just sum of........... J..V.e....P.ar.cent....of...Bid....j.5$.....of...bid)......... ......... ......... .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Dollars lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, p. • administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. `% fl WHEREAS, the said Principal is herewith submitting its proposal for furnishing all labor and material for the construction of taxi way lighting, Drake Field f d Airport, Fayetteville, Arkansas ) THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if the aforesaid Principal shall be awarded the contract the said Principal will, within the .- time required, enter into a formal contract -and give a good and sufficient bond to secure the performance of the terms and conditions of - • <y the contract, then this obligation to be void; otherwise the Principal and Surety will pay unto the Obligee the difference in money between ur the amount of the bid of the said Principal and the amount for which the Obligee legally contracts with another party to perform the work r? if the latter amount be in excess of the former, but in no event shall liability hereunder exceed the penal sum hereof. May 1981 • ;r i Signed, sealed and delivered ..................••••'(Date) Joe Pendleton, DBA =z. Pendleton Electric Co, ........................................................................................................(BEAU ,-- J :v .........................................................._ISEAU e ................................................................................................................... • `' 4 o Pendleton UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY -COMPANY' i . F -g': f: Attorney -m -tact , '� A. P. Eason, Jr. f "" -.. ::. e,r .. �. 1. �•,S .. J � I 1 Pr : m—�r��-. !! ,�.., .�. ..-a�T:-'_,aY .. .. •: , J n.. �.}4 n1•..iilil �:... � I/...:����(•1fJ...Y.i��/t .l�`vnli.. UY.'2%1t. i}\.S/Jex i*M* � fil�,.i�4V J.�....1\.Y.L•�Jf:: v��. vt : , r.,ll,...faly Jt ... tuYw;.. �Y\4 /J f .�...fa YI It., f. Contract II (Revised) (1-74) .J CERTIFIED COPY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY 83788 No ......................................... Know all Men by these Presents: That UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, and having its principal office at the City of Baltimore, in the State of Maryland, does hereby constitute and appoint Neil Danner 1• I• I.0 I• 1 I. of the City of Fayetteville , State of Arkansas its true and lawful attorney in and for the State of Arkansas for the following purposes, to wit; -To sign its name as surety to, and to execute, -seal and acknow:edge any and all bonds, and to respectively do-and-perforth any and - all acts and things set forth in the resolution of the Board of Directors of the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, a certified copy of which is hereto annexed and made a part of this Power of Attorney; and the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY .AD GUARANTY COMPANY, through us, its Board. of Directors, hereby ratifies and confirms all. and whatsoever the said tO t v; (SEAL) Neil Danner by virtue of these presents. the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY has caused this instrument to be seal, duly attested by the signatures of its Vice -President and Assistant Secretary, this 25th day of May I , A. D. 1973 (Signed) (Signed) STATE OF MARYLAND, ) BALTIMORE CITY, ss. UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY. By,,.,,....._ Bertram W. Sealy, Jr. Vice -President. David 1.. Royer ....................................................... Assistant Secretary. On this 25th day of May , A. D. 1973 , before me personally came Bertram W. Sealy, Jr. Vice -President of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY and - David L:- Royer - '• -' - , Assistant Secretary of said Company,'with both of whom I am personally acquainted, who being by me severally -duly sworn, said that they resided in the City of Baltimore, Maryland; that they, the said Bertram W. Sealy, Jr. and David L. Royer were respectively the Vice -President and the Assistant Secretary of the said•UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, the cor- poration described in and which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney: that they each knew the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said Power of Attorney was such corporate seal, that it was so fixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corpora- tion, and that they signed their names thereto by like order as Vice -President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of the Company. My commission expires the first day in July, A. D. 19. 74 , ... . (SEAL) (Signed) ,.,.,.,.,Herbert J. Au11 ............ Notary Public. STATE OF MARYLAND BALTIMORE CITY, j Sct. I. Robert H. Bouse , Clerk of the Superior Court of Baltimore City, which Court is a Court of Record, and has a seal, do hereby certify that Herbert J . Aull , Esquire, before whom theannexedaffidavits were made, and who has thereto subscribed his name, was at the time of so doing a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, in and for the City of Baltimore, duly commissioned and sworn and authorized by law to administer oaths and take acknowledgments, or proof of deeds to be recorded therein. I further certify that I am acquainted with the handwriting of the said Notary, and verily believe the signature to' be his genuine signature. In Testimony Whereof, I hereto set my hand and affix the seal of the Superior Court of Baltimore City, the same being a Court of Record, this 25th day of May , A. D. 19 73 Robert H. Rouse (SEAL) (Signed) g )................................................................. Clerk of the Superior Court of Baltimore City. FS 3 (9.67) w; • L\Y 1861 'ET AWd (viva) 9O ANYdN0D AINYHYII0 0NV A1113QI3 S31Y1S Q31INI1 a41 1° fees aqi put puny Am In olunalaq aneq I (°a'v'id! £nowpwy u; •8upaam p! Jo salnmm aqi u! papaooal n ;oangl alogA alp pull 'uopnlosal pm jo Adoa laauoo put aiui s s! 8u!oSaio; aqi try' pus `masald sIM uolaanC 3o pnog aqi Jo tmuonb It 8unaaw yalgM IT '0161 'Alnf ;o Alp yljl ayi 00 'alow!lleg 3o Alll aqi U! AutdwoJ aqi ;o a3go a41 11 P!p4 put pafaa Ajnp 'AnadwoD pm jo umpanQ Jo P1fog aqi jo 8unwm lejnlai 1 ie paidopit uopn!osal a Io aausnsmd at uasj8 in. Aauloiy JO fMod pill itg A3juw nqun3 °P I PW 'laapa put w1DI jIn; at ins si pull payosal vaaq nsau seq Aa01oue;o sassod ga!q*'UoJ las ulalagl we spuoq u8!c 0; 912{ Bnua4odiva pus Snm1°ylne' 8e8Ue]IJy •ajjTAal;aae3 ;o sauuea ITON 01 AuvdmoD Pps Aq uas!8 A2wout ;o 3aMod IeutBpo aqi ;o Adoa laauo:. pus anti •j!n; ' qr 8uioSai0; agi 2191 .4!u33 Agnag oP •ANVdN0D AINYUVII0 QNV A1I'13QI3 S31VJS Q31INf1 aqi JO AmaaaS inv3stery m ' JaISa3 •1( -amss alp ;o la'PP ;o axnIta aq1 m 8u!g1Am to '8u!gsiaapun 10 'uoplIndns uontSggo •aausa!u8oaal 'puoq Bans Aug u! so; pap!Aold aq Arm 4014A suonlpuw Aug 10 8u!giAue ;o 8u!op IOU 10 u!op ago 10; pauon!puoa 'lasaomgM ca!7laedto I. pug Am v! 'lasaosltgM UO1flu.1O Io vope!aOwes lagw m q!!ad!a!uvm ysalalu! 'aatgo 'Apoq 'uonulodloa 'suouad Io uoslad Aug lo; to Aq 'Io uo!iaalold Io Al!maas alp 10j paplwal so pat9 'paidawv 'patapuai 'uasi8 'ual!el 'apgm 'pamaaxa aq of pau!uuad so palmbas passop aq 'as!Mlagio to jvdp!vnm !aao! •laag)o so ago 'uogg:!ve810 'Apoq pnog Aug jo umlalae!p Jo aapnsd rowolaw 'uapso 'suopsln8m 'ca1n1 aqi Aq 10 'pmlpuno;MaN jo Auoro3 39; Io 10 spsm;) 3o uom!moQ 392 I° saauuold Dill I° JO sa1e1S panun aqi I° Alonual so aitnS Aug jo Jo saigi5 pallun ayi 30 ainww7S Aug Aq 10 asuuaglo to ladplmw 'Ms1 Aq Aem so an ya!yM 'awec ayi I° nglu 3o amleu aqi v! 8u!g7Am ao c8un!vuapun 'suonglndns •suonv2ggo 'cwusx!u2o3u 'spuoq Its Pas Ave ;o mopjpuoo aqi aaluuen8 pas aiwaxa 01 sluaIV 10 1ua8v so '13s;-v!•s(aulont to Aaulollg n! U pm soma p! m 'otly pm 'PaM°I!' My Aq Jo 'ceulpawold IO svot oe TIT u! pau!wnd Io paxpibai 'seml!auapun pus spuoq Sulaaluelgns to eutlnaoza put a!3nod wnamtal uagl lagio s13s11uw jo aauvwao;sad aqi Su!aiusnn8 '7sn11 alesud 10 aygnd Ill caonitad Burpjoy euouad is A7![aP9 syl 8utaalualan8 spill •uw !Ie put Aug lasgap put alnaaxa of 'lot nwe put awn s1! U! 'Auadluoj p!es 10 t1U3 t JO well 10 '131JpU!-slaultollg IO Aausoug n suouad so uosiad Aug iu!oddg of '[sac anlodaw n! lapun •a!ma13aS )uTIs!slV 11! 30 two 10 AmalasS s7! g1!M UO!Wm(uo3 u! stmplald -00!A u! 1° lagip to luap!sasd en la,odma put asuuglnT 'loop Agalaq 1! put 'op AusdwoZ) spp 1g91 `jaaapny t3 vq 'alofaaagy •pmlpunolMaN;0 Auo1o3 alp u! pug spgmD;o vojulmO 041 30 swvlsold ay1 u! pus alei5 pa1lufj 041 JO sauoi!I1a1 alp v! put'puelLnn u191 aagio a2t1S v! awn n! U! pus 1! 101 log of Aipogint pm saaod g1!M sAaulonv pail dual! lmoddv Auadwo3 aly7 ivgl cammq ;o uonovous l jminaga aq1 103 Atgtswau tl 1! 'Inalaq M logy ON •i •1 •i •i •i •i NOLLf/7OS3H 10 AdO3 •i I• I• Equal Opportunity Certification 1• Is ie • l�L� INCdu YN ED unu .o:. ..n:mnu I• I. ie I0 i• I• I• I• CERTIFICATION OF DIDDER RECARDIITG EQUAL E114'LCYM1T OPP0I'I Iir17 GENERAL BIDDERS NAME H!. I TON—9NClf0R C.o f3iv -uF APac-A(LXANrAS TivG ADDRESS F 0. R- C...rrr-.i..ir IRITt1?AL REVE1WE SERVICE EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUML R58—/�OI�/(9 NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE FEDERALLY ASSISTED CONSTRUCTION C0'i'TRACTORS: (1) A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities mist be submitted prior to the award of a federally assisted construction contract exceeding $10,000 which is not cxetpt fret the provisions of the equal opportunity clause.- (2) Contractors receiving federally assisted construction contract awards exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause will be required to provide for the forwarding of the following notice to prospective sub- contractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exeript from the pro- visions of the equal opportunity clause. NOTE: The penalty for making statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001. NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE SUECONTRACTORS.OF REhUII2Ia. T FOR CERTIFICATION ON NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES: (1). A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilitico must be submitted • prior to the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 whisk is not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. (2) Contractors receiving subcontract avardo exceeding $10,000 which are not exc-.sot from the provisions of the equal opportunity caluce will be required to provide for the forwarding of this notice to prospective subcontractors for nuP.plies and construc- tion contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt fro,n the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. NOTE: Th3 penalty for making falne statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001. .. I• C • • • CE TIFICATIOIl OF NONSEQREQATED FACILITIES: The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his enxployeen any segregated facilities at any of his establlnhments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where oegregated.facilitieu are waintaincd. The federally assisted construction contractor certifies furthor'that h2 will not maintain or provide for his employees any cegregatod facilitier, at. • any of his eotablishzants, and that ha brill not permit his employees to perform their cervices at any location, under his control, were segregated facilities are nnintained. The federc'.ly assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification • is a violation of the equal opportunity cl:u,o in this contract. As used in this certification, the tens "cegrei;atcd facilities' means any waiting rooms, work arean, restrooms and var.hroomn, restaurants and other eating areas, timeclockn, locker roc•ms and Other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertalnirent areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are negrcgatcd by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, roligion, sex or national origin, because of habit, local cuotcsn, or any other reason. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that (except wilere he has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific tine periodn) be till obtain identical certifications flocs proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt fn n the provisions of the equal. opportunity clause, and that he will retain such certifi- cations in his files. NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE CONTFACTOfS OF REQUIRE!. I;r FOR CERTIFICATION OF 14ONSEGREQVLTED FACILITIES: A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities nnzst•be submitted prior to the award of a contract or subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. Certification - The information above is true and complete to the beet of my knowledge and belief. NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers Is prescribed in 113 U.S.C. 1001, • • • • Contract • • • • • • L�Lm INNC'OtED ITLPop u•cnw¢ e.. z I• I• CONTRACT I STATE OF ARKANSAS CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE ) THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 8 day of J U h e 19 9 by and between the City of Fayetteville, Party of the First Part, here- inafter called the OWNER, and for Contract Section I: APAC - Arkansas, Inc., McClinton -Anchor Division Party of the Second Part, hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH THAT: WHEREAS, the OWNER has called for bids for the construction of Airport Improvements as set out in the Specifications and Plans No. 80-159 and WHEREAS, the CONTRACTOR is the lowest and best bidder for the construc- tion of said improvements hereinafter set out, pursuant to the published calls for bids under said plans and specifications. NOW THEREFORE, the CONTRACTOR agrees with. the OWNER to -:commence and com- plete the construction of: Contract Section I: Site grading, drainage pipe, drainage structures for upgrading runway and taxiway safety areas. Also included is fertilizing, seeding, sodding and other miscellaneous items for the unit and lump sum prices bid in the Proposal, based on the Engineer's estimated quantities, the total sum being: Total Bid of One Hundred Fifty -Three Thousand, Nine Hundred Seventy -One and 63/100 dollars, subject o reductions contained in the supplemental agreement attached hereto: such sum being the agreed amount upon which bonds and liabilities are based, and at his own cost and expense furnish all materials, supplies, labor, machinery, equipment, tools, supervision, bonds, insurance, and other acces- sories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Proposal attached hereto and made a part hereof, and in accordance.with the General and Detailed Specifi- cations, and in accordance with the Plans, which include all maps, plats, blueprints, and other drawings, and written or printed explanatory matter hereof. Contract I - 1 ® RATED LITTLE ROCK urtrttMLLt FI 4 • I-! 10. The CONTRACTOR agrees to fully complete all work under this Contract within 75 working days for Contract Section I; from the issuance of a written notice to Proceed authorizing the CONTRACTOR to proceed with the construction of the work. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the per- formance of the Contract in accordance with the accepted Proposal therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the specifications, and to make payment on account thereof as provided below: As soon as is practicable after the first of each calendar month, the OWNER will make partial payments to the CONTRACTOR for work performed during the preceding calendar month, based upon the Engineer's estimate of work com- pleted, said estimate being certified by the CONTRACTOR and accepted by.the OWNER. Except as otherwise provided by law, ten percent (10%) of each ap- proved estimate shall be retained by the OWNER until 50 percent project com- pletion at which time no additional retainage will be retained. Upon final completion and acceptance by the OWNER and ENGINEER, the ENGINEER shall then issue a Final Estimate of work done based upon the original contract and sub- sequent changes made and agreed upon, if any. Time is hereby expressly declared to be of the essence of this contract, and the time of beginning, manner of progress and time of completion of the work hereunder, shall be and are essential conditions hereof. The CONTRACTOR agrees to commence the work within ten (10) calendar days from the date of the issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and to proceed with the construction of the work and to prosecute the work with an adequate force and in a manner so as to complete the work within the time stipulated herein. If the CONTRACTOR fails to complete the contract within the time stipulated herein, the CONTRACTOR agrees to pay the OWNER, as liquidated damages, the sum of two hundred dollars ($200.00) per day for each calendar day of delay in completion, said amounts being fixed and agreed upon by and between the parties hereto. Because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty in fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the OWNER would in such event sus- tain, said amounts are to be presumed by the parties to this contract to be the amounts of damage OWNER would sustain. Said amounts of liquidated damages shall be deductible from any amount due CONTRACTOR under the Final Estimate of said work, after the completion thereof, and CONTRACTOR shall be entitled only to the Final Estimate, less such amounts of liquidated damages. If the CONTRACTOR is delayed at any time in the progress of the work by any act or neglect of the OWNER or of his employees, or by any other CONTRAC- TOR employed by the OWNER, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strikes, lockouts, fire, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the CONTRACTOR's control, or by delay authorized by the Engineer pending arbitration, or by any cause which the Engineer shall decide to justify the delay, then the time of completion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Engineer may decide. No such extention shall be made for delay occurring more than seven (7) days before a claim therefore is made in writing to the Engineer. In the case of a continuing cause of delay, only one claim is necessary. Contract I - 2 ®CO RATED LI R\( .M4 PAVI! TIVILIC • .- In the event the CONTRACTOR abandons the workhereunderor fails, neglects or refuses to continue the work after ten (10) days written notice, given S CONTRACTOR by the OWNER or by the Engineer, then the OWNER shall have the option of declaring this contract at an end, in which event, the OWNER shall not be liable to the CONTRACTOR for any work theretofore performed hereunder; or requiring the surety hereto, upon ten (10) days notice, to complete and carry out the contract of CONTRACTOR, and in that event, should the surety fail, neglect or refuse to carry out said contract, said OWNER may complete the contract at its own expense, and maintain an action against the CONTRACTOR and the surety hereto for the actual cost of same; together with any damages or other expense sustained or incurred by OWNER in completing this contract less the total amount provided for hereunder to be paid CONTRACTOR, upon the completion of this contract. • This contract shall be binding upon the heirs, representatives, succes- sors, or assigns of the parties hereto, including the surety. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the OWNER and CONTRACTOR have hereto set their hands and seals respectively. • FIRM AME:APAC-Arkansas Inc., McClinton- . n or_ Tvls on 1i BY: . V. P. e�n9ST, WITNESSES: (TITLE) • McCLINTON-ANCHOR CO. y � •w.• q City o Fayetteville� Fay tea4.6 ka�isa BY. Y- Assistant Mayo (TITLE) C Contract I•- 3 © PAINTED I. SUPPLEMENT TO CONTRACT I . This supplemental agreement, made and entered into this 8th day of June , 19 81 by and between the City of Fayetteville, the Owner, and for Contract Section I, APAC-Arkansas Inc., McClinton -Anchor Division, the Contractor. The Contractor grants a reduction of more than twenty-five percent (_25%) of the estimated quantities for bid items I-1 (Excavation), I-2 (Embankment), 1-3 (Fill from. Borrow), and I-14 (Seedings). Such reductions shall decrease the contract amount from One Hundred Fifty-three Thousand, Nine Hundred Seventy-one Dollars and Sixty-three Cents 153,971.63 to One Hundred Twenty-three Thousand, Five Hundred Dollars and No Cents ($123,500). This revised contract amount allows the Owner to construct the airport improvements within the available funds. I• 1• I• This supplemental agreement shall conform to all requirements and agreements as set forth -within the Contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the OWNER and CONTRACTOR have hereto set their hands and seals respectively. FIRM NAME: APAC-Arkansas, Inc. McClinton -Anchor Division BY: •iti (TITLE) WITNESSES: fJ(cCLINTOWANCHOR CO. Diviiidsi Of APAC•Arkansas Inc, City of Fayetteville 55 Fayet 11e, Arkans 39 BY: ____ ... Assistant Mayor: TITLE J © 5" c�dn teo urue+a. r.1[npVUI is �£ INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA, PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA I A• I. �• GENERAL LIABILITY POLICY DECLARATIONS Named r 61P74 4 78 89 Insured City of Fayetteville & McClelland Consulting Engineerg Ind.I. P. 0. Drawer F P. 0, Box 1229 Th�Name nsured is: Address ❑ Individual ❑ Partnership ❑ Corporation Fayetteville, AR 72701 Fayetteville, AR 72701 ❑ Joint Venture Xj (Other) L 12:01 A.M., standard time at the address Policy Period: From June 16, 1981 to June 16, 1982 of the Named Insured as stated herein. Occupation: Audit Period: Annual, unless otherwise stated The insurance afforded is only with respect to such of the following Parts and Coverages therein as are indicated by (. The limit of the Company's liability against each such Coverage shall be as stated herein, subject to all of the terms of the policy having reference thereto. LIMITS OF LIABILITY COVERAGE PARTS Bodily Injury Liability Property Damage Liability each occurrence I aggregate each occurrence aggregate ❑ Comprehensive General Liability Insurance ❑ Owners', Landlords' and Tenants' Liability Insurance ❑ Structural Alternations, New Construction, Demolition ❑ Manufacturers' and Contractors' Liability Insurance ❑ Independent Contractors ❑ Completed Operations and Products Liability Insurance ❑ Contractual Liability Insurance EX Boner's Protective Liability ❑ Insurance 0 ❑ Comprehensive Personal Insurance ❑ Farmer's Comprehensive Personal Insurance 0 Premises Medical Payments Insurance ❑ Personal Injury Liability Insurance Endorsements attached to policy at inception: 500,000 I 500,000 II 100,000 I 100,000 Personal Liability Personal Medical Payments each occurrence each person each accident $ $ $ Physical Damage to Property Animal Collision —Farmer's Part Only $ each occurrence Market Value not exceeding $300 each animal each person each accident $ $ each person aggregate general aggregate During the past three years no insurer has cancelled insurance, issued to the named insured, similar to that afforded hereunder, unless otherwise stated herein: If the Policy Period is more than one year and the premium is to be paid in installments, premium is payable on: TOTAL ADVANCE PREMIUM ► $ 104 Effective Date $ 104 1st Anniversary $ Nil 2nd Anniversary jc 6-4-81 T��-j� Countersigned By�(�.._, $ Nil Authorized Agent This Declarations and Coverage Part(s), with Policy Standard Provisions and Endorsements, if any, issued to form a part thereof, completes the above numbered policy. OWNERS' AND CONTRACTORS' PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE COVERAGE PART ADDITIONAL DECLARATIONS Policy No. GCP 74 78 89 Designation of Contractor_ McClinton -Anchor Co.. Division of APAC-Arkansas, Inc. - Mailing Address P. 0. Box 1367, Fayetteville, AR 72701 Location of Covered Operations Prol ect #ADAP 6-05-0020-10 Airport IT1lproverents to Drake Field, Fayetteville Airport ❑ Check here if the following provision is applicable: The person or organization designated above as the Contractor has undertaken to pay the premium for this policy and shall be entitled to receive any return premiums, if any, which may become payable under the terms of this policy. SCHEDULE COVERAGE FOR OPERATIONS OF DESIGNATED CONTRACTOR 3 - or Code No. Description of Operations Premium Bases Rates Advance Premiums B.I. P.D. Bodily Injury Property Damage Cost Per $100 of Cost 16292 -- Construction Operations -- 153,972 .047 .021 72 32 ner.(not railroads) -- excluding aerations an board ships Minimum Premium(s) TOTALS $ 72 $32 TOTAL ADVANCE PREMIUM $104 When used as a premium basis, the word "cost" means the total cost to the Named Insured with respect to operations performed for the Named Insured during the policy period by independent contractors of all work let or sub -let in connection with each specific project, including the cost of all labor, materials and equipment furnished, used or delivered for use in the execution of such work, whether furnished by the owner, contractor or subcontractor, including all fees, allowances, bonuses or commissions made, paid or due. GL -109 (OCP) 25M Printed in U.S.A. h '. 1. COVERAGE A —BODILY INJURY LIABILITY COVERAGE B —PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY The Company will pay on behalf of the Insured all sums which the Insured shall become legally obligated to pay as damages because of A. bodily injury or B. property damage to which this policy applies, caused by an occurrence and arising out of (1) opera- tions performed for the Named Insured by the contractor designated in the declarations at the location designated therein or (2) acts or omissions of the Named Insured in connection with his general supervision of such operations, and the Company shall have the right and duty to defend any suit against the Insured seeking damages on account of such bodily injury or property damage, even if any of the allegations of the suit are groundless, false or fraudulent, and may make such investigation and settlement of any claim or suit as it deems expedient, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any claim or judgment or to defend any suit after the applicable limit of the Company's liability has been exhausted by pay- ment of judgments or settlements. Exclusions This policy does not apply: (a) to liability assumed by -the Insured under any contract or agreement except an incidental contract; but this exclusion does not apply to a warranty -that work performed by the designated contractor will be done in a workmanlike manner; (b) to bodily injury or property damage occurring after (I) all work on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured at the site of the covered operations has been completed or (2) that portion of the designated contractor's work out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organi- zation other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in perform- ing operations for a principal as a part of the same project; lc) to bodily injury or property damage arising out of any act or omission of the Named Insured or any of his employees, other than general supervision of work performed for the Named Insured by the designated contractor; (d! to any obligation for which the Insured or any carrier as his insurer may be held liable under any workmen's compensation, unemployment compensation or disability benefits law, or under any similar law; (e) to bodily injury to any employee of the Insured arising out of and in the course of his employment by the Insured or to any obligation of the Insured to indem- nify another because of damages arising out of such injury; but this exclusion does not apply to liability assumed by the Insured under an incidental contract; (f) to property damage to (1) property owned or occupied by or rented to the Insured, (2) property used by the Insured, (3) property in the care, custody or control of the Insured or as to which the Insured is for any purpose exercising physical control, or (4) work performed for the Insured by the designated contractor; Ig) to bodily injury or property damage due to war, whether or not declared, civil war, insurrection, rebellion or revolution or to any act or condition incident to any of the foregoing, with respect to (1) liability assumed by the Insured under an incidental contract, or (2) expenses for first aid under the Supplementary Payments provision of the policy; (h) to bodily injury or property damage arising out of (1) the ownership, mainte- nance, operation, use, loading or unloading of any mobile equipment while being used in any prearranged or organized racing, speed or demolition contest or in any stunting activity or in practice or preparation for any such contest or activity or (2) the operation or use of any snowmobile or trailer designed for use therewith; (1) to bodily injury or property damage arising out of the discharge, dispersal, release or escape of smoke, vapors, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, toxic chemicals, liquids or gases, waste materials or other irritants, contaminants or pollutants into or upon land, the atmosphere or any water course or body of water; but this exclusion does not apply if such discharge, dispersal, release or escape is sudden and accidental; (j) to loss of use of tangible property which has not been physically injured or destroyed resulting from (1) a delay in or lack of performance by or on behalf of the Named Insured of any contract or agreement, or (2) the failure of the Named Insured's products or work performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured to meet the level of performance, quality, fitness or durability warranted or represented by the Named Insured; but this exclusion does not apply to loss of use of other tangible property resulting from the sudden and accidental physical injury to or destruction of the Named Insured's products or work performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured after such products or work have been put to use by any person or organization other than an Insured. 11. PERSONS INSURED Each of the following is an Insured under this policy to the extent set forth below: (a) if the Named Insured is designated in the declarations as an individual, the person so designated and his spouse; Ib) If the Named Insured is designated in the declarations as a partnership or joint venture, the partnership or joint venture so designated and any partner or member thereof but only with respect to his liability as such; (c) if the Named Insured is designated in the declarations as other than an indi- vidual, partnership or joint venture, the organization so designated and any executive officer, director or stockholder thereof while acting within the scope of his duties as such; and (d) any person (other than an employee of the Named Insured) or organization while acting as real estate manager for the Named Insured. III. LIMITS OF LIABILITY Regardless of the number of (1) Insureds under this policy, (2) persons or organi- zations who sustain bodily injury or property damage, or (3) claims made or suits brought on account of bodily injury or property damage, the Company's liability is limited as follows: Coverage A —The total liability of the Company for all damages, including dam- ages for care and loss of services, because of bodily injury sustained by one or more persons as the result of any one occurrence shall not exceed the limit of bodily injury liability stated in the declarations as applicable to "each occurrence.' Coverage B —The total liability of the Company for all damages because of all property damage sustained by one or more persons or organizations as the result of any one occurrence shall not exceed the limit of property damage liability stated in the declarations as applicable to "each occurrence:' Subject to the above provision respecting "each occurrence;' the total liability of the Company for all damages because of all property damage to which this coverage applies shall not exceed the limit of property damage liability stated in the declarations as "aggregate." If more than one project is designated in the schedule, such aggregate limit shall apply separately with respect to each project. Coverages A and B —For the purpose of determining the limit of the Company's liability, all bodily injury and property damage arising out of continuous or repeated exposure to substantially the same general conditions shall be considered as aris- ing out of one occurrence. IV. ADDITIONAL DEFINITION When used in reference to this insurance (including endorsements forming a part of the policy): "work" includes materials, parts and equipment furnished in connection there- with. V. POLICY TERRITORY This policy applies only to bodily injury or property damage which occurs within the policy territory. I4 I• I• I• I. IN A INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA, PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA GENERAL -AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY POLICY Standard Provisions A Stock Insurance Company, herein called the Company In consideration of the payment of the premium, in reliance upon the statements in the declarations made a part hereof and subject to all of the terms of this policy, agrees with the Named Insured as follows: COVERAGE Coverage is afforded under this policy in accordance with the specific Coverage Parts identified in the Declarations as being a part of this policy. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS The Company will pay, in addition to the applicable limit of liability: (a) all expenses incurred by the Company, all costs taxed against the Insured in any suit defended by the Company and all interest on the entire amount of any judgment therein which accrues after entry of the judgment and before the Company has paid or tendered or deposited in court that part of the judgment which does not exceed the limit of the Company's liability thereon; (b) premiums on appeal bonds required in any such suit, premiums on bonds to release attachments in any such suit for an amount not in excess of the applicable limit of liability of this policy, and the cost of bail bonds required When used in this policy (including endorsements forming a part hereof) "automobile" means a land motor vehicle, trailer or semitrailer designed for travel on public roads (including any machinery or apparatus attached thereto), but does not include mobile equipment; "bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness or disease sustained by any person which occurs during the policy period, including death at any time resulting therefrom; "collapse hazard" includes "structural property damage" as defined herein and property damage to any other property at any time resulting therefrom. "Structural property damage" means the collapse of or structural injury to any building or structure due to (1) grading of land, excavating, borrowing, filling, back -filling, tunnelling, pile driving, cofferdam work or caisson work or (2) moving, shoring, underpinning, raising or demolition of any building or structure or removal or rebuilding of any structural support thereof. The collapse hazard does not include property damage (1) arising out of operations performed for the Named Insured by independent contractors, or (2) included within the completed operations hazard or the underground property damage hazard, or (3) for which liability is assumed by the Insured under an incidental contract; "completed operations hazard" includes bodily injury and property damage arising out of operations or reliance upon a representation or warranty made at any time with respect thereto, but only if the bodily injury or property damage occurs after such operations have been completed or abandoned and occurs away from premises owned by or rented to the Named Insured. "Operations" include materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection therewith. Operations shall be deemed com- pleted at the earliest of the following times: (1) when all operations to be performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured under the contract have been completed, of the Insured because of accident or traffic law violation arising out of the use of any vehicle to which this policy applies, not to exceed $250 per bail bond, but the Company shall have no obligation to apply for or furnish any such bonds; (c) expenses incurred by the Insured for first aid to others at the time of an accident, for bodily injury to which this policy applies; (d) reasonable expenses incurred by the Insured at the Company's request in assisting the Company in the investigation or defense of any claim or suit, including actual loss of earnings not to exceed $25 per day. DEFINITIONS (2) when all operations to be performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured at the site of the operations have been completed, or (3) when the portion of the work out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. Operations which may require further service or maintenance work, or correc- tion, repair or replacement because of any defect or deficiency, but which are otherwise complete, shall be deemed completed. The completed operations hazard does not include bodily injury or property damage arising out of (a) operations in connection with the transportation of property, unless the bodily injury or property damage arises out of a condition in or on a vehicle created by the loading or unloading thereof, (b) the existence of tools, uninstalled equipment or abandoned or unused mate- rials, or Ic) operations for which the classification stated in the policy or in the Company's manual specifies "including completed operations"; "elevator" means any hoisting or lowering device to connect floors or landings, whether or not in service, and all appliances thereof including any car, platform, shaft, hoistway, stairway, runway, power equipment and machinery; but does not include an automobile servicing hoist, or a hoist without a platform outside a building if without mechanical power or if not attached to building walls, or a hod or material hoist used in alteration, construction or demolition operations, or an inclined conveyor used exclusively for carrying property or a dumbwaiter used exclusively for carrying property and have a compartment height not exceeding four feet; 1, (GA) 150M Ls • • • n DEFINITIONS CONTINUED "explosion hazard" includes property damage arising out of blasting or explosion. The explosion hazard does not include property damage U) arising out of the ex- plosion of air or steam vessels, piping under pressure, prime movers, machinery or power transmitting equipment, or (2) arising out of operations performed for the Named Insured by independent contractors, or (3) included within the com- pleted operations hazard or the underground property damage hazard, or (4) for which liability is assumed by the Insured under an incidental contract; "incidental contract" means any written (1) lease of premises. (2) easement agreement, except in connection with construction or demolition operations on or adjacent to a railroad, (3) undertaking to indemnity a municipality required by municipal ordinance, except in connection with work for the municipality, (4) side- track agreement, or (5) elevator maintenance agreement; "Insured" means any person or organization qualifying as an Insured in the "Per- sons Insured" provision of the applicable insurance coverage. The insurance afforded applies separately to each Insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the Company's liability; "mobile equipment" means a land vehicle (including any machinery or apparatus attached thereto), whether or not self-propelled, (I) not subject to motor vehicle registration, or (2) maintained for use exclusively on premises owned by or rented to the Named Insured, including the ways immediately adjoining, or f3) designed for use principally off public roads, or (4) designed or maintained for the sole purpose of affording mobility to equipment of the following types forming an integral part of or permanently attached to such vehicle: power cranes, shovels, loaders, diggers and drills; concrete mixers (other than the nix -in -transit type); graders, scrapers, rollers and other road construction or repair equipment; air - compressors, pumps and generators, including spraying, welding and building cleaning equipment; and geophysical exploration and well servicing equipment; "Named Insured" means the person or organization named in the declarations of this policy; "Named Insured's products" means goods or products manufactured, sold, handled or distributed by the Named Insured or by others trading under his name, including any container thereof (other than a vehiclel, but "Named Insured's products" shall not include a vending machine or any properly other than such container, rented to or located for use of others but nor sold; "occurrence" means an accident, including continuous or repeated exposure to conditions, which results in bodily injury or property damage neither expected nor intended from the standpoint of the Insured; "policy territory" means: Ii) the United Stales of America, its territories or possessions, or Canada, or t2) international waters or air space, provided the bodily injury or property dam- age does not occur in the course of travel or transportation to or from any other country, state or nation, or (3) anywhere in the world with respect to damages because of bodily injury or property damage arising out of a product which was sold for use or consump- tion within the territory described in paragraph I1) above, provided the original suit for such damages is brought within such territory; "products hazard" includes bodily injury and property damage arising out of the Named Insured's products or reliance upon a representation or warranty made at any time with respect thereto, but only if the bodily injury or property damage occurs away from premises owned by or rented to the Named Insured and after physical possession of such products has been relinquished to others; "property damage" means (1) physical injury to or destruction of tangible property which occurs during the policy period, including the loss of use thereof at any time resulting therefrom, or (2) loss of use of tangible property which has not been physically injured or destroyed provided such loss of use is caused by an occur. rance during the policy period; "underground property damage hazard" includes underground property damage as defined herein and property damage to any other property at any time resulting therefrom. "Underground property damage" means property damage to wires, conduits, pipes, mains, sewers, tanks, tunnels, any similar property, and any apparatus in connection therewith, beneath the surface of the ground or water, caused by and occurring during the use of mechanical equipment for the purpose of grading land, paving, excavating, drilling, borrowing, filling, back -filling or pile driving. The underground properly damage hazard does not include property dam- age (l) arising out of operations performed for the Named Insured by independent contractors, or (2) included within the completed operations hazard, or (3) for which liability is assumed by the Insured under an incidental contract. •1 CONTRACT II STATE OF ARKANSAS CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 8 day of June 1981 by and between the City of Fayetteville, Party of the First Part, here- inafter called the OWNER, and for Contract Section II: Pendleton Electric Company Party of the Second Part, hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH THAT: WHEREAS, the OWNER has called for bids for the construction of Airport Improvements as set out in the Specifications and Plans No. 80-159 and WHEREAS, the CONTRACTOR is the lowest and best bidder for the construc- tion of said improvements hereinafter set out, pursuant to the published calls for bids under said plans and specifications. NOW THEREFORE, the CONTRACTOR agrees with the OWNER to commence and com- plete the construction of: Contract Section II: Installation of a medium intensity taxiway lighting system including taxiway indicator lights, taxiway signs, electrical cable, counterpoise wire, concrete encased conduits, duct markers, a constant current regulator with remote control panels, and other miscellaneous items for the unit and lump sum prices bid in the proposal, based upon the Engineer's estimate of quantities, the total sum being: Sixty Thousand, Ninety -Nine and 00/100 dollars It such sum being the agreed amount upon which bonds and liabilities are based, and at his own cost and expense furnish all materials, supplies, labor, machinery, equipment, tools, supervision, bonds, insurance, and other acces- sories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Proposal attached hereto and made a part hereof, and in accordance with the General and Detailed Specifi- cations, and in accordance with the Plans, which include all maps, plats, blueprints, and other drawings, and written or printed explanatory matter hereof. Contract II - 1 ®COft ATED LIT( .CcfAYM tU n •I The CONTRACTOR agrees to fully complete all work under this Contract within 75 working days for Contract Section II; from issuance of a written Notice to Proceed authorizing the CONTRACTOR to proceed with the construction of the work. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the per- formance of the Contract in accordance with the accepted Proposaltherefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the specifications, and to make payment on account thereof as provided below: As soon as is practicable after the first of each calendar month, the OWNER will make partial payments to the CONTRACTOR for work performed during the preceding calendar month, based upon the Engineer's estimate of work com- pleted, said estimate being certified by the CONTRACTOR and accepted by the OWNER. Except as otherwise provided by law, ten percent (10%) of each ap- proved estimate shall be retained by the OWNER until 50 percent project com- pletion at which time no additional retainage will be retained. Upon final completion and acceptance by the OWNER and ENGINEER, the ENGINEER.shall then issue a Final Estimate of work done based upon the original contract and sub- sequent changes made and agreed upon, if any. Time is hereby expressly declared to be of the essence of this contract, and the time of beginning, manner of progress and time of completion of the work hereunder, shall be and are essential conditions hereof. Is $ The CONTRACTOR agrees to commence the work within ten (10) calendar days from the date of the issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and to proceed with the construction of the work and to prosecute the work with an adequate force and in a manner so as to complete the work within the time stipulated herein. If the CONTRACTOR fails to complete the contract within the time stipulated herein, the CONTRACTOR agrees to pay the OWNER, as liquidated damages, the sum of two hundred dollars ($200.00) per day for each calendar day of delay in completion, said amounts being fixed and agreed, upon by and between the parties hereto. Because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty in fixing and ascertaining the actual damages OWNER would in such event sustain, said amounts are to be presumed by the parties to this contract to be the amounts of damage OWNER would sustain. Said amounts of liquidated damages shall be deductible from any amount due CONTRACTOR under the Final Estimate of said work, after the completion thereof, and CONTRACTOR shall be entitled only to the Final Estimate, less such amounts of liquidated damages. If the CONTRACTOR is delayed at any time in the progress of the work by any act or neglect of the OWNER or of his employees, or by any other CONTRAC- TOR employed by the OWNER, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strikes, lockouts, fire, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the CONTRACTOR's control, or by delay authorized by the Engineer pending arbitration, or by any cause which the Engineer shall decide to justify the delay, then the time of completion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Engineer may decide. Contract II - 2 ®UL uip[.. oP fAYMMLL1 H I 14. No such extension shall be made for delay occurring more than seven (.7) days before a claim therefore is made in writing to the Engineer. In the case of a continuing cause of delay, only one claim is necessary. In the event the CONTRACTOR abandons the work hereunder or fails, neglects or refuses to continue the work after ten (10) days written notice, given CONTRACTOR by the OWNER or by the Engineer, then the OWNER shall have the option of declaring this contract at an end, in which event, the OWNER shall not be liable to the CONTRACTOR for any work theretofore performed hereunder; or requiring the surety hereto, upon ten (10) days notice, to complete and carry out the contract of CONTRACTOR, and in that event, should the surety fail, neglect or refuse to carry out said contract, said OWNER may complete the con- tract at its own expense, and maintain an action against the CONTRACTOR and the surety hereto for the actual cost of same; together with any damages or other expense sustained or incurred by OWNER in completing this contract less the total amount provided for hereunder to be paid CONTRACTOR, upon the completion of this contract. This contract shall be binding upon the heirs, representatives, succes- sors, or assigns of the parties hereto, including the surety. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the OWNER and CONTRACTOR have hereto set their hands and seals respectively. FIRM NAME: Pendleton Electric Company BY:�` WITNESSES: (TI LT E) A City of. Fayetteville Fayefiev�'lle, Arl nyas�GR��� BY Assistant Mayor (TITLE) Contract II - 3 I� afe d ATED I! SET TAB STOPS AT ARROWS Certificate of Insurance HO DER I J. {• IS I* I0 I• I • I• 0 0 NAME AND ADDRESS OF AGENCY ENGLEIIARTINSURANINC. CE SERVICES, COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGES P. 0. BOX 1585 (� • FT. SMITH, AR 72902 COMPANY LETTER A ROYAL GLOBE INS. CO. COMPANY 13 LETTER ROYAL INS. CO. OF AMERICA NAME AND ADDRESS OF INSURED JOE T. PENDLETCN DBA PENDLETON ELECTRIC CO. COMPANY LETTER 109 SKYLINE DRIVE FAYETPEVILLE, AR 72701 COMPANY LETTER D COMPANY LETTER This is to certify that policies of insurance listed below have been issued to the insured named above and are in force at this time. Notwithstanding any requirement, term or condition of any contract or other document with respect to which this certificate may be issued or may pertain, the insurance afforded by the policies described herein is subject to all the terms, exclusions and conditions of such policies. Limits of Liability in Thousands COMPANY LETTER TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EXPIRATION DATE EACH AGGREGATE OCCURRENCE GENERAL LIABILITY BODILY INJURY $ $ ❑ COMPREHENSIVE FORM ❑ PREMISES —OPERATIONS - PROPERTY DAMAGE S $ ❑ EXPLOSION AND COLLAPSE HAZARD ❑ UNDERGROUND HAZARD ❑ PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS HAZARD ❑ BODILY INJURY AND CONTRACTUAL INSURANCE PROPERTY DAMAGE $ E ❑ BROAD FORM PROPERTY COMBINED DAMAGE ❑ INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS PERSONAL INJURY S ❑ PERSONAL INJURY AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY BODILY INJURY $ (EACH PERSON) ❑ COMPREHENSIVE FORM BODILY INJURY $ ❑ (EACH ACCIDENT) OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ ❑ HIRED BODILY INJURY AND ❑ NONOWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ COMBINED EXCESS LIABILITY B I� UMBRELLA FORM PLA111476 10-1-81 BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE '1,900 $1,000 ❑ OTHER THAN UMBRELLA COMBINED FORM WORKERS' COMPENSATION and EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY STATUTORY $ (EACH ACCIDENT) A OTHER Owners & Contract Protective rs PYN 501232 10-1-81 500/500/100 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSNEHICLES Electrical Contractor Cancellation: Should any of the above described policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, the issuing com- pany will endeavor to mail 10 days written notice to the below named certificate holder, but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company. , this agency, its representatives, or employees. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CERTIFICATE HOLDER: McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. 1810 North College Ave. Fayetteville, AR (Airport rovements to Drake Field) DATE aN- AUTHORIZED REPI ACORD 25 (1.79) SET TA STOPS AT ARROWS eTf ._ "vjLcate of Insurance NAME AND ADDRESS OF AGENCY ENGLEHART INSURANCE SERVICES, INC. P. 0. BOX1585 Fr. SMITH, AR 72902 JOE T. PENDLETCN DBA PENDLEraN ELECTRIC CO. 109 SKYLSNE DRIVE, FAYETIEVILLE, AR 72701 This is to certify that policies of insurance listed below have been issued to the Ins' of any contract or other document with respect to which this certificate may be terms, exclusions and conditions of such policies. COMPANY TYPEOFINSURANCE POLICY NUMBER LETTER • GENERAL LIABILITY COMPREHENSIVE FORM A LX] PREMISES —OPERATIONS PYN501232 EXPLOSION AND COLLAPSE HAZARD UNDERGROUND HAZARD ® PRODUCTS/COMPLETED • OPERATIONS HAZARD ® CONTRACTUAL INSURANCE 3lanket BROAD FORM PROPERTY DAMAGE INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS ® PERSONAL INJURY AUTOMOBILE ALIABILITY • 11 VU COMPREHENSIVE FORM ® OWNED A ® HIRED PYN501232 ® NON -OWNED s COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGES COMPANY A LETTER ROYAL GLOBE INS. CO. COMPANY B LETTER ROYAL INS CO. OF AMERICA COMPANY C LETTER COMPANY D LETTER COMPANY E LETTER med above and are in force at this time. Notwithstanding any recuiremen or may pertain, the insurance afforded by the policies described herein POLICY EXPIRATION DATE p BODILYIFLIURY $ 500, 10-1-81 PROPERTY DAMAGE $ 100, BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE S COMBINED PERSONAL INJURY BODILY INJURY $ (EACH PERSON) BODILY INJURY $ (EACH ACCIDENT) PROPERTY DAMAGE $ BODILY INJURY AND f 500, PROPERTY DAMAGE r-numurn to AGGREGATE $500, $100, $ $ 500, EXCESS LIABILITY BODILY INJURY AND B ® UMBRELLA FORM PLA111476 p 0-1-81 PROPERTY DAMAGE $ 1,000 $ 1,000 ❑ OTHER THAN UMBRELLA COMBINED FORM [1 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS&OCATIONSNEHICLES Electrical Contractor • Cancellation: Should any of the above deecjibed policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, the issuing com- pany will endeavor to mail , days written notice to the below named certificate holder, but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company. , this agency, its representatives, or employees. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CERTIFICATE HOLDER: City of Fayetteville Fayetteville, Arkansas DATE 25 (1.79) I• I0 Performance Bond i• 0 1• KN A �� � . R R4TED w �.e Boa un+nriu[ • PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we ...�C,' ___ lrlTor( — AnlC4-l_ ®1VIS lon1 a //iAR_ai2 T1'on1 hereinafter called "Principal" and SAA�dC',E l ft Qo" OFrnb(t74 of __µtr_Al_f�PAIAr State of PLJNS1 IVANiA , hereinafter called "Surety," are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fayetteville, hereinafter called "Owner," in the penal sum of Qn1�• NuaQ R£.p 7HDusA,4D OR rTc ia31SOC. in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that WHEREAS, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the Owner, dated the 8th day of June 1981,a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for.the construction of improvements to the Fayetteville Municipal Airport, Fayetteville, Arkansas. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully per- form its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of said contract during the original term thereof, and any exten- sions thereof which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety, and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay.the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed there- under or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the � contract or to the work or to the specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. •.: Performance Bond - 1 ®ORATED un6 HIX• rw[rtwiuC i• This bond is given in compliance with Act 351, Arkansas Acts of 1953, and Act 209, Arkansas Acts of 1957, the same appearing as Arkansas Statutes (1957) Section 51-635, Cumulative Supplement. IN WITNESS HEREOF, this instrument is executed in six (6) counterparts each one of which shall be deemed an original, this the 8th day of June , 1981. ATTEST: Pr cipal Secretary (SEAL) �i ATTEST: (Sureb) (SEAL) • I. • , I. i 4r_ / f PAc,— PaA-nsA5, 7.cc-. 1'\9CLt 4T0 4- 44C,u6p IvISi' Principal me .i a CL CCWpMJ cr Sur bz- Address __•,_. f j 4k Performance Bond - 2 ® a TED JULL Rpp FAvMVrylf z i •►yam- = INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA PHILADELPHIA PA. I..:;- ; `' - POWER OF ATTORNEY - - •- Know all men by these presents: That INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA, a corporation of the Commonwealth of •` Pennsylvania, having its principal office in the City of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, pursuant to the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the said Company on May 28, 1975, to wit: • "RESOLVED, pursuant to Articles 3.6 and 5.1 of the By -Laws, the following Rules shall govern the execution for the Company of bonds, undertakings, recognizances, contracts and other writings in the nature thereof: (1) That the President, or any Vice -President, Assistant Vice -President, Resident Vice -President or Attorney -in -Fact, may execute for and in :: i; behalf of the Company any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances, contracts and other writings in the nature thereof, the same to be at-. ' - tested when necessary by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or a Resident Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company affixed thereto; and that the President or.any Vice -President may appoint and authorize Resident Vice -Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries and Attorneys- • 11 . in -Fact to so execute or attest to the execution of all such writings on behalf of the Company and to affix the seal of the Company thereto. (2) Any such writing executed in accordance with these Rules shall be as binding upon the Company in any case as though signed by the • President and attested by the Secretary. (3) The signature of the President or a Vice -President and the seat of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted pursuant to this Resolution, and the signature of a certifying officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile. to any certificate of any such power, and any such power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on - - ^ , • the Company.. - (4) Such Resident Officers and Attorneys -in -Fact shall have authority to certify or verify copies of this Resolution, the By -Laws of the Com- .. .pany, and any affidavit or record of the Company necessary to the discharge of their duties. (5) The passage of this Resolution does not revoke any earlier authority granted by Resolution of the Board of Directors on June 9, 1953.". does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint JACK EAST, JACK EAST JR., JAMES E. DANIEL, DONALD R. If,;-, HENDERSON and JUDY FRANKS, all of the City of Little Rock, State of Arkansas its true and lawful agent and attorney -in -fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf, and as its act and deed any and all Bonds & Undertakings UNLIMITED in amounts, on behalf of APAC-Arkansas, Inc. :_ and APAC-Texas, ' Inc:: ;.. „ . ..... . . . Said Bonds & Undertakings to be signed for the Company and the Seal of the Company:.: attached thereto by any one of the Said Jack East, Jack East Jr,, James E. Daniel,.'. Donald R. Henderson and Judy Franks, individually. And the execution of such writings inpursuance of these g presents shall be as binding upon said Company, as fully and. :: -aC.:i._rVl��'-hC�J-61:en �+.YI„ a. i:,xr,::..'1. ana a,^.!: i:c'.•,!,^it.^ILI_♦h _ �__.e_, , -•l - y- by the j Eic,.rw g,fICE rSof='Zile Company at -its principal ut:r . ;.. office.. C Y: • S 1 _ - - S MICHAEL B.FOR _,... IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said ......::.............................:'...- , Vice-Presidert,.:: has hereunto subscribed this name and affixed the corporate seal of the said INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH. _ 14th.-.. 80 AMERICA this:`.....,.,.. ..-......:'.........dayof..... ........ ..19 ........_.:,..- _..- INSURANC CO A Y OF NORTH MERI%A ': *T' t' 1:::H V STATE OF ILLINOIS.: `f -.` - MICHAEL B. FODOR_- Vice -President , COUNTY OF �- COOK .:. ss.• � - _ ':.. . .7.:. -. ::._ 14th August 80 On this ..day of .... .. - . , A. D. 19 .. . , before the subscriber, a Notary . Public of the' State 'of 'Illinois "Cook ' - ' ' dd ((oz the County of duty commissioned and qualified, came .:.. ... . ... MICHAEL '$. k��'UR- r- , Vice -President of the INSURANCE COMPANY OF• .. NORTH AMERICA to me personally known to be the individual and officer described in, and who executed the preceding instrument, and he acknowledged the execution of the same, and, being by me duly sworn, deposeth and saith, that he is the officer of the Company afore- said, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the corporate seal of said Company, and the said corporate seal and his signature as officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said corporation, and that Resolution, adopted by the Board of Directors of said Company, referred to in the preceding instrument, is now in force. ••:::.,.. - IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal at the City of CHICAGO the day and year first above written.i•, , t .. -. (SEA .✓— / qt\ , , •, - - - . DAWN STRAWBRIDGE . , , -Not y Public t,„ canm!siti _expires May 28,' 1984 ' :'. S - - • - - t I a undo lid 2f! Jfit,(tt: Secretary of INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA, do hereby certify that the original POWER FStT the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy, is in full force and effect. • •' • .; I itr wh of, I have hereunto subscribed my name as AA;jg t7t Secretary, and affixed the corporate seal of the Corporation a�' iha, k' ° .8th .........day of ... June ..............19. 81.. . •• (SEAL) .r / .. -.- _. ... • /sY/- :•. .. .. - . • ES S. WYLLIE S`}t RtSecretary BS-2O08a Ptd. In'U.S.A 10 is I. 5,, f �Ii il! A5SC1� 1•iV 54::Fi ! , ::::1lrl it ,(�. T?its[:. Y1i:5; 1 r ,:,, .IMiP.! .1 ,Ii)l. Is'-..�iV. . ;[r1,ii 5. 5 d,itiY1�iJ:i%n f+ •.a i�\5,,, t�� ;, Y1p4lItY,,ya UNiTE® STATES E9®EL , UARANTY COMPANY •'1196' a rl ^i (A Stock Company) ARKANSAS STATUTORY PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND Joe Pendleton, DBA Pendleton Electric Com ' an FayettevilleAl2 Wek..... ..........................................................ee*......... .r...........................r,,, „ ................................................................................................................... ......... ......... ...... as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland and authorized to do business in the State of Arkansas, as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto....City,...of......I............ Fayettev.11...•....Arlcansas = .............. ................. ......... ....... ...... ... .................... ................................ ...... ......... .. --.. as Obli ee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of...rS...Nt.Y....TA Q.L)gianda....Rile.i y..-Nife...dn1.d..... 00 1D0..... ' ._ _._ Dollars ($...6�.,.R9.9.,.0.Q........), for the whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, fheir'heirs,— — payment personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. June 8 1981 .............................. Principal has by written agreement dated....:.....................4....19 . entered into a contrail with Owner for furnishing all labor and material for the construction of Airport Improvements, Fayetteville, AR in accordance with plans and specifications prepared by McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. Ell Fayetteville, AR. which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if the Principal shall faithfully perform the Contract on his part and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all cost and damage which he may suffer by reason of failure so to do and shall fully reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and -expense , which the Owner may incur in making good any such default, and, further, that if the Principal shall pay all persons =ry t_« Erl all indebtedness for labor or materials furnished or performed under said Contract, failing which such persons shall have a direct right of action against the Principal and Surety, jointly and severally, under; this obligation, ra subject to the Owner's priority, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought on this bond outside the State of Arkansas. No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought on this bond except by the Owner after six months from the date final payment is made on the Contract, nor shall any suit, action or proceeding be brought by the Owner after two years y from the date on which the' final payment under the Contract falls due. t- - € . Any alterations which may be made in the terms of the Contrail, or in the work to be done under it, or the giving by the Owner of any extension of time for the performance of the Contract, or any other forbearance j' a on the part of either the Owner or the Principal to the other shall not in any way release the Principal and the Surety or Sureties, or either or any of them, their heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns from their liability hereunder, notice to the Surety or Sureties of any such alteration, extension or forbearance being hereby waived. In no event shall the aggregate liability of the Surety exceed the sum set out herein. Executed on this....:.$.:11........................day of...........1.4.Ae........................................, I9...81. F?:y =:. ;:. Joe Pendleton, DBA _ Pend..... ctiic .I...1 ...CO ............................. Principal ti r✓ B" .............................. �1Ie 5 _' Fj resident '; < r UNITED STATES FIDELI AND GUARANTY COMPANY; Surety y.... _ ... A. P. Eason, Jr Atorneyi fail ' V! i t 5\ \ xeai l VY f 5 Y 4 5 v :5 it �Fe e u: f i : \ V ! . *1 i 1• 1 S : '^T r I • ::1\.�:.....A h... L�.i1.ii,...11w1,......�1, �h ,i '):. :.ti s.,t�v.p_�,�Y�l....,.E.�.fiT...d�hr.�,�..... - ,+. ....t��.......:...L. �:..::.\�11......7\..�f :.Y:1..L.... .+.�'.....\l Contract 158 (Arkansas) (10-57) ' ^ ' 06 4r 2 - i, u" DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION OKLAHOMA CITY AIRPORTS DISTRICT OFFICt JAN 4i33! 204 FAA Bldg., Wiley Post Airport Bethany, Oklthoma 73008 RECEIVED Honorable Carl Noland JAN 7 1982 Mayor of Fayetteville P. 0. Drawer F CITY MANAGER'S OFFICE Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE Dear Mayor Noland: Enclosed is the original and a copy of a proposed amendment to the grant agreement for the Airport Development Aid Program (ADAP), Project, 6-05-0020-11. When accepted, this amendment will change the work item "Construct taxiway (approximately 40' x 1250')" to "Pave access taxiway (approximately 40' x 1250')" and add "and, develop a noise study." Please execute both,have your attorney complete the certificate as shown, and return the original to us. Please note that this offer must be accepted on or before February 5, 1982. Sincerely, Qs LLr=e Chief Enclosures cc: Mr. Eddie Holland, Arkansas Aeronautics Commission t OF TRANSPORTATION DMINISTRATION ran q-i 3 $(:P 2 2 1981 OKLAHOMA CITY AIRPORTS DISTRICT OFFICE 204 FAA Building, Wiley Post Airport ��ao Bethany, Oklahoma 73008 z i yN 5 iR�t Mr. Donald L. Grimes, Manager City of Fayetteville P. 0. Drawer F Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 Dear Mr. Grimes: - . We are returning three executed copies of Change Order #1, Contract Section II (Pendleton Electric Company), for ADAP Project 6-05-0020-10 (Taxiway lighting system) at Drake Field, Fayetteville, Arkansas. The Change Order is considered satisfactory. Federal participation in the additional $50.00 contract cost is subject to availability of federall funds, as noted on the Order. Sincerely, Enclosure cc: Mr. Wayne Jones McClelland Engineers, Inc. •i, C HANG E ORDER PROJECT: Change Order No. 1 Grading and Lighting Improvements to Contract Section II Drake Field, Fayetteville Municipal Airport Fayetteville, Arkansas Job No. 80-159 OWNER: DATE: September 1, 1981 City of Fayetteville Contract Date: June 8, 1981 P.O.. Drawer F Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702 FAA ADAP Project No.: 6-05-0020-10 CONTRACTOR: — - . . _ ,.._ _ Pendleton Electric Company 109 Skyline Drive Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 PROJECT DESCRIPTION r Installation of a medium intensity taxiway lighting system. ;CHANGES TO BE MADE 1. Item No. II -10. Relocation of two MIRL'S Lights. One, light #95, a threshold marker at the ;horth end of the runway, to be raised to accommodate new grade and two, taxiway marker #56, on the South side of the south connecting taxiway to be relocated fifteen feet (15') to the south and two feet (2') to the west. Each light, shall be relocated for the unit price of ;$25.00. Bid Original Contract Revised Original Revised Contract Item Estimated Unit Estimated Estimated Estimated Changes No. Quantity PriceQuantity Cost . Cost 1. II -10 0 $25.00 2 Each $0.00 $50.00 0.00 $50.00 Original Contract Price $60,099.00 Increased Amount From Change Order No. 1 50.00 Revised Contract Price $60,149.00 Page 1 of 2 THE AFOREMENTIONED CHANGE, AND WORK AFFECTED THEREBY, IS SUBJECT TO ALL CONTRACT STIPULATIONS AND COVENANTS. ISSUED FOR REASONS INDICATED ABOVE: ACCEPTED BY CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE: ACCEPTED BY PENDLETON ELECTRIC CO.: ACCEPTED BY FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION: McCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. gna Title' LSZBy_ Date Date t 1 • r - f (. I. Chief, Airport District Office Date CONDITIONS OF SATISFACTION: This Change Order is considered satisfactory;. federal participation.. n..the additional contract costs is subject to cveiiebilityof federal ,fundsvtas.j.' stated in our Lotter to the sponsor dated Sepr 'uer 22, 3.98L, Page 2 of 2 MJCROF1LMED FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS AIRPORT DEPARTMENT P.O. DRAWER F 17011 521.4770 Tl00I June 5, 1984 Mr. Bob A. Smith Oklahoma City Airports District Office 204 FAA Building Wiley Post Airport Bethany, Oklahoma 73008 Re: ADAP No. 6-05-0020-011 Dear Mr. Smith: Enclosed please find four copies of Change Order No. 3 to the Access Road contract for approval by your office. This Change Order is for the direct burial of #4URD Al. electrical cable to serve as the electrical service for the gate control and operator on the Service Drive to the apron. Please return three signed copies to this office. If there are any questions, please contact our Project Engineer, Wayne Jones of McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. Sincerely yours, cd-c- (Mrs.) Ede P. Hogue Airport Manager Enclosure: Change Order No. 3 J N CHANGE ORDER PROJECT: Access Road to Eastside Facilities Drake Field Fayetteville, Arkansas OWNER: City of Fayetteville P.O. Drawer F Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702 CONTRACTOR: McClinton -Anchor Company P.O. Box 1367 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702 Change Order No. 3 Job No. 82-118 FAA ADAP No. 6-05-0020-011 Date: May 24, 1984 Contract Date: September 9, 1983 Project Description Access Road to Serve Eastside Facilities, Drake Field Changes to be Made FAA ADAP NO. 6-05-0020-11 1. Add Bid Item No. 33 for the direct burial of #4URD Al. electrical cable to serve as the electrical service for the gate control and operator on the Service Drive to the apron. The power will be supplied from a meter located at the Service Drive to the FAA Tower Site. , V K Bid Contract Latest Latest Contract Item Estimated Unit Estimated Estimated Estimated Changes No. Quantity Price Quantity Cost Cost 3-A 33 0 $ 276.00 1 $ 0.00 $ 276.00 Total $ 0.00 $ 276.00 Revised Contract Amount $334,407.45 Increase in Contract Amount + 276.00 Latest Revised Contract Amount $334,683.45 THE AFOREMENTIONED CHANGE, AND WORK AFFECTED THEREBY, IS SUBJECT TO ALL CONTRACT STIPULATIONS AND COVENANTS. ISSUED FOR REASONS INDICATED ABOVE: ACCEPTED BY CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE: ACCEPTED BY McCLINTON-ANCHOR CO ACCEPTED BY FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION: CONDITIONS OF SATISFACTION: TING ENGINEERS, INC. ate -Z signature Mayor Title Date /2 1 /_ / Sitnature / Pt', Title Dai'e Manager, Airport District Office Date 0640 -.2q-` *Lill t9 t)5 oo / y t Ir },... RECEIVED UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY 1981 STATUS INQUIRY CITY MANAGER'S OFFICE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE OWNER. OBLIGEE OR ORIGINATING CO. & ADDRESS 00O185 I CITYY'VOF_r�FAY VILLE ( 1 IQ - 'V " FAY£7Y£VILL£ 72701 1 AR J 12/3'1/81 OUR BOND NO. 39-0120-10504-81-3 REINBURER'S NO. CONTRACTOR - PENDLETON ELECTRIC COMPANY ADDRESS - - _ FAYETTEVILLE AR DESCRIPTION OF AIRPORT IMPROVEMENTS (LIGHTING) - CONTRACT II - CONTRACT FAY£TTEVILLE. ARKANSAS OWNER CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE CONTRACT PRICE PERFORMANCE BOND L&M PAYMENT BOND EFFECTIVE DATE $69.099 $69.099 INCLUDED 06/08/81 WITHOUT PREJUDICING YOUR RIGHT OR AFFECTING OUR LIABILITY UNDER BOND(S) DESCRIBED ABOVE, WE WOULD APPRECIATE SUCH OF THE FOLLOWNG INFORMATION AS IS NOW AVAILABLE. 1. IF CONTRACT COMPLETED, PLEASE STATE: 2. IF CONTRACT UNCOMPLETED, PLEASE STATE: VERY TRULY YOURS. APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMPLETION APPROXIMATE ACCEPTANCE FINAL CONTRACT PRICE OP WORK (OR FINAL DELIVERY). DATE P APPROXIMATE PERCENTAGE OR DOLLAR AMOUNT OF CONTRACT COMPLETED OR DELIVERED S. DO YOU KNOW OF ANY UNPAID BILLS FOR LABOR OR MATERIALS: EYES LI NO 4.• REMARKS PLEASE RETURN ORIGINAL OF THIS INQUIRY IN ENCLOSED ENVELOPE TO: FU. S. F. & G. T NAME: LITTLE ROCK 8. O• ADDRESS: 31 LLITTLE ROCK. AR }!'!fib j GENERAL PORM STATUS INQUIRY FEDERAL CASES TO BE SUBMITTED IN DUPLICATE. STAMPED, ADDRESSED ENVELOPE TO BE ATTACHED. D, P. 7111 U•TX) It is understood that the information contained herein is furnished as a matter of courtesy for the confidential use of the surety and is merely an expression of opinion. It is also agreed that in furnishing this information, no guaranty or warranty of accuracy or correctness is made and no responsibility is assumed as a result of reliance by the surety, whether such information is furnished by the owner or by an architect or engineer as the agent of the owner. OWNER BY: SIGNATURE TITLE: DATE: THE LANGUAGE OF THIS FORM IS ACCEPTABLE TO THE SURETY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA ll, I• a CERTIFIED COPY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY No.............84805................... I ........ Know all Men by these Presents: That UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, and having its principal office at the City of Baltimore, in the State of Maryland, does hereby constitute and appoint A. P. Eason, Jr. of the City of Fayetteville , State of Arkansas its true and lawful attorney in and for the State of Arkansas for the following purposes, to wit: To sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, and to respectively do and perform any and all acts'and things'sef-forth'G'the-resolution of. the. Board. of. Directors of the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, a certified copy of which is hereto annexed and made a part of this Power of Attorney; and the laid UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, through us, its Board of Directors, hereby ratifies and confirms all and whatsoever the said A. P. Eason, Jr. by virtue of these presents. the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY has caused this instrument to be July attested by the signatures of its Vice -President and Assistant Secretary, this 17th day of lay - ,A.D.1974 (SEAL) STATE OF MARYLAND, BALTIMORE CITY. I ss: (Signed) (Signed) UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY. gy.. .Charles W. Boone ...................................... Vice -President. ..,.W.. G. Hilyard ....................... Assistant Secretary. On this 17th day of May , A. D. 1474 , before me personally came Charles W. Boone ,Vice -President of the UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY and W. G. Hi lyard, , Assistant Secretary of said Company, with both of 'M-whorn=I'am-personally-acgmfnted^who.being; byyme_severally. duly.. sworn„said that, they resided ,in the City_ of. Baltimore, Maryland; M.i .--- 1 . that they, the said Charles W. Boone and W'G, H1Iya'rd _ -'='`-here respectively_____ the Vice -President and the Assistant Secretary of the said UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, the cor- poration described in and which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney; that they each knew the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said Power of Attorney was such corporate seal, that it was so fixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corpora. tion. and that they signed their names thereto by like order as Vice -President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of the Company. My commission expires the first day in July, A. D. 19...24... (SEAL) (Signed) Herbert J. Aull Notary Public. STATE OF MARYLAND 1 1} Sct. BALTIMORE CITY, L Robert H. Bouse , Clerk of the Superior Court of Baltimore City, which Court is a Court of Record, and has a seal, do hereby certify that Herbert J. Aull ,Esquire, before whom the annexed affidavits were made, and who has thereto subscribed his name, was at the time of so doing a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, in and for the City of Baltimore, duly commissioned and sworn and authorized by law to administer oaths and take acknowledgments, or proof of deeds to be recorded therein. I further certify that I am acquainted with the handwriting of the said Notary, and verily believe the signature to be his genuine signature. In Testimony Whereof, I hereto set my hand and affix the seal of the Superior Court of Baltimore City, the same being a Court of Record, this 17th day of May , A. D. 19 7`t FS 3 (9.67) .-•••. tS. (SEAL) (Signed) Robert H. Bouse ............................................................... Clerk of the Superior Court of Baltimore City. • • • 'Aiviwas iu°mcty 186T '9 aunt [a]eQ) ua ANVdWOJ ASNYHVfO QNY A.LI'I3QId SZSV.LS Q3.LIN7 ay] ;o [tac alp put pueq Aw lac oiunaaay Prey I '(oaaaym Cuounave•, U; JSuriaam prec;o catnmw ayi ul papioaai ST j021G141 a[ogM oq1 put'uorin[ocai pies jo Ado o iaai]oa put awi Y si SuioSaio; oyi ]eyi put ']uasaad lM saoiaaatQ )0 pieog ayi )o mwonb Y 9uriaaw gatgM it '0161 Alnf jo Lvp 4111 ayi Ito 'aaowp[eg ;o Auj ay1 U! Auedmo3 ayi )o aa1�0 aql it Play put pa[Iea Alnp Avedwo3 prec )0 wo]aany ;o pieog ayt )0 Supaam n[nsai a it paidopt uopnfos0] a ;o aautnund ui uanr8 cam AawouV;o aaMod pres 2741 A;ruaa nquni op I Putl •iaapa put aaio) gn; u) gpc c[ put pai[owi uaaq 1OA3U 514 Aawo]]t )o aaMod 9)t4M 'yii°; lac upiayi is spuoq u2ic o] wTq 9uraaModma put 9unrioMlne' SV VU1 . \i s aTTTA2'j'�iAi91j 1° •Sp 'uoswa •d 'V of Auvdwo: p[vs Aq uasti Aauioiie ;o iamod IvuTSu0 aqt jo Adoa ]33f03 pue ani] 'tin; v si 9uio2aro; aqi icip A)ruao Agaiay °P 'ANYdWOJ ALNVHVIIO QNY AZI'I3QL3 S3.LVZS Q3.LINf1 ayi )o Aielaiaaj rvelertlY UT' TTvtlg IVW XOT04=9H iL 'I 'wes ay1 )o aayirp )o aanvu aql a[ 9uii pAue io '9ur{vuapun i° •uopvindps uop;St;go 'aaun[u2oaai •puoq Mans hut ui so; pap[Aoid aq Aew ya;ym suopipuoa hut io faty]Aut ;o 9urop IOU 20 Swop 942 io; pauotnpuoo 'iaAoone4m sappedv7 gv put hue ui 'iaeaos]YyM uoilntuv2io to uopepossv iayio io Au)edia;unw 'ltaaalul 'aat;[O Apoq 'uopniodioa 'suosaad io uosaad hue 10; 10 Aq jo uorlaa1oid in Alpnaae Pip Jo; papioaai io pa[ g 'paldaaat 'palapual 'uaAt2 'uai[e] 'apum 'palnoaxa aq o] paiumiad so paarnbaa 'panto);t aq 'asrmiayio io )edrarunw '1170[ '1aayro 10 aagio 'uonnrueNao 'Apoq pitoq hue jo uotlaiastp io aapavid 'swolsna 'saapio 'suope)nSaa 'sa[ni ant] Aq io 'put)puno;Map )o Auo;oD 9y] ;o io apvuvo )o uorurmoQ 3141 10 caau!Aoid 3141 10 i° Cale]S paiturl ay] )o Aiolrnaj a° a2t]S Aug in ao mgrs palrull aql )o oin)VIS Aut Aq io 'Psi. iaylo io )edtarunw '144) Aq Aew ao Pie 4myM 'amvs ay] )o aaylp )0 aiwtu 9y1 m 9m14xAUY 10 e8ur>Isuapun 'su0ne[ndns 'cuoTleS [qo •saauvnu9oaai 'spuoq lit put Aug ;o suoprpuoa ay1 aa]ueivn$ put ainaaxa o] SluaSt 10 ]4091 20 •iae;-m-cAawoue ao (awoz1v slr se put aweu nr ur 'onp put 'pamo;Ie All Aq ao s9uipaaaoid io suopat [IY ui paurwiad in pai]nbai 'seur>(euapun put spuoq Suraa3utaenS ao Sunnaaxa put camr)od aou1inur ueyi 17141° clatnuoa ;o sa7ueauopad Pip 9utaa3uenn8 'iswi alpAild i0 al)gnd jo suorirsod 9urploy euoGad ;o Alt;apy alp 9uiaalueien9 naeil -UO2 ))t put Aue aangap pup alnaaxa 01 '171 $11 ce put auivu nr ui 'Autdwo0 pies )o nuaS! io ]uass io •lae)-ui-sAawoue 10 Aawoity se suotiad i0 uonad hue ]uroddi of 'Inc aleiodioo s1t lapun 'sauvivaas luwsrssy sir ;o au° 10 Aieiaiaas nt 414. uorl3unfuo7 ur sivaprcaid -aa;A slr )o ayip 10 ]uaprsaad vat aaModma put azpoglne 'coop Agaiaq ]r put 'op Auedwoj sryl 21132 •paSpeay I! aq 'aaofaaa.0 •pue[puno;Map ;o AUDIO) ayi Of put epeue0 )o uorwwoQ 091 )o ca741Aoad 991 U] pue saieis p31!U7 914330 cauoluaay 041 Ul put 'puvjiitpil utgl saglo saiels ul ameu nr ur put xr ao) 171 of Aiuoyine put laMod 4UUM sAauiolie put s]ua9e lulodde Auvdwoj slyl imp cssautsnq )o nopanueri )gflaaba o141 ao; Aieseaaou s; 11'toalagm logy NOLLI17OS3H 30 AdOO I. Payment Bond I. I 0 I' - L&CI ELI8 S r:TED t itcI :, uq Cfvt{1 PAYMENT BOND I• KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we /\'fAC-/- 1CA+v5A5. Li C_' Mc d7o✓- NG4o� _lyisio,J a o hereinafter called "Principal" and n,� �£ q,. w0A AsMV,fL.CA of PHI JA nJ 4i A State of I' i " S u1 V", Ar , hereinafter called the "Surety," are held and firmly the City of Fayetteville, hereinafter called "Owner," in the penal sum of OrJE- . ,afP C) 7Wnlu {kRf (Fin.��Awp cA Fi Y& 1-h4p Asan out i c ($1a3 sop. in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these -presents.. I* 11 THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that WHEREAS, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the Owner, dated the 8th day of June ,.1981, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction of improvements to the Fayetteville Municipal Airport, Fayetteville, Arkansas. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly make payments to all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the work provided for in such con- tract, and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, coal and coke, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed or used in connection with the con- struction of such work, and all insurance premiums on said work, and for all labor, performed in such work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the lates and agrees that no change, the terms of the contract or to specifications accompanying .the on this bond, and it does hereby of time, alteration or addition or to the specifications. said surety, for value received hereby stipu- extension of time, alteration or addition to the work to be performed thereunder or the same shall in any wise affect its obligation waive notice of any such change, extension to the terms of the contract or to the work PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder,. whose claim may be unsatisfied. Payment Bond - 1 • ®Kik ` AtE" u7UROCK uvRhWLLt I• �• I. I. I• is I• This bond is given in compliance with Act 351; Arkansas Acts of 1953, and Act 209, Arkansas Acts of 1957, the same appearing as Arkansas Statutes (1957), Section 51-635, Cumulative Supplement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in six (6) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this the 8th day of _June , 1981. ATTEST: Pr ncipa Secretary (SEAL) Witness to Principal a Lr j2� MrsutE�'a,sA? Address ATTEST: � � Sure (Sury) Secretary' rA (SEAL) APAC-A rK SAS, N S- CL� Ton —/\ VAC 1 rincipal I �a By: ress i ress n -tact EAST, 29 - Payment Bond-, 2 l'. syr r I. ®I� H�'uuNATED INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA PHILADELPHIA, PA. POWER OF ATTORNEY Know all men by these presents: That INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA, a corporation of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, having its principal office in the City of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, pursuant to the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the said Company on May 28, 1975, to wit: "RESOLVED, pursuant to Articles 3.6 and 5.1 of the By -Laws, the following Rules shall govern the execution for the Company of bonds, undertakings, recognizances, contracts and other writings in the nature thereof: (1) That the President, or any Vice -President, Assistant Vice -President, Resident Vice -President or Attorney -in -Fact, may execute for and in behalf of the Company any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances, contracts and other writings in the nature thereof, the same to be at- tested when necessary by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or a Resident Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company affixed thereto; and that the President or any Vice -President may appoint and authorize Resident Vice -Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries and Attorneys - in -Fact to so execute or attest to the execution of all such writings on behalf of the Company and to affix the seal of the Company thereto. (2) Any such writing executed in accordance with these Rules shall be as binding upon the Company in any case as though signed by the President and attested by the Secretary. (3) The signature of the President or a Vice -President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted pursuant to this Resolution, and the signature of a certifying officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power, and any such power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company. (4) Such Resident Officers and Attorneys -in -Fact shall have authority to certify or verify copies of this Resolution, the By -Laws of the Com- pany, and any affidavit or record of the Company necessary to the discharge of their duties. (5) The passage of this Resolution does not revoke any earlier authority granted by Resolution of the Board of Directors on June 9,1953.' does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint JACK EAST, JACK EAST JR. , JAMES E. DANIEL, DONALD R. HENDERSON and JUDY FRANKS, all of the City of Little Rock, State of Arkansas its true and lawful agent and attorney -in -fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf, and as its act and deed any and all Bonds & Undertakings, UNLIMITED in amounts, on behalf of APAC-Arkansas, and APAC-Texas, Inc.. Said Bonds & Undertakings to be signed for the Company and the Seal of the Company attached thereto by any one of the Said Jack East, Jack East Jr., James E. Daniel, Donald R. Henderson and Judy Franks, individually. And the execution of such writings in pursuance of these presents shall be as binding upon said Company, as fully and amply as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its principal office. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said MICHAEL B. FODOR . Vice -President, ............................................. has hereunto subscribfj this name and affixed the corporate seal of thhe said August INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA this ...................... • ..........day of ... • . .........19 .....� INSURANC CO A Y OF NORTH MERICA (SEAL) - - - ................. STATE OF ILLINOIS MICHAEL B. FODOR Vice -President ss. COUNTY OF COOK 14th August 80 On this . of 'I IIiTi6i S ' .day of ...........Cook .... ' A. D. 19 .... , before the subscriber, a Notary State Public of the MICHAEL B. b�' dd or the County of duly commissioned and qualified, came ........... kU .. ............... , Vice -President of the INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA to me personally known to be the individual and officer described in, and who executed the preceding instrument, and he acknowledged the execution of the same, and, being by me duly sworn, deposeth and saith, that he is the officer of the Company afore- said, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the corporate seal of said Company, and the said corporate seal and his signature as officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said corporation, and that Resolution, adopted by the Board of Directors of said Company, referred to in the preceding instrument, is now in force. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal at the City of CHICAGO the day and year first above written. (SEAL) SrN DAWN STRAWBRIDGE �' ' '� c Not67y Public expires May 28, 1984 r — -r Secretary of INSURANCE COMPANY OF NORTH AMERICA, do hereby certify that.the'original POWER the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy, is in full force and effect. -- 4 I have hereunto subscribed my name as Secretary, and affixed the corporate seal of the Corporation, 1.. dayof ... June .............. 19. O,1.. t•:•_;rte, `, ,R I Secretary . ' • EJ�A1 S Ste. WYLLIE�Rt Inc. BS-2O08a Pte. In U.S.A. I• I. I0 Federal Wage Decision iLN �� LOI TED ptttFIM. •s,Ftfv! t I• sUPERsrOEAs DECISION YE: ARRAYSAS COUNTY: STATEWIDE IS104 NO, AR10-4020 DATE: Date of Publication ersedes Decision NO. ARRO-1012 dated February 1. 1980 in FR -7442 CRIPT$ON OP WERE: Construction, alteration, and/or repair of Bets, highvays, runways, and rater and sever utilities, (but s not include building structures on highway rest areas). I• I. I. I• I • FINISHER Structural Reinforcing .ABORERS: Air tool operator Asphalt beater OOerater Asphalt raker Carpenter tender Chain saw operator Checker grade Concrete finisher tender Concrete joint sealer Concrete saw operator Form setter laborer Pipelayer R Pwderman Vibratarman 'AIRTER 'ILE ORIVEA LEADMR OWER EOOIPME:i? OPERATORS: Aggregate spreader opera- tor Asphalt plant fireman Asphalt plant drier opt- ratot Batch plant ooerator BULLDOZER OPERHORt Finish Rough Bull float operator Concrete curing YehiMO Operator Equipment Operators d) MYr P4.,. 6,r An M1n.m MMr [4m,r ` Raini N 6 • P�,4a. YNnr o ___ aa>.. •. 1I. $5.75 5.75 7.00 7.00 5.00 4.10 4.00 4.00 4.60 4.10 4.10 4.25 4.10 4.10 1.10 4.30 3.10 4.25 5.00 4.00 5.00 5.00 4.50 3.75 3.75' 650 5.50 4.70 4.40 4.45 :oncrete mixer operator (less than i Sacks) :oncrete mixer operator (S Backs or over) 4ckhoe. operator -rubber tired (1 yard or less) Terry picker operator 'oncrete paver operator oncrete spreader Operator bane, derrick, dragline, shovel, backhoe Operator (l5 yd. or least cane, derrick, dragline, shovel, backhoe operator (Over 11 yd.) rusher operator dstrubutor operator mill operator (wagon or truck) '.levating grader operator uclid or like equipment operator (bottom or end dump) finishing machine operator orklift operator arm grader operator ront end loader operator Finish Rough ydro seeder operator echanie otor Patrol Operator: Nlching machlde operator Oiler and greaser rile driver operator ab n.11l operator roller operator Iself- prupcl)edl Paae 2 of 3 boo I•i Pa,4n P,pm. wwAr 'k.'.. HIT Pr N... Yuw ... ...4.., , An. D. $1.10 4,95 4.70 4.70 5.25 5.25 5.50 5.75 4.40 4.10 4.75 5.25 I.19 4.75 3.90 3.90 5.25 4.70 4.25 5.50 5.50 4.,0 4.25 4.25 4.90 3.90 1.25 0 a Z O Federal Wage Decision - 1 r C •• I. 1• 1• Pale I of 3 H - F..r •MI[[P.y.V[ ( Equipment Operators Nv', Mnu (cant 'd'a.w. Nla I[.4[[[ V.1.,4[ .Ni.. Iwr. T. Scraper Operator' Finish $5.50 Rough 4.70 Sod slicing machine apex - star 3.85 Stabilzer mixing machine operator 4.40 Tractor operator (crawler type) 4.25 Tractor operator (farm 1 wheel) 4.00 Tractor operator wheel type (with attachments 1 yd. or under) 1.40 Trenching machine operator 4.40 S)ORLYASonS 5.75 Truck Drivers: Distributor truck driver 4.30 Scmi-trailer -4.30 loyboy drive[ 4.75 Transit mix truck driver 4.30 tuck driver (heavy-naai- fms pay load in excess of 3000 lbs.4.00 Trick driver (light-maxi- mci pay load 3000 lbs.) 3.SS shell drillers 5.50 NET ERS__ rigiis rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidents'. Onlisted classifications needed for wrrk not Secluded within the scope of the classifications listed sv be added after award only u provided in the labor standards coatract clauses (l5 URN 5.5 orclsron IARr- i ao70-Y.dil 75emiaz Marcni, 1980 I Statewide, Arkansas 6u1[ Fin;. tuairy P[p [nb Rrvrli f Rn[[ H a I[ Hubs Yu[14m [ l/n - Apr. Ti. fINNOE; bbOREN5[ .. Laborers $3635 Federal Wage Decision - 2 State Wage Decision I. I• I. ® COR I TED ufLE POCK FA t11EPLLE Frank White, Governor Bill Everett, Director April 17, 1981 i• Mr. R. Wayne Jones, P.E. Project Engineer • McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc. P.O. Box 1229 1810 North College Avenue Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 Re: Safety Area Improvements and Taxiway Lighting Fayetteville Municipal Airport Washington County Dear Mr. Jones: This is to certify that the State of Arkansas. Prevailing Wage Rate Determination Number 80-139 for the referenced project shall conform with those contained in the U.S. Department of Labor Decision Number AR80-4020, Modification 1. If you have any questions or we can be of further assistance, please • contact Becky Bryant at 371-3024. I• BE:kj Enclosures I• Sincerely, Bill Everett Director I. r ie Wage, Labor, EEO, & Safety Requirements I. I. I. I0 ® INN✓DD„ATED LrILF A=, • WAGE, LABOR, EEO AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS • SECTION A (FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION REQUIREMENTS) • • • • • • A-1 Airport Development Aid Program Project. The work in this con- tract is included in Airport Development Aid Project Number 6-05-0020-10, which is being undertaken and accomplished by the City of Fayetteville (Sponsor) in accordance with the terms and conditions of a grant agreement between the City of Fayetteville (Sponsor) and the United States, under the Airport and Airway Development Act of 1970 (49 U.S.C. 1701) and Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR Part 152), pursuant to which the United States has agreed to pay a certain percentage of the cost of the project that are determined to be allowable project costs under that Act. The United States is not a party to this contract and no reference in this contract to the FAA or any representative thereof, or to any rights granted to the FAA or any representative thereof, or the United States, by the contract, makes the United States a party to this contract. A-2. Consent to Assignment. The contractor shall obtain the prior written consent of the City of Fayetteville (Sponsor) to any proposed as- signment of any interest in or part of this contract. A-3. Convict Labor. No convict labor may be employed under this contract. A-4. Veterans Preference. In the employment of labor (except in executive, administrative, and supervisory positions), preference shall be given to qualified individuals who have served in the military service of the United States (as defined in Section 101(1) of the Soldiersand Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940) and have been honorably discharged from that service, except that preference may be given only where that labor is available locally and is qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates. A-5. Withholding: Sponsor from Contractor. Whether or not payments or advances to the City of Fayetteville (Sponsor) are withheld or suspended by the FAA, the City of Fayetteville (Sponsor) may withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics employed by the contractor or any subcontractor on the work the full amount of wages required by this contract. A-6. Nonpayment of Wages. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to pay any laborer or mechanic employed or working on the site of the work any of the wages required by this contract the City of Fayetteville (Sponsor) may, after written notice to the contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment or advance of funds until the violations cease. Requirements - 1 ® RATED .BILE AMN f.r[I1(Pµf Li I• I• 1• I• I• A-7. FAA Inspection and Review. The contractor shall allow any authorized representative of the FAA to inspect and review any work or materials used in the performance of this contract. A-8. Subcontracts. The contractor shall insert in each of his subcontracts the provisions contained in paragraphs A-1, A-3, A-4, A-5, A-6 and A-7 requiring the subcontractors to include these provisions in any lower tier subcontracts which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. A-9. Contract Termination. A breach of paragraphs A-6, A-7, and A-8 may be grounds for termination of the contract. SECTION B (SECRETARY OF LABOR REQUIREMENTS) B-1. Minimum Wages. .(a) All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3), the full amounts due at time of payment computed at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determination decision(s.) of the Secretary of Labor which is (are) attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractural relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics; and the wage determination decision(s) shall be posted by the contractor at the site of the work in a prominent place where it (they) can be easily seen by the workers. For the purpose of this paragraph, contributions made or. costs reasonably anticipated under Section 1(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of subparagraph (4) below. Also for the purpose of this para- graph, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period under plans, funds, or programs, but covering the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(i) ),• (b) Any class of laborers or mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, which is not listed in the wage determination(s) and which is to be employed under the contract, shall be classified or reclassified conformably to the wage determination(s), and a report of the action taken shall be sent by the City of Fayetteville (Sponsor) to the FAA for approval and transmittal to the Secretary of Labor. In the event that the interested parties cannot agree on the proper classification or reclassification of a particular class of laborers and mechanics, including apprentices and train- ees, to be used, the question accompanied by the recommendation of the FAA shall be referred to the Secretary of Labor for final determination (29 CFR 5.5 (a)(1)(ii)). Requirements - 2 • ® COP ATED unu.OL' urintnue I. (c) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not I• I• I'• I. I! I• expressed as an hourly wa cash equivalent of such a shall be established. In upon a cash equivalent of the recommendation of the for determination (29 CFR je rate and the contractor is obligated to pay a fringe benefit, an hourly -cash equivalent thereof the event the interested parties cannot agree the fringe benefit, the question accompanied by FAA shall be referred to the Secretary of Labor 5.5 (a)(1)(iii) ). (d) If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, he may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program of a type expressly listed in the wage determination decision of.the Secretary of Labor which is a part of this contract: Pro- vided, however, the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program (29 CFR 5.5 (a)(l)(iv) ). B-2. Withholding: FAA from Sponsor. Pursuant to the terms of the grant agreements between the United States and City of Fayetteville relating to Airport Development Aid Project Number 6-05-0020-10 and Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR Part 152), the FAA may withhold or cause to be withheld from the City of Fayetteville so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, employed by the contractor or any sub- contractor on the, work the full amount of wages required by this contract. In the evnet of failure to pay any laborer or mechanics, including any apprentice or trainee, employed or working on the site of the work all or part of the notice to the City of Fayetteville take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment or advance of funds until such violations have ceased (29 CFR 5.5 (a)(2). B.3. Payrolls and Basic Records. (a) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto will be maintained during the course of the work and preserved for a period of 3 years there- after for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the. work. Such records will contain the name and address of each such employee, his correct classification, rates of pay (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated of the types described in Section l(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found, under 29 CFR 5.5 (a) (1)(iv) (see sub -paragraph (d) of paragraph B-1 above), that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program Requirements - 3 I• I• I• Is Ii I• I* I• I• described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the shall maintain records which show that benefits is enforceable, that the plan ponsible, and that the plan or program to the laborers or mechanics affected, anticipated or the actual costs incurr (29 CFR 5.5 (a)(3)(i)). Davis -Bacon Act, the contractor the commitment to provide such or program is financially res- has been communicated in writing and records which show the costs ed in providing such benefits (b) The Contractor will submit weekly a copy of all payrolls to the City of Fayetteville for availability to the FAA, as required by paragraph a e copy shall be accompanied by a statement signed by the employer or his agent indicating that the payrolls are correct and complete, that the wage rates contained therein are not less than those determined by the Secretary of Labor and that the classifications set forth for each laborer or mechanic conform to the work performed. A submission of a "weekly Statement of Compliance" which is required under this contract. and the Copeland regulations of the Secretary of Labor (29 CFR Part 3) and the filing with the initial payroll or any subsequent payroll of a copy of any findings by the Secretary of Labor, under 29 CFR 5.5 (a)(1)(iv) (see sub -paragraph (d) of paragraph B-1 above), shall satisfy this require- ment. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls of all subcontractors. The contractor will make the records required under the labor standards clauses of the contract available for inspection by authorized representatives of the FAA and the Department of Labor, and will permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall include a notation on the first weekly certified payrolls submitted to the City of Fayetteville for availa- bility to the FAA that their employment is pursuant to an approved program and shall identify the program (29 CFR 5.5 (a)(3)(ii)). B-4. Apprentices and Trainees. (a) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program register- ed by the U.S. Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recog- nized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been cer- tified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprentice- ship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to his entire work force under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not a trainee as defined in sub -paragraph (b) of this paragraph or is not regis- tered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid the wage rate Requirements - 4 I ®d� '4'AE • ATED un1.e noc+ I• I• C7 I0 determined by the Secretary of Labor for the classification of work he actually performed. The contractor or subcontractor will be required to furnish to the City of Fayetteville written evidence of the registration of his program and apprentices as well as the appropriate ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeymen hourly rates), for the area of construction prior to using any apprentices on the contract work. The wage rate paid apprentices shall be not less than the appropriate percentage of the journeymen's rates contained in the applicable wage determination (29 CFR 5.5 (a)(4)(i) ). (c) .Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this paragraph shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended and 29 CFR Part 30 (29 CFR 5.5 (a)(4)(iii) ). (d) Application of 29 CFR Part 5.5 (a)(4). On contracts in excess of $2,000 the employment of all apprentices and trainees as defined in 29 CFR 5.2 (c) shall be subject to the provisions of 29 CFR Part 5.5 (a)(4) (see paragraph B-4 (a), (b) and (c) above). (e) Enforcement. (i) The FAA shall promulgate the necessary regulations or procedures, for federally assisted construction programs for which it does not contract directly, necessary to insure that contracts contain the provisions herein or such modifications thereof which have been approved.by the Department of Labor. No payment, advance, grant, loan or guarantee of funds shall be approved by the FAA after the beginning of construction unless there is on file with the FAA a certification by the contractor that he and his subcontractors have complied or that there is substantial dispute with respect to the required provisions (29 CFR 5.6 (a)(1) ). (ii). Enforcement activities, including the investigation of complaints of violations, to insure compliance with the requirements of these provisions shall be the primary duty of the FAA. The Department of Labor will coordinate its efforts with the FAA, as may be necessary to insure consistent enforcement of the requirements of these provisions. Enforcement of these provisions shall be in accordance with 29 CFR 5.6. B-5. Compliance with Copeland Regulations. The contractor shall comply with the Copeland Regulations 29 CFR Part 3) of the Secretary of Labor which are herein incorporated by reference (29 CFR 5.5 (a)(5)). B-6. Overtime Requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contract- ing for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any laborer or mechanic in any work week in which he is employed on such work to work Requirements - 5 I. ®WAITED unR.MC. ...[n rvnu I• G I• in excess of 8 hours in any calendar day or in excess of 40 hours in such work week unless such laborer or mechanic received compensation at a rate not less than 1-1/2 times his basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 8 hours in any calendar day or in excess of 40 hours in such work week, as the case may be (29 CFR 5.5 (c)(1)). B-7. Violations, Liability for Unpaid Wages, Liquidated Damages. In the event of any violation of paragraph B-6 of this provision, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable to any affected employee for his unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcon- tractor shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed, with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic employed in violation of said paragraph B-6 of this provision, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such employee was required or permitted to work in excess of 8 hours or in excess of the standard work week of 40 hours without payment of the overtime wages re- quired by said paragraph B-6 of this provision (29 CFR 5.5 (c)(2)). B-8. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages, and Priority of Payment. (a) The FAA may withhold or cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor, such sums as may be administratively determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in paragraph B-7 of this provision (29 CFR 5.5 (c)(3)). B-9 Working Conditions. No contractor may require any laborer or mechanic employee in the performance of the contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his health or safety as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR Part 1926; 37 F.R. 27503) issued by the Secretary of Labor. B-10. Subcontracts. The contractor will insert in each of his sub- contracts the clauses contained in paragraphs B-1 through B-11 of this provision, and also a clause requiring the subcontracts to include these provisions in any lower tier subcontracts which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made (29 CFR 5.5 (a)(6), 5.5 (c)(4)), B-11. Contract Termination; Debarment. A breach of paragraphs B-1 through B-10 of this prevision may be grounds for termination of the con- tract. A breach of paragraphs B-1 through B-5 and B-10 may also be grounds for debarment as provided in 29 CFR 5.6 of the regulations of the Secretary of Labor (29 CFR 5.5 (a)(7)). Requirements - 6 EaVETTEVEo IT.E II IX. .. •E nFNLL( I• SECTION C (EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE) I• I0, I• I. I• I• C I• During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: C-1. The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that appli- cants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, sex or national origin. Such action shall in- clude, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. C-2. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, relation, sex or national origin. C-3. The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided, advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to em- ployees and applicants for employment. C-4. The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and of the rules, regulations and revelant orders of the Secretary of Labor. C-5. The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation.to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and others. C-6. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the non- discrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated,.or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further government contracts or federally assisted construction con- tracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. Requirements - 7 I. E A LEED LITTLE Pp[[ 'AYEf1FVMLI I• I• El] I• C-7. The contractor will. include the portion of the sentence im- mediately preceding paragraph C-1 and the provisions of paragraphs C-1 through C-7 in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section.204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a.means of enforc- ing such provisions, including sanctions for non-compliance: Provided, however, that in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency, the contractor may request the United States •to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. SECTION D (HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS) D-1. It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a condition of each subcontract entered into pursuant to this contract, that the con- tractor shall not require any laborer or mechanic employed in performance of the contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety, as deter - minded under Construction Safety and Health Standards Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1518 36 F.R. 7340 promulgated by the United States Secretary of Labor, in accordance with Section 107 of the Contract Work hours and Safety Standards Act, 83 STAT. 96. SECTION E (AIR AND WATER QUALITY STANDARDS) E-1. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the contractor in carrying out work under this contract, shall at all times comply with all applicable state and federal air and water quality standards; with all pollution control laws; and with such rules, regulations, and dir- ectives as may be lawfully issued by a local, state or federal agency having within its jurisdiction the protection of the environment in the area sur- rounding where work under this contract will be performed. In addition, the contractor shall comply with directives given by the Project Engineer in implementation of the letter and intent of.FAA Advisory Circular. 150/5370-7 entitled Airport Construction Controls to Prevent Air and Water Pollution. Copies of this Advisory Circular can be obtained free of charge from De- partment of Transportation, Distribution Unit, TAD -484.3, Washington, D.C. 20590. E-2. Contractors and subcontractors agree: (a) That any facility to be used in the performance of the contract or to benefit from the contract is not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities. Requirements - 8 ®INMATED out, oc. u.¢nmu( Li I41 I• (b) To comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all regulations issued thereunder. (c) That as a condition for award of a contract he will, notify the awarding official of the receipt of any communication from the EPA in- dicating that a facility to be utilized for performance of or benefit from the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities. (d) To include or cause to be included in any contract or subcontract which exceeds $100,000 the aforementioned criteria and requirements. II' xecutive Urder IIZ4b. as F-1. As used in these specifications: (a) "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; (b) "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP), U.S. Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; (c) "Employer identification number" means the Federal social security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941; (d) "Minority" includes: (i) Black (all persons:,having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American, or other Spanish culture or origin regardless of race); (iii) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast, Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and (iv) American Indian and Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and main- taining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). Requirements - 9 I. • ®Eck ` "TED Lm Ll.00 ru[.rtvrtJ I6 I• I• I0 F-2. Whenever the contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, sub- contracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. F-3. If the contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. 'Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obli- gations on all work in the plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that plan for those trades which have unions partici- pating in the plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their partici- pation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved plan does not excuse any covered contractor's or subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the plan goals and timetables. F-4. The Contractor shall implement the specifics affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7a through p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization; the contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress towards its goals in each craft during the period specified. F-5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, as amended, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. F-6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the.goals, such apprentices and -trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. F-7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to insure EEO. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: Requirements ='10 • ® Gd RATED I. I• 9 I• (a) Insure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically insure that all foremen, superintendents, and other onsite supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working such sites or in such facilities. (b) Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. (c) Maintain a current file of the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of each minority and female off -the -street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source, or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefore along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. (d) Provide immediat union or unions with which agreement has not referred sent by the Contractor, or the union referral process its obligations.. written notification to the Director when the the Contractor has a collective bargaining to the Contractor a minority person or woman•• when the Contractor has other information that has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meets (e) Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorites and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. (f) Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargainingagreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. Requirements - 11 LaL� I CDR RATED Vfftf YJQ FNFii[a1LLF • • • • • [] • • (g) Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirm- ative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination, or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as superintendents, general foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed,..and dis- position of the subject matter. (h) Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. (i) Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female, and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students; and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employement needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations, such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. (j) Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer, and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's workforce. (k) Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. (1) Conduct, at lease annually, an inventory and evaluation, at least of all minority and female personnel, for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. (m) Insure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments, and other personnel practices do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to insure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. (n) Insure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single -user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. Requirements - 12 ® Pa ka un LE.IX+ • I• I• I• I• I. (o) Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female Contractor associations and other business associations. (p) Conduct a review, at least annually, of all suppervisor's adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. F-8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obli- gations (7a through p). The efforts of a Contractor association, joint Contractor -union, Contractor -community, or other similar groups of which the Contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these specifications provided that the Contractor actively participates in the group, makes . every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in industry, insures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentations which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance F-9 A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide EEO and take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and nonminority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the executive order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in . violation of the executive order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). F-10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirm- ative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. F-11. The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended. F-12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination, and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regualtions, by the OFCCP. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. Requirements - 13 Id�EED . Ll R[ ROCK $I Fn FVILLF I• I• I• I• I• I• 1• I• I• F-13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to insure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the executive order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. F-14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to insure that the company EEC policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government, and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee, the name, address, telephone number, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee idientification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily under- standable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this. requirement, Contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. F-15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation:upon the.application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the applicaton of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). Requirements - 14 ® C0 ATED UTLf 4C. F ETr vLLE • I. General Provisions 1• I . ® N O A!ED EIEILE so[I /AYEIIEVMLE I• DIVISION I GENERAL PROVISIONS I• I• I• I0 I• SECTION 10 DEFINITION OF TERMS Whenever the following terms are used in these specifications, in the contract, in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: 10-01 AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to AASHO. 10-02 ACCESS ROAD. The right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements con- structed thereon connecting the airport to a public highway. 10-03 ADAP. The Airport Development Aid Program, a grant-in-aid program, administered by the Federal Aviation Administration. 10-04 ADVERTISEMENT. A public announcement, as required by local law, in- viting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. 10-05 AIR OPERATIONS AREA. For the purpose of these specifications, the term air operations area shall mean any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the landing, takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air op- eration area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intend- ed to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its as- sociated runway, taxiway, or apron. 10-06 AIRPORT. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or in- tended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft, and includes- its buildings and facilities, if any. 10-07 ASTM. The American Society for Testing and Materials. 10-08 AWARD. The acceptance, by the owner, of the successful bidder's proposal. 10-09 BIDDER. Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. Page 1 I• ® ` AIEO 1-ME1C. FIIE WEmF •1 10-10 BUILDING AREA. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or in- tended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights - of -way together with all airport buildings and facilities located thereon, 10-11 CALENDAR DAY. Every day shown on the calendar. 10-12 CHANGE ORDER. A written order to the contractor covering changes in the pans, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of pay- ment and contract time adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such changes. The work, covered by a change order, shall be within the scope of the contract. 10-13 CONTRACT. The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded contract shall include, but is not limited to : The Advertisement; The Contract Form; The Proposal; The Performance Bond; The Payment Bond; any re- quired insurance certificates; The Specifications; The Plans; and any addenda issued to bidders. 10-14 CONTRACT ITEM (PAY ITEM). A specific unit of work for which a price is provided in the contract. 10-15 CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in the proposal, in lieu of a number of calendar or working days, the contract shall be com- pleted by that date. 10-16 CONTRACTOR. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation pri- marily liable for the acceptable performance of the work contracted and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employees to complete the contract work. 10-17 DRAINAGE SYSTEM. The system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the airport area. 10-18 ENGINEER. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation duly au- thorized by the owner (sponsor) to be responsible for engineering supervision of the contract work and acting directly or through an authorized representa- tive. 10-19 EQUIPMENT. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for up- keep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. 10-20 EXTRA WORK. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the in- tended scope of the contract as previously modified. Page 2 •1 •I •I •I •1 •1 •I •1 •I CO RATED T,I\{\ Iiq�IW\.I •I • • • • '1 • 10-21 FAA. The Federal Aviation r-4_ „_ 'Administration-u+tithe U.S. Department of Trans- portation. When used to designate a person, FAA shall mean the Administrator or his duly authorized representative. 10-22 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Federal Specifications and Standards, and supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General Services Administration of the Federal Government. They may be obtained from the Specifications Activity, Printed Materials Supply Division, Building 197, Naval Weapons Plant, Washington, D.C. 20407. 10-23 INSPECTOR. An authorized representative of the engineer assigned to make all necessary inspections and/or tests of the work performed or being performed or of the materials furnished or being furnished by the contractor. 10-24 INTENTION OF TERMS. Whenever, in these specifications or on the plans, the words "directed," "required," "permitted," "ordered," "designated," "prescribed," or words of the like import are used, it shall be understood that the direc- tion, requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription of the en- gineer is intended; and similarly, the words "approved," "acceptable," "satis- factory," or words of like import, shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the engineer, subject in each case to the final determination of the owner. Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the contract specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section, specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. 10-25 LABORATORY. The official testing laboratories of the owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the engineer. 10-26 LIGHTING. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or near the airport or within the airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals, markers, floodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation of.aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing in the airport surface. 10-27 MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major contract item shall be -any item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 10 percent of the total amount of the awarded contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 10-28 MATERIALS. Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work. 10-29 NOTICE TO PROCEED. A written notice to the contractor to begin the actual contract work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable, the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins. Page 3 • Z& CO FATED un a .00. .)4.9VILL. ;] 10-30 OWNER (SPONSOR). The term owner shall mean the party of the first part or the contracting agency signatory to the contract. For ADAP contracts, the term sponsor shall have the same meaning as the term owner. 10-31 PAVEMENT. The combined surface course, base course, and subbase course, if any, considered as a single unit. 10-32 PAYMENT BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guaranty that he will pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work. 10-33 PERFORMANCE BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the con- tractor and his surety as a guaranty that the contractor will complete the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. 10-34 PLANS. The official drawings or exact reproductions, approved by the engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions and details of the air- port and the work to be done and which are to be considered as a part of the contract, supplementary to the specifications. 10-35 PROJECT. The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific airport development with respect to a particular airport. 10-36 PROPOSAL. The written offer of the bidder (when submitted on the ap- proved proposal form) to perform the contemplated work and furnish the neces- sary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifica- tions. 10-37 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. The security furnished with a proposal to guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract if his proposal is accepted by the owner. 10-38 RUNWAY. The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff o aircraft. 10-39 SPECIFICATIONS. A part of the contract containing the written direc- tions and requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing which are cited in the contract specifica- tions by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the contract physically. 10-40 STRUCTURES. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch basins; inlets; retaining walls; cribbing; storm and sanitary sewer lines; water lines; underdrains; electrical ducts; manholes; handholes; lighting fixtures and bases; transformers; flexible and rigid pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vaults; and, other manmade features of the airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. 10-41 SUBGRADE. The soil which forms the pavement foundation. Page 4 •I •1 •I •I •1 •I Si Si •I ?i J8 ATED 1.1'14.%. .0 TFYIUF •1 • • • • • • • • • 10-42 SUPERINTENDENT. The contractor's executive representative who is present on the work uring progress, authorized to,receive and fulfill instructions from the engineer, and who shaIl. supervise ind d irect the construction. 10-43 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT. A written agreement between the contractor and the owner covering: 1 work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item, by more than 25 percent, such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract, or 2) work that is not within the scope of the originally awarded contract. 10-44 SURETY. The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the con- tractor, executing payment or performance bonds which are furnished to the owner by the contractor. 10-45 TAXIWAY. For the purpose of this document, the term taxiway means the portion of the air operations area of an airport that has been designated by competent airport authority for movement of aircraft to and from the airport's runways or aircraft parking areas. 10-46 WORK. The furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary or convenient to the contractor's performance of all duties and obligations imposed by the contract, plans, and specifications. 10-47 WORKING DAY. A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on which the normal working forces of the contractor may proceed with regular work for at least 6 hours toward completion of the contract. Unless work is suspended for causes beyond the contractor's control, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which the contractor's forces engage in regular work, requiring the presence of an inspector, will be considered as working days. Page 5 • INHATED ♦mu+x. ..V.fEVILLE • SECTION 20 • PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 20-01 ADVERTISEMENT (Notice to Bidders). For ADAP contracts, the advertisement shall conform to the requirements of local laws and ordinances pertaining to letting of contracts and, in addition, shall conform to the requirements of Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulations applicable to the particular con- tract being advertised. 20-02 PREOUALIFICATION OF RI(InFRS, Each bidder shall furnish the owner satis- factory evidence of his competency to perform the proposed work. Such evidence of competency, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of statements covering the bidder's past experience on similar work, a list of equipment that would be available for the work, and a list of key personnel that would be available. In addition, each bidder shall furnish the owner satisfactory evidence of his financial responsibility. Such evidence of financial responsibility, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of a confidential statement or renort of the bidder's financial resources and liabilities as of the last calendar year or the contractor's last fiscal. year. Such statements or reports shall he certi- fied by a public accountant. At the time of submitting such financial statements or reports, the bidder shall further certify whether his financial responsibility is approximately the same as stated or reported by the public accountant. If the bidder's financial responsibility has chanced, the bidder shall qualify the public accountant's statement or report to reflect his (bidder's) true financial con- dition at the time such qualified statement or report is submitted to the owner. Unless otherwise specified, a bidder may submit evidence that he is prequalified with the State Highway Division and is on the current "bidder's list" of the State in which the proposed work is located. Such evidence of State Highway Division prequalification may be submitted as evidence of financial respon- sibility in lieu of the certified statements or reports hereinbefore specified. Each bidder shall submit "evidence of competency" and "evidence of financial responsibility" to the owner no later than 10 days prior to the specified date for opening bids. 20-03 CONTENTS OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The owner shall furnish bidders with proposal forms. All papers bound with or attached to the proposal forms are necessary parts and must not be detached. The plans, specifications, and other documents designated in the proposal form shall be considered a part of the proposal whether attached or not. For ADAP contracts, the proposal shall conform to the requirements of local laws and ordinances pertaining to letting of contracts and, in addition, shall conform to the requirements of Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regu- lations pertaining to the particular contract being let. Page 6 • •1 •1 •1 •1 •1 •1 INM1C ORA8E" . T.d .Y. ,..,n.. .d •1 I. I• I• I41 is I• I• [: I• 20-04 ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS.,.,The owner,reserves the right to refuse to issue a proposal form to a prospective bidder should such bidder be in default for any of the following reasons: (a) Failure to comply with any prequalification regulations of the owner, if such regulations are cited, or otherwise included, in the proposal as a re- quirement for bidding. (b) Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor and materials on former contracts in force (with the owner.) at the time the owner issues the proposal to a prospective bidder. (c) Contractor default under previous contracts with the owner. (d) Unsatisfactory work on previous contracts with the owner. 20-05 INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES. An estimate of quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under these specifications is given in the proposal. It is the result of careful calculations and is believed to be correct. It is given only as a basis for comparison of proposals and the award of the contract. The owner does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual quantities involved will correspond exactly therewith; nor shall the bidder plead misunderstanding 'or deception because of such estimates of quantities, or of the character,location, or other conditions pertaining to the work. Payment to the contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished .in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is understood that the quantities may be increased or de- creased as hereinafter provided in the subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 without in any way invalidating the unit bid prices. 20-06 EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND SITE. The bidder is expected to carefully examine the site of. the proposed work, the proposal, plans, spec- ifications, and contract forms. He shall satisfy himself as to the character, quality, and quantities of work to be performed, materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the proposed contract. The submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such examina- tion and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered in performing the work and as to the requirements of the proposed contract, plans, and specifi- cations. Boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests are available for inspection of bidders. It is understood and agreed that such subsurface information, whether included in the plans, specifications, or otherwise made available to the bidder, was obtained and is intended for the owner's design and estimating purposes only. Such information has been made available for the convenience of all bidders. It is further understood ancagreed that each bidder is solely responsibile for all assumptions, deductions, or conclusions which he may make or obtain from his examination of the boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests that are furnished by the owner. Page 7 I• L'M SEED un[P]C. urf77"LJ •U 20-07 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL. The bidder shall submit his proposal on the forms furnished by the owner. All blank spaces in the proposal forms must be correctly filled in where indicated for each and every item for which a quantity is given. The bidder shall state the price (written in ink or typed) both in words and numerals for which he proposes to do each pay item furnished in the proposal. In case of conflict between words and numerals, the words, unless obviously incorrect, shall govern. The bidder shall sign his proposal correctly and in ink. If the proposal is made by an individual, his name and post office address must be shown. If made by a partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing the proposal shall give the name of the State under the laws of which the corporation was chartered and the name, titles, and business address of the president, secretary, and the treasurer. Anyone signing a proposal as an agent shall file evidence of his authority to do so and that the signature is binding upon the firm or corporation. 20-08 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be considered irregular for the following reasons: (a) If the proposal is on a form other than that furnished by the owner, or if the owner's form is altered, or if any part of the proposal form is detached. (b) If there are unauthorized additions, conditional or alternate pay items, or irregularities of any kind which make the proposal incomplete, indefinite, or otherwise ambiguous. (c) If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item listed in the proposal, except in the case of authorized alternate pay items, for which the bidder is not required to furnish a unit price. (d) If the proposal contains unit prices that are obviously unbalanced. (e) If the proposal is not accompanied by the proposal guaranty specified by the owner. For ADAP contracts, proposals shall be considered irregular for any of the rea- sons stated and, in addition, if the proposal is "nonresponsive" with respect to the requirements of Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulation as specified in the proposal form. The owner reserves the right to reject any irregular proposal and the right to waive technicalities if such waiver is in the best interest of the owner and conforms to local laws and ordinances pertaining to the letting of construction contracts. o •11 •1 •I •1 •I •1 •1 •I ' CO HATED Y,... .O, ....LRp.{ •1 C • • • 0 • 0 • • 20-09 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. Each separate proposal -?hall be accompanied by a certified check, or other specified acceptable collateral, in the amount specified in the proposal form. Such check, or collateral, shall be made pay- able to the owner. 20-10 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL. Each proposal submitted shall be placed in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the project number, location of airport, and name and business address of the bidder on the outside. When sent by mail, preferably registered, the sealed proposal, marked as indicated above, should be enclosed in an additional envelope. No proposal will be considered unless received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. Proposals received after the bid opening time shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-11 WITHDRAWAL OR REVISION OF PROPOSALS. A bidder may withdraw or revise (by withdrawal of one proposal and submission of another) a proposal provided that the bidder's request for withdrawal is received by the owner in writing or by telegram before the time specified for opening bids. Revised proposals must be received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. 20-12 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be opened, and read, pub- licly at the time and place specified in the advertisement. Bidders, their authorized agents, and other interested persons are invited to attend. Proposals that have been withdrawn (by written or telegraphic request) or re- ceived after the time specified for opening bids shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-13 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. A bidder shall be considered disqualified for any of the following reasons: (a) Submitting more than one proposal from the same partnership, firm,•or corporation under the same or different name. (b) Evidence of collusion among bidders. Bidders participating. in such collusion shall be disqualified as bidders for any future work of the owner until any such participating bidder has been reinstated by the owner as a qualified bidder. (c) If the bidder is considered to be in "default" for any reason spec- ified in the subsection titled ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS of this section. Page 9 0 L1L ntEt u nlF .p[. L¢nEVn t! •1 SECTION 30 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 30-01 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS. After the proposals are publicly opened and read, they will be compared on the basis of the summation of the products ob- tained by multiplying the estimated quantities shown in the proposal by the unit bid prices. If a bidder's proposal contains a discrepancy between unit bid prices written in words and unit bid prices written in numbers, the unit price written in words shall govern. Until the award of a contract is made, the owner reserves the right to reject a bidder's proposal for any of the following reasons: (a) If the proposal is irregular as specified in the subsection titled IRREGULAR PROPOSALS of Section 20. (b) If the bidder is disqualified for any of the reasons specified in the subsection titled DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS of Section 20. In addition, until the award of a contract is made, the owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals; waive technicalities, if such waiver is in the best interest of the owner and is in conformance with applicable State and local laws or regulations pertaining to the letting of construction con- tracts; advertise for new proposals; or proceed with the work otherwise. All such actions shall promote the owner's best interests. 30-02 AWARD OF CONTRACT. The award of a contract, if it is to be awarded, shall be made within 30 calendar days of the date specified for publicly opening pro- posals, unless otherwise specified herein. Award of the contract shall be made by the owner to the lowest, qualified bidder whose proposal conforms to the cited requirements of the owner. 30-03 CANCELLATION OF AWARD. The owner reserves the right to cancel the award without liability to the bidder, except return of proposal guaranty, at any time before a contract has been fully executed by all parties and is approved by the owner in accordance with the subsection titled APPROVAL OF CONTRACT of this section. 30-04 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTY. All proposal guaranties, except those of the two lowest bidders, will a returned immediately after the owner has made a comparison of bids as hereinbefore specified in the subsection titled CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS of this section. Proposal guaranties of the two lowest bidders will be retained by the owner until such time as an award is Page 10 •1 •I •I •I •1 7 •I •1 COP FATED un...y[. I • • • • • • [' • made, at which time, the unsuccesssfu.l..bidder-'s.preposal guaranty will be returned. The successful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned as soon as the owner receives the contract bonds as specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section. 30-05 REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS. At the time of the execution of the con- tract, the successful bidder shall furnish the owner a surety bond or bonds which have been fully executed by the bidder and his surety guaranteeing the performance of the work and the payment of all legal debts that may be incurred by reason of the contractor's performance of the work. The surety and the form of the bond or bonds shall be acceptable to the owner. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the surety bond or bonds shall be in a sum equal to the full amount of the contract. 30-06 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. The successful bidder shall sign(execute) the necessary agreements for entering into the contract and return such signed contract to the owner, along with the fully executed surety bond or bonds specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section, within 15 calendar days from the date mailed or otherwise delivered to the successful bidder. If the contract is mailed, special handling is rec- ommended. 30-07 APPROVAL OF CONTRACT. Upon receipt of the contract and contract bond or bonds that have been executed by the successful bidder, the owner shall complete .the execution of the contract in accordance with local laws or ordinances, and return the fully executed contract to the contractor. Delivery of the fully executed contract to the contractor shall constitute the owner's approval to be bound by the successful bidder's proposal and the terms of the contract. 30-08 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT. Failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract and furnish an acceptable surety bond or bonds within the 15 calendar day period specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section shall be just cause for cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the proposal guaranty, not as a penalty, but as liquidation of damages to the owner. Page 11 C AlEO .maox. •wrnnu.. • SECTION 40 SCOPE OF WORK 40-01 INTENT OF CONTRACT. The intent of the contract is to provide for con- struction and completion, in every detail, of the work described. It is further intended that the contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and supplies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and terms of the contract. 40-02 ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES. The owner reserves and shall have the right o make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or desirable to complete the work originally intended in an acceptable manner. Unless otherwise specified herein, the engineer shall be and is hereby authorized to make such alterations in the work as may increase or decrease the originally awarded contract quantities, provided that the aggregate of such alterations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost of any major contract item by more than 25 percent (total cost being based on the unit prices and estimated quantities in the awarded contract). Alterations which do not exceed the 25 percent limitation shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the contractor agrees to accept payment for such alterations as if the altered work had been a part of the original contract. These alterations which are for work within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by "Change Orders" issued by the engineer. Change orders for altered work shall include extensions of contract time where, in the engineer's opinion, such extensions are commen- surate with the amount and difficulty of added work. Should the aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25 percent limitation here- inbefore specified, such excess altered work shall be covered by supplemental agreement. If the owner and the contractor are unable to agree on a unit adjust- ment for any contract item that requires a supplemental agreement, the owner reserves the right to terminate the contract with respect to the item and make other arrangements for its completion. The contractor is hereby advised that all supplemental agreements shall be approved by the FAA and shall include valid wage determinations of the U.S. Secretary of Labor when the amount of the supplemental agreement exceeds $2,000. However, if the contractor elects to waive the limitations on work that increases or decreases the originally awarded contract or any major con- tract item by more than 25 percent, the supplemental agreement shall be subject to the same U.S. Secretary of Labor wage determination as was included in the originally awarded contract. All supplemental agreements shall require consent of the contractor's surety and separate performance and payment bonds. Page 12 •I •I •I •I •1 •1 •I •I •I � M"� 4FiaSATED •I I• I• I• I. I• I• 40-03 OMMITTED ITEMS. The engineer may, in the owner's best interest, omit from the work any contract item, except major contract items. Major contract items may be omitted by a supplemental agreement. Such omission of contract items shall not invalidate any other contract provision or requirement. Should a contract item be omitted or otherwise ordered to be nonperformed, the contractor shall be paid for all work performed toward completion of such item prior to the date of the order to omit such item. Payment for work performed shall be in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS of Section 90. 40-04 EXTRA WORK. Should acceptable completion of the contract require the contractor to perform an item of work for which no basis of payment has been provided in the original contract or previously issued change orders or sup- plemental agreements, the same shall be called Extra Work. Extra work that is within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by written change order. Change orders for such extra work shall contain agreed unit prices for performing the change order work in accordance with the requirements specified in the order, and shall contain any adjustment to the contract time that, in the engineer's opinion, is necessary for completion of such extra work. When determined by the engineer to be in the owner's best interest, he may order the contractor to proceed with extra work by force account as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. Extra work that is necessary fort acceptable completion of the project, but is not within the general scope of the work covered by the original contract shall be covered by a Supplemental Agreement as hereinbefore defined in the subsection titled SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT of Section 10. Any claim for payment of extra work that is not covered by written agreement (change order or supplemental agreement) shall be rejected by the owner. 40-05 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. It is the explicit intention of the contract at the safety of aircraft, as well as the contractor's equipment and per- sonnel, is the most important consideration. It is understood and agreed that the contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of -aircraft in the air operations areas of the airport with respect to his own operations and the operations of all his subcontractors as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80. It is further understood and agreed that the contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, and upon the airport as specified in the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70. With respect to his own operations and the operations of all his subcontractors, the contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of Page 13 I• Ka 4 ATED unu.m ur mmut • identifying: personnel; equipment; vehicles; storage areas; and any work area or condition that may be hazardous to the operation of aircraft, fire - rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the airport. When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an exist- ing road, street, or highway during the contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, and specifications, the con- tractor shall keep such road, street, or highway open to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to accommodate traffic. The con- tractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, flagmen, and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office), unless otherwise specified herein. The contractor shall also construct and maintain in a safe condition any temporary connections necessary for ingress to and egress from abutting property or intersecting roads, streets or highways. Unless otherwise specified herein, the contractor will not be required to furnish snow removal for such existing road, street or highway. The contractor shall make his own estimate of all labor, materials, equip- ment, and incidentals necessary for providing the maintenance of aircraft and vehicular traffic as specified in this subsection. The cost of maintaining the aircraft and vehicular traffic specified in this subsection shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. 40-06 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES. All existing structures encountered with- in the established 'lines, grades, or grading sections shall be removed by the contractor, unless such existing structures are otherwise specified to be re- located, adjusted up or down, salvaged, abandoned in place, reused in the work or to remain in place. The cost of removing such existing structures shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. Should the contractor encounter an existing structure (above or below ground) in the work for which the disposition is not indicated on the plans, the engineer shall be notified prior to disturbing such structure. The disposi- tion of existing structures so encountered shall be immediately determined by the engineer in accordance with the provisions of the contract. Except as provided in the subsection titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK of this section, it is intended that all existing materials or structures that may be encountered (within the lines, grades, or grading sections established for completion of the work) shall be utilized in the work as otherwise provided for in the contract and shall remain the property of the owner when so utilized .in the work. Page 14 • • • • • • • • • .JbRATED • C 0 C C 0 • • • • 40-07 RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND+IN.TRE WORK. Should the contractor encounter any material such as (but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, slag, or concrete slabs within the established lines, grades, or grading sections, the use of which is intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste, he may at his option either: (a) Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is approved by the engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications applicable to such use; or, (b) Remove such material from the site, upon written approval of the engineer; or, (c) Use such material for his own temporary construction on site; or, (d) Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract. Should the contractor wish to exercise option (a), (b), or (c), he shall request the engineer's approval in advance of such use. Should the engineer approve the contractor's request to exercise option (a), (b), or (c), the contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of such material at the applicable contract price. The contractor shall replace, at his own expense, such removed or excavated material with an agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use in constructing embankment, backfills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement material is needed to complete the contract work. The contractor shall not be charged for his use of such material so used in the work or removed from the site. Should the engineer approve the contractor's exercise of option (a), the con- tractor shall be paid, at the applicable contract price, for furnishing and installing such material in accordance with requirements of the contract item in which the material is used. It is understood and agreed that the contractor shall make no claim for delays by reason of his exercise of option (a), (b), or (c). The contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part of a structure which is located outside the lines, grades, or grading sections established for the work, except where such excavation or removal is provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. 40-09 FINAL CLEANING UP. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and ina payment will a made, the contractor shall remove from the site all machinery, equipment, surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, temporary structures, and stumps or portions of trees. He shall cut all brush and woods within the limits indicated and shall leave the site in a neat and presentable condition. Material cleared from the site and deposited on adjacent property will not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily, unless the contractor has obtained the written permission of such property owner. Page 15 • ® CO V.PAIE0 ..n,,.x. ...,n.,,.., •I SECTION 50 CONTROL OF WORK 50-01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. The engineer shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work. He shall decide all questions which may arise as to the interpretation of the specifications or plans relating to the work, the fulfillment of the contract on the part of the contractor, and the rights of different contractors on the project. The engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the several kinds of work performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for under the contract. 50-02 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. All work and all materials furnished shall be in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, grading sections, cross sections, dimensions, material requirements, and testing require- ments that are specified (including specified tolerances) in the contract, plans, or specifications. If the engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product not within reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifica- tions but that the portion of the work affected will, in his opinion, result in a finished product having a level of safety, economy, durability, and work- manship acceptable to the owner, he will advise the owner of his determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the engineer will document his determination and recommend to the owner a basis of acceptance which will provide for an adjustment in the contract price for the affected portion of the work. The engineer's determination and recommended contract price adjustments will be based on good engineering judgment and such tests or retests of the affected work as are, in his opinion, needed. Changes in the contract price shall be covered by contract modifications (change order or supplemental agreement) as applicable. If the engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not in reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications and have resulted in an unacceptable finished product, the affected work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise corrected by and at the expense of the contractor in accordance with the engineer's written orders. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" shall not be construed as waiving the contractor's responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the engineer's right to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications during the contractor's Page 16 7 •I •I •I •1 •1 •1 •1 EEo nu ua. HrinFmLLl •I I• C I. I• 1• 1• 1• Is prosecution of the work, when,)n,the engineerHs.:Oipinion, such compliance is essential to provide an acceptable finished portion of the work. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" is also intended to provide the engineer with the authority to use good engineering judgment in his determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity but will provide a finished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the contract, plans and specifications. 50-03 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT, PLANS, AND SPECIFICATIONS. The contract, plans, specifications, nd all referenced standards cited are essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. In case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; contract technical specifications shall govern over contract general provisions, plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisorycirculars; contract general provisions shall govern over plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or testing and cited FAA advisory circulars. The contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission on the plans or specifications. In the event the contractor discovers any ap- parent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call upon the engineer for his interpretation and decision, and such decision shall be final. 50-04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR. The contractor will be supplied with two copies each of the plans and specifications. He shall have available on the work at all times one copy each of the plans and specifications. Additional copies of plans and specifications may be obtained by the contractor for the cost of reproduction. The contractor shall give constant attention to the work to facilitate the progress thereof, and he shall cooperate with the engineer and his inspectors and with other contractors in every way possible. The engineer shall allocate the work and designate the sequence of construction in case of controversy between contractors. The contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his agent on the work. The superintendent shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the engineer or his authorized representative. 50-05 COOPERATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS. The owner reserves the right to contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work covered by this contract. When separate contracts are let within the limits of any one project, each con- tractor shall conduct his work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress Page 17 IYL� C ATED AT ED flu aoc& U •N of completion of the work being performed by other contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. Each contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with his contract and shall protect and save harmless the owner from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of inconvenience, delays, or loss experienced by him because of the presence and operations of other contractors working within the limits of the same project. The contractor shall arrange his work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other contractors within the limits of the same project. He shall join his work with that of the others in an acceptable manner and shall perform it in proper se- quence to that of the others. 50-06 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. Unless otherwise provided for in this subsection, the engineer shall furnish the contractor with all lines, grades, and measurements necessary to the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted for under these specifications. The contractor shall satisfy him- self as to the accuracy of all measurements before constructing any permanent structure and shall not take advantage of any errors which may have been made in laying out the work. Such stakes and markings as the engineer may set for either his own or the contractor's guidance shall be scrupulously preserved by the contractor. In case of negligence on the part of the contractor, or his employees, resulting in the destruction of such stakes or markings, an amount equal to the cost of replacing the same may be deducted from subsequent estimates due the contractor at the discretion of the engineer. 50-07 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT. Whenever batching or mixing plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract and a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs, the equipment may be operated manually or by other methods for a period of 48 hours following the breakdown or malfunction, provided this method of operations will produce results which conform to all other requirements of the contract. 50-08 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS. Inspectors employed by the owner shall be authorized to inspect all work one and all material furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, or waive any provision of the contract. Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the plans and specifica- tions or to act as foreman for the contractor. Inspectors employed by the owner are authorized to notify the contractor or his representative of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the re- quirements of the contract, plans, or specifications and to reject such non- conforming materials in question until such issues can be referred to the engineer for his decision. Page 18 •1 •1 •1 •1 •1 •1 C7 •I ATED v rLF .q. grin FrnJ II I• I• I* I• I• 50-09 INSPECTION OF THEWORK part or detail• of the work shall be subject to inspection by the engineer. The engineer shall be allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the Contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed inspection. If the engineer requests it, the contractor, at any time before acceptance of the work, shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the re- placing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work; but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be at the contractor's expense. Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by an authorized representative of the owner may be ordered removed and replaced at the contractor's expense unless the owner's representative failed to inspect after having been given reasonable notice in writing that the work was to be performed. Should the contract work include relocation, adjustment, or any other modifica- tion to existing facilities, not the property of the (contract) owner, authoriz- ed representatives of the owners of such facilities shall have the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in no sense make any facility owner a party to the contract, and shall in no way interfere with the rights of the parties to this contract. 50-10 REMOVAL OF UNACCEPTABLE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK. All work which does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by the engineer as provided in the subsection titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS of this section. Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the work, shall be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptable manner in accordance with the provisions of the sub- section titled Contractor's Responsibility for Work of Section 70. No work shall be done without lines and grades having been given by the engineer. Work done contrary to the instructions of the engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as given, except as herein specified, or any extra work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of the contract. Work so done may be ordered removed or replaced at the contractor's expense. Page 19 I. WE ORATED uvt( .00, t.RO(nul •I Upon failure on the part of the contractor to comply forthwith with any order of the engineer made under the provisions of this subsection, the engineer will have authority to cause unacceptable work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed and to deduct the costs (incurred by the owner) from any monies due or to become due the contractor. 50-11 LOAD RESTRICTIONS. The contractor shall comply with all legal load re- strictions in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not relieve the contractor of liability for damage which may result from the moving of material or equipment. The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to structures or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base course or surface course under construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be permitted on a concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of the curing period. The contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his hauling equipment and shall correct such damage at his own expense. 50-12 MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION. The contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted. This maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. In the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously constructed, the contractor shall maintain the previous course or sub - grade during all construction operations. All costs of maintenance work during construction and before the project is ac- cepted shall be included in the unit prices bid on the various contract items, and the contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. 50-13 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE WORK. Should the contractor at any time fail to maintain the work as provided in the subsection titled MAINTENANCE DURING CON- STRUCTION of this section, the engineer shall immediately notify the contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. The time specified will give due consideration to the exigency that exists. Should the contractor fail to respond to the engineer's notification, the en- gineer may suspend any work necessary for the owner to correct such unsatisfac- tory maintenance condition, depending on the exigency that exists. Any main- tenance cost incurred by the owner, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the contractor. Page 20 •I •I •I •I •1 •1 •1 •1 •1 ?k LtIAr RATED .J.J .Ol. ....•,IY..., El 0 • 6 0 • • 0 • 50-14 PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE. If;tat:any time duriiig the prosecution of the project the contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of the work, the occupancy of which will benefit the owner, he may request the engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the engineer finds upon inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the contract, he may accept it as being completed, and the contractor may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the owner shall not void or alter any provision of the contract. 50-15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE. Upon due notice from the contractor of presumptive completion of the entire project, the engineer and owner will make an inspec- tion. If all construction provided for and contemplated by the contract is found to be completed in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifica- tions, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The engineer shall notify the contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. If, however, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the engineer will give the contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same, and the contractor shall immediately comply with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the work, another inspection will be made which shall constitute the final inspection, provided the work has been satisfactorily completed. In such event, the engineer will make the final acceptance and notify the contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection. 50-16 CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES. If for any reason the contractor deems that additional compensation is due him for. work or materials not clearly provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications or previously authorized as extra work, he shall notify the engineer in writing of his intention to claim such additional compensation before he begins the work on which he bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the engineer is not afforded proper opportunity by the contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as re- quired, then the contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the contractor and the fact that the engineer has kept account of the cost of the work shall not in any way be construed as prov- ing or substantiating the validity of the claim. When the work on which the claim for additional compensation is based has been completed, the contractor shall, within 10 calendar days, submit his written claim to the engineer who will present it to the owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the contractor's right to dispute final payment based on differences in measurements or computa- tions. Page 21 LPL®1 �N LO PiiTED unJ .Ch 4pn Nryt •I SECTION 60 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 60-01 SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. The materials used on the work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifica- tions. Unless otherwise specified, such materials that are manufactured or processed shall be new (as compared to used or reprocessed). In order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the contractor shall furnish complete statements to the engineer as to the origin, composi- tion, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the work. Such state- ments shall be furnished promptly after execution of the contract but, in all cases, prior to delivery of such materials. At the engineer's option, materials may be approved at the source of supply before delivery is started. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously approved materials do not produce specified products, the contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. The contractor shall furnish airport lighting equipment that conforms to the requirements of cited materials specifications. In addition, where an FAA specification for airport lighting equipment is cited in the plans or specifications, the contractor shall furnish such equipment that is: (a) Listed in the FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment, that is in effect on the date of advertisement; and, (b) Produced by the manufacturer qualified (by FAA) to produce such specified and listed equipment. The following airport lighting equipment is required for this contract and is to be furnished by the contractor in accordance with the requirements of this subsection: EFFECTIVE FAA AC OR APPROVAL LETTER FOR EQUIPMENT NAME CITED FAA SPECIFICATION EQUIPMENT AND MANUFACTURER Underground Electrical Cable L-824 AC 150/5345-7C Taxiway Lights L -861T AC 150/5345-48 Taxiway Guidance Signs L-858 AC 150/5345-446 Constant Current Regulator L-828 AC 150/5345-10D Insulating Transformers L-830 AC 150/5345-47 Cable Connectors L-823 AC 150/5345-26A Control Panels L-821 AC 150/5345-3C Page 22 •I •1 •1 •I •1 •I •I KE W AEEo I'9L I y4 .. nEne Q!L 60-02 SAMPLES, TESTS, AND CITED,SPECIFICAThONS:l-.Fill materials used in the work shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the engineer before incor- poration in the work. Any work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the engineer shall be performed at the contractor's risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the engineer, shall be removed at con- tractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, tests in accordance with the cited standard methods of AASHTO or ASTM which are current on the date of advertisement for bids will be made by and at the expense of the owner. Samples will be taken by a qualified representative of the owner. All materials being used are subject to inspection., test, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the work. Copies of all tests will be furnished to the contractor's representative at his request. I. I• I• I• I• 1• 60-03 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. The engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling and testing, of certain materials or assemblies when accompanied by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or assemblies fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certifi- cate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or assemblies delivered to the work must be accompanied by a certificate of compliance in which the lot is clearly identified. Materials or assemblies used on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and if found not to be in conformity with con- tract requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved by the engineer. When a material or assembly is specified by "brand name or equal" and the con- tractor elects to furnish the specified "brand name," the contractor shall be required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance.for each lot .of such material or assembly delivered to the work. Such certificate of com- pliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as to: (a) Conformance to the specified performance, testing, quality or dimensional requirements; and, (b) Suitability of the material or assembly for the use intended in the contract work. Should the contractor propose to furnish an "or equal" material or assembly, he shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as hereinbefore described for the specified brand name material or assembly. However, the engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the proposed "or equal" is suitable for use in the work. Page 23 0Z TED urt.noc. nrevmut •1 The engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or assemblies on the basis of certificates of compliance. 60-04 PLANT INSPECTION. The engineer or his authorized representative may inspect, at its source, any specified material or assembly to be used in the work. Manufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for the pur- pose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or mat- erials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for his acceptance of the material or assembly. Should the engineer conduct plant inspections, the following conditions shall exist: (a) The engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the contractor and the producer with whom he has contracted for materials. (b) The engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant that concern the manufacture or production of the materials being furnished. (c) If required by the engineer, the contractor shall arrange for adequate office or working space that may be reasonably needed for con- ducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. It is understood and agreed that the owner shall have the right to retest any material which has been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. The engineer shall have the right to reject only material which, when retested, does not meet the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications. 60-05 ENGINEER'S FIELD OFFICE AND LABORATORY. When specified and provided for as a contract item, the contractor shall furnish a building for the ex- clusive use of the engineer as a field office and field testing laboratory. The building shall be furnished and maintained by the contractor as specified herein and shall become property of the contractor when the contract work is completed. 60-06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. The contractor shall coordinate the storage of all ma- terials with the engineer. Materials to be stored on airport property shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the storage of materials and the location of the contractor's plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the engineer. Page 24 •1 •1 •I •1 •I 7 •1 •1 1EEo oI I• �•, 1• 1• I• Private property shall not be used for mission of the owner or lessedHofasuch all arrangements and bear all expenses property. Upon request, the contracto the property owner's permission. storage purposes without written per- propertythe contractor shall make for the storage of materials on private r shall furnish the engineer a copy of All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their original condition by the contractor at his entire expense, except as other- wise agreed to (in writing) by the owner or lessee of the property. 60-07 UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. Any material or assembly that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications shall be con- sidered unacceptable and shall be rejected. The contractor shall remove any rejected material or assembly from the site of the work, unless otherwise instructed by the engineer. No rejected material or assembly, the defects of which have been corrected by the contractor, shall not be returned to the site of the work until such time as the engineer has approved its use in the work. 60-08 OWNER -FURNISHED MATERIALS. The contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except those specified herein (if any) to be furnished by the owner. Owner -furnished materials shall be made available to the contractor at the location specified herein. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the site of work, storage, and installing owner -furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such owner -furnished material is used. After any owner -furnished material has been delivered to the location spec- ified, the contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies which may occur during the contractor's handling, storage, or use of such owner -furnished material. The owner will deduct from any monies due or to become due the contractor any cost incurred by the owner in making good such loss due to the contractor's handling, storage, or use of owner -furnished materials. Page 25 I• L��i FW HATED unl[ .x. t.q CEuItLE • SECTION 70 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 70-01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The contractor shall keep fully informed of all Federal and tate laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work, or which in any way affect the conduct of the work. He shall at all times observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, and decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the owner and all his officers, agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by himself or his employees. 70-02 PERMITS, LICENSES, AND TAXES. The contractor shall procure all permits and icenses, pay all charges, fees, and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. 70-03 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS, AND PROCESSES. If the contractor is re- quired or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letters of patent or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner. The contractor and the surety shall indemnify and save harmless the owner, any third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device, material or process, or any trademark or copyright, and shall indemnify the owner for any costs, expenses, and damages which it may be obliged to pay by reason of an infringement, at any time during the prosecution or after the completion of the work. 70-04 RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS. The owner reserves the right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAH) facility, or a utility service of another government agency at any time during the progress of the work. To the extent that such construction, re- construction or maintenance has been coordinated with the owner, such authorized work (by others) is indicated as follows: Owner (Utility or Other Facility) Airport Medium Intensity Runway Lighting System Lighted Wind Cone Location See Plan Sheet No. Person to Contact (Name, Title, Address and Phone) Mr. Dale Fredrick, Airport Operations Manager, Fay. Municipal Airport 501-521-4750 Page 26 • • • • • • • • • MUTED un..ax. ..rpT.4LE 7 I. I. '. I. I. Owner (Utility or Other Facility) Airport VASI System Airport MALS System Wind Instrument Tower and Ceilometer Arkansas Western Gas Lines Location (See Plan Sheet No.) Person to Contact (Name, Title, Address and Phone) Mr. Jim Peevy, FAA Maint. Sector Fayetteville, Arkansas 501-442-5221 Mr. James Walker, Arkansas Western Gas Company, Fayetteville, Arkansas 501-521-5400 Except as listed above, the contractor shall not permit any individual, or facilities located within the limits of the work without the written permission of the engineer. Should the owner of public or private utility service, FAA, or NOAA facility, or a utility service of another government agency be authorized to construct, reconstruct, or maintain such utility service or facility during the progress of the work, the contractor shall cooperate with such owners by arranging and performing the work in this contract so as to facilitate such construction, reconstruction or maintenance by others whether or not such work by others is listed above. When ordered as extra work by the engineer, the contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, or specifica- tions. It is understood and agreed that the contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from such authorized work. 70-05 FEDERAL AID PARTICIPATION. For ADAP contracts, the United States Govern- ment has agreed to reimburse the owner for some portion of the contract costs. Such reimbursement is made from time to time upon the owner's (sponsor's) re- quest to the FAA. In consideration of the United States Government's (FAA's) agreement with the owner, the owner has included provisions in this contract pursuant to the requirements of the Airport and Airway Development Act of 1970 (84 stat. 219), as amended, and the Rules and Regulations of the Federal Avia- tion Administration that pertain to the work. As required by the Act, the contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly authorized representatives of the Administrator, Federal Aviation Admin- istration and is further subject to those provisions of the rules and regulations that are cited in the contract, plans, or specifications. Page 27 I. LPL!® ICE E�E�E�✓E�'RATED amux, uyc"flUI I�L No requirement of the Act, the rules and regulations implementing the Act, or this contract shall be construed as making the Federal Government a party to the contract nor will any such requirement interfere, in any way, with the rights of either party to the contract. 70-06 SANITARY, HEALTH, AND SAFETY PROVISIONS. The contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary condition such accommodations for the use of his employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the State and local Board of Health, or of other bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction. Attention is directed to Federal, State, and local laws, rules and regulations concerning construction safety and health standards. The contractor shall not require any worker to work in surroundings or under conditions which are un- sanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety. 70-07 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. The contractor shall control his opera- tions and those of is subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. The contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to his own operations and those of his sub- contractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection titled MAIN- TENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinbefore specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and safety of the traveling public as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 hereinafter. 70-08 BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS. The contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards necessary to protect the public and the work. When used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning signs and hazard markings shall be suitably illuminated. For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office) When the work requires closing an air operations area of the airport or portion of such area, the contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of FAA Ad- visory Circular 150/5340 -ID, Marking of Paved Areas on Airports. The contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and his parked construction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of emergency fire -rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable conformance to FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2A, Safety on Airports During Construction Activity. Page 28 •N •1 •1 •I 7 •I •I •1 •I Lt►L�a REED •1 I• I. I. I• I• I•: 1• 1• The Contractor shall identify!iachi+,motorized ti ii: '1`e or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2A. The Contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades, warning signs, and mark- ings for hazards prior to commencing work which requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their dismantling is directed by the engineer. Open -flame type lights shall not be permitted within the air operations areas of the airport: 70-09 USE OF EXPLOSIVES. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the contractor shall exercise the utmost care not to endanger life or property, including new work. The contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosives. All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all laws and ordinances, and all such storage places shall be clearly marked. Where. no local laws or ordinances apply, storage shall be provided satisfactory to the engineer and, in general, not closer than 1,000 feet from the work or from any building, road, or other place of human occupancy. The contractor shall notify each property owner and public utility company having structures or facilities in proximity to the site of the work of his intention to use explosives. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to en- able them to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. }. The use of electrical blasting caps shall not be permitted on or within 1,000 feet of the airport property. 70-10 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY AND LANDSCAPE. The contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land monuments and property marks until the engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move them until directed. The contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character, during the prosecution of the work, resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in his manner or method of executing the work, or at any time due to defective work or materials, and said responsibility will not be released until the project shall have been completed and accepted. When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the nonexecution thereof by the contractor, he shall restore, at his own expense, such property to a Page 29 I• ® W`EED „n,,.oc. ,...n, ,_f •1 condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, rebuilding, or otherwise restoring as may be directed, or he shall make good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner. 70-11 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS. The contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the engineer and the owner and their officers, and employees from all suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage received or sustained by any person, persons, or property on account of the operations of the contractor; or on account of or in consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or because of any act or omission, neglect, or mis- conduct of said contractor; or because of any claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or copyright; or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the "Workmen's Compensation Act," or any other law, ordinance, order, or decree. Money due the contractor under and by virtue of his contract as may be considered necessary by the owner for such purpose may be retained for the use of the owner or, in case no money is due, his surety may be held until such suit or suits, action or actions, claim or claims for injuries or damages as aforesaid shall have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the owner, except that money due the con- tractor will not be withheld when the contractor produces satisfactory evidence that he is adequately protected by public liability and property damage insurance. 70-12 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY CLAUSE, It is specifically agreed between the parties executing the contract that it is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the contract to create the public or any member thereof a third party beneficiary or to authorize anyone not a party to the contract to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms or provision of the contract. 70-13 OPENING SECTIONS OF THE WORK TO TRAFFIC. Should it be necessary for the contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial occu- pancy of the owner prior to completion of the entire contract, such "phasing" of the work shall be specified herein and indicated on the plans. When so specified, the contractor shall complete such portions of the work on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. The contractor shall make his own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging his work to permit such beneficial occupancy by the owner as described below: Phase or Required Date or Sequence Work Shown Description of Owner's Beneficial Occupancy on Plan Sheet Page 30 •I •1 •1 •I •I •I •I :] bRATED •I I• I• I• I• I• I• I• li I• Upon completion of any portionuof.th&'work�.1lis"teii&,4bove, such portion shall be accepted by the owner in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. No portion of the work may be opened by the contractor for public use until ordered by the engineer in writing. Should it become necessary to open a portion of the work to public traffic on a temporary or intermittent.basis, such openings shall be made when, in the opinion of the engineer, such portion of the work is in an acceptable condition to support the intended traffic. Temporary or intermittent openings are considered to be inherent in the work and shall not constitute either acceptance of the portion of the work so opened or a waiver of any provision of the contract. Any damage to the portion of the work so opened that is not attributable to traffic which is permitted by the owner shall be repaired by the contractor at his expense. The contractor shall make his own estimate of the inherent difficulties involved in completing the work under the conditions herein described and shall not claim any added compensation by reason of delay or increased cost due to opening a portion of the contract work. 70-14 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK. Until the engineer's final written acceptance of the entire completed work, excepting only those portions of the work accepted in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the nonexecution of the work. The contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except damage to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the contractor, including but not restricted to acts of God such as earthquake, tidal wave, tornado, hurricane or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of governmental authorities. If the work is suspended for any cause whatever, the contractor shall be res- ponsible for the work and shall take such precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work. The contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or other facilities at his expense. During such period, of suspension of work, the contractor shall prop- erly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing condition all living material in newly established plantings, seedings, and soddings furnished under his contract, and shall take adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against injury. Page 31 I• ®[0RATED 1mY .ut. •A ETTE1tLI •I 'S RESPONSIBI TY SERVICE AND FACI As provided in the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section, the contractor shall cooperate with the owner of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), or a utility service of another government agency that may be authorized by the owner to construct, reconstruct or maintain such utility services or facilities during the progress of the work. In addition, the contractor shall control his operations to prevent the unscheduled interruption of such utility services and facilities. To the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA, or NOAA facilities, or utility services of another governmental agency are known to exist within the limits of the contract work, the approximate locations have been indicated on the plans and the owners are indicated as follows: Utility Service or Facility Arkansas Western Gas Company Person to Contact (Name, Title, Address & Phone) Mr. James Walker Arkansas Western Gas Company Fayetteville, Arkansas Owner's Emergency Contact (Phone) 521-5400 521-5472 It is understood and agreed that the owner does not guarantee the accuracy or the completeness of the location information relating to existing utility services, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the plans or encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve the con- tractor of his responsibility to protect such existing features from damage or unscheduled interruption of service. It is further understood and agreed that the contractor shall, upon execution of the contract, notify the owners of all utility services or other facilities of his plan of operations. Such notification shall be in writing addressed to THE PERSON TO CONTACT as provided hereinbefore in this subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section. A copy of each notification shall be given to the engineer. In addition to the general written notification hereinbefore provided, it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to keep such individual owners advised of changes in his plan of operations that would affect such owners. Prior to commencing the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility service or facility, the contractor shall again notify each such owner of his plan of operation. If, in the contractor's opinion, the owner's assistance is needed to locate the utility service or facility or the presence of a represen- tative of the owner is desirable to observe the work, such advise should be included in the notification. Such notification shall be given by the Page 32 •1 •1 •I •I •I •I •I •1 •I ?1 8 ArEc •1 S • • • 0 most expeditious means to reaifNfie'Gtility owners PERSON .10 CONTACT no later than two normal business days prior to the contractor's commencement of operations in such general vicinity. The contractor shall furnish a written summary of the notification to the engineer. The contractor's failure to give the two day's notice hereinabove provided shall be cause for the engineer to suspend the contractor's operations in the general vicinity of a utility service or facility. Where the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked on the ground, the contractor shall be required to use excavation methods acceptable to the engineer within 3 feet of such outside limits at such points as may be required to insure protection from damage due to the contractor's operations. Should the contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service or facility by accident or otherwise, he shall immediately notify the proper authority and the engineer and. shall take all reasonable measures to prevent further damage or interruption of service. The contractor, in such events, shall cooperate with the utility service or facility owner and the engineer con- tinuously until such damage has been repaired and service restored to the satisfaction of the utility or facility owner.. The contractor shall bear all costs of damage and restoration of service to any utility service or facility due to his operations whether or not due to negli- gence or accident. The contract owner reserves the right to deduct such costs from any monies due or which may become due the contractor, or his surety. 70-16 FURNISHING RIGHTS -OF -WAY. The owner will be responsible for furnishing all rights -of -way upon Which the work is to be constructed in advance of the contractor's operations. 70-17 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS. In carrying out any of the contract provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted to him by this contract, there shall be no liability upon the engineer, his authoriz- ed representatives, or any official of the owner either personally or as an official of the owner. It is understood that in such matters they act solely • as agents and representatives of the owner. • 70-18 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS. Upon completion of the work, the owner will expeditiously make final inspection and notify the contractor of final ac- ceptance. Such final acceptance, however, shall not preclude or estop the owner from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before or after completion of the work, nor shall the owner be precluded or estopped from recovering from the contractor or his surety, or both, such overpayment as may be sustained, or by failure on the part of the contractor to fulfill his ob- ligations under the contract. •A waiver on the part of the owner of any breach of any part of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. Page 33 • ® CO RATED ufll .S• (bETIEWLLI II The contractor, without prejudice to the terms of the contract, shall be liable I • I to the owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud, or as regards the owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. 70-19 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. The contractor shall comply with all Federal, State, and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. He shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from particulate and gaseous matter. 70-20 ARCHEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL FINDINGS. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the contractor is advised that the site of the work is not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building, structure, or object listed in the current National Register of Historic Places published by the United States Department of Interior. Should the contractor encounter, during his operations, any building, part of a building, structure, or object which is incongruous with its surroundings, he shall immediately cease operations in that location and notify the engineer. The engineer will immediately investigate the contractor's finding and will direct the contractor to either resume his operations or to suspend operations as directed. Should the engineer order suspension of the contractor's operations in order to protect an archeological or historical finding, or order the contractor to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract mofifica- tion (change order or supplemental agreement) as provided in the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40 and the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. If appropriate, the contract modification shall include an extension of contract time in accordance with the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of Section 80. •I [7 •I Page 34 S • • 0 • • • 'SECTION 80 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 80-01 SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT. The owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The contractor shall at all times when work is in progress be represented either in person, by a qualified superintendent, or by other designated, qualified representative who is duly authorized to receive and execute orders of. the engineer. Should the contractor elect to assign his contract, said assignment shall be concurred in by the surety, shall be presented for the consideration and ap- proval of the owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval of the owner. In case of approval, the contractor shall file copies of all sub- contracts with the engineer. 80-02 NOTICE TO PROCEED. The notice to proceed shall state the date on which it is expected the contractor will begin the construction and from which date contract time will be charged. The contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract within 10 days of the date set by the engineer in the written notice to proceed, but in any event, the contractor shall notify the engineer at least 24 hours in advance of the time actual con- struction operations will begin. 80-03 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS. Unless otherwise specified, the contractor shall submit his progress schedule for the engineer's approval within 10 days after the effective date of the notice to proceed. The contractor's progress schedule, when approved by the engineer, may be used to establish major con- struction operations and to check on the progress of the work. The contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to guarantee the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications within the time set forth in the proposal. If the contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule, the con- tractor shall, upon the engineer's request, submit a revised schedule for com- pletion of the work within the contract time and modify his operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, and labor necessary to meet the revised schedule. Should the prosecution of the work be discontinued for any reason, the contractor shall notify the engineer at least 24 hours in advance of re- suming operations. For ADAP contracts, the contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the notice to proceed is issued by the owner. Page 35 • ?�aNRATED una .CC. i...T1v6.{ •1 80-04 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS. The contractor shall control his operations and the operations of his subcontractors and all suppliers so as to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AIR OPERATIONS AREAS of the airport. When the work requires the contractor to conduct his operations within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with airport management (through the engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The contractor shall not close an AIR OPERATIONS AREA until so authorized by the engineer and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection titled BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70. When the contract work requires the contractor to work within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport on an intermittent basis (intermittent opening and closing of the AIR OPERATIONS AREA), the contractor shall maintain constant communica- tions as hereinafter specified; immediately obey all instructions to vacate the AIR OPERATIONS AREA; immediately obey all instructions to resume work in such AIR OPERATIONS AREA. Failure to maintain the specified communications or to obey instructions shall be cause for suspension of the contractor's operations in the AIR OPERATIONS AREA until the satisfactory conditions are provided. The following AIR OPERATIONS AREA (AOA) cannot be closed to operating aircraft to permit the contractor's operations on a continuous basis and will therefore be closed to aircraft operations intermittently as follows: TIME PERIODS AOA TYPE OF COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL AOA CAN BE CLOSED REQUIRED WHEN WORKING IN AOA AUTHORITY Runway, AOA can be closed Moniter Frequency 121.8 Airport Main Taxiway on an intermittent Control and Terminal basis when aircraft Tower Apron traffic is not nec- essary. See Section The contractor shall not commence new work that would be prejudicial to work already started. 80-05 CHARACTER OF WORKERS, METHODS, AND EQUIPMENT. The contractor shall, at all times, employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work to full completion in the manner and time required by the contract, plans, and specifications. All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform the work satisfactorily. Page 36 •I •1 •I •1 •I •1 •1 •1 A1EC I0 I• I• I. I• [7 I• Any person employed by thecontractor or,M.by�zny subcontractor who, in the opinion of the engineer, does not perform his work`in a proper and skillful manner or is intemperate or disorderly shall, at the written request of the engineer, be removed forthwith by the contractor or subcontractor employing such person, and shall not be employed again in any portion of the work without the approval of the engineer. Should the contractor fail to remove such person or persons or fail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper prosecution of the work, the engineer may suspend the work by written notice until compliance with such orders. All equipment which is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to meet requirements of the work and to pro- duce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result from its use. When the methods and equipment to be used by the contractor in accomplishing the work are not prescribed in the contract, the contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the work in conformity with the re- quirements of the contract., plans, and specifications. When the contract specifies the use of certain methods and equipment, such methods and equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the en- gineer. If the contractor desires to use a method or type of equipment other than specified in the contract, he may request authority, from the engineer to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include a full descrip- tion of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it will be on the condition that the contractor will be fully responsible for producing work in conformity with contract requirements. If, after trial use of the substituted methods or equipment, the engineer determines that the work produced does not meet con- tract requirements, the contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete the remaining work with the specified methods and equipment. The contractor shall remove any deficient work and replace it with work of specified quality, or take such other corrective action as the engineer may direct. No change will be made in basis of payment for the contract items involved nor in contract time as a result of authorizing a change in methods or equipment under this subsection. 80-06 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. The engineer shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as he may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for •the prosecution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure on the part of the contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the contract. In the event that the contractor is ordered by the engineer, in writing, to suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the contract Page 37 1• Z 9 AT '."J .00. .CEfEVILL( •I and over which the contractor has no control, the contractor may be reimbursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of shutdown. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the engineer's order to suspend work to the effective date of the engineer's order to resume the work. Claims for such compensation shall be filed with the engineer within the time period stated in the engineer's order to resume work. The contractor shall submit with his claim information substantiating the amount shown on the claim. The engineer will forward the contractor's claim to the owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. No provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the contractor to compensation for delays due to inclement weather, for suspensions made at the request of the contractor, or for any other delay provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruction nor become damaged in any way. He shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed and provide for normal drainage of the work. The contractor shall erect temporary structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the airport. 80-07 DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar or working days allowed for completion of the work shall be stated in the proposal and contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME. Should the contract time require extension for reasons beyond the contractor's control, it shall be adjusted as follows: (a) CONTRACT TIME based on WORKING DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the engineer. The engineer will furnish the contractor a copy of his weekly statement of the number of working days charged against the contract time during the week and the number of working days currently specified for com- pletion of the contract (the original contract time plus the number of working days, if any, that have been included in approved CHANGE ORDERS or SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS covering EXTRA WORK). The engineer shall base his weekly statement of contract time charged on the following considerations: (1) No time shall be charged for days on which the contractor is unable to proceed with the principal item of work under construction at the time for at least 6 hours with the normal work force employed on such principal item. Should the normal work force be on a double -shift, 12 hours shall be used. Should the normal work force be a triple -shift, 18 hours shall apply. Conditions beyond the contractor's control such as strikes, lockouts, unusual delays in transportation, temporary suspension of the principal item of work under construction or temporary suspension of the entire work which have been ordered by the engineer for reasons not the fault of the contractor, shall not be charged against the contract time. Page 38 •1 •I •I •1 •1 •I •1 •1 • W5COH I F D ,,.1J .Ol. • I. I• I• i. I• I* 1• (2) The engineer witl*motimake charges4!gainst the contract time prior to the effective date of the notice to proceed. (3). The engineer will begin charges against the contract time on the first working day after the effective date of the notice to proceed. (4) The engiheer will not make charges against the contract time after the date of final acceptance as defined in the subsection Titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. (5) The contractor will be allowed one week in which to file a written protest setting forth his objections to the engineer's weekly statement. If no objection is filed within such specified time, the weekly statement shall be considered as acceptable to the contractor, The contract time (stated in the proposal) is based on the originally estimated quantities as described in the subsection titled INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES of Section 20. Should the satisfactory completion of the contract require performance of work in greater quantities than those estimated in the proposal, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or the extension of contract time, that has been covered by change order or supplemental agreement and shall be made at the time of final payment. (b) CONTRACT TIME based on?CALENDAR DAYS shall consist of the number of calendar days stated in the contract counting from the effective date of the notice to proceed and including all Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, and non -work days. All calendar days elapsing between the effective dates of the engineer's orders to suspend and resume all work, due to causes not the fault of the con- tractor, shall be excluded. At the time of final payment, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in the contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by a change order or supplemental agreement. Charges against the contract time will cease as of the date of final acceptance. (c) When the contract time is a specified completion date, it shall be the date on which all contract work shall be substantially completed. If the contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his control to complete the work within the contract time as specified, or as extended in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, he may, at any time prior to the expiration of the contract time as extended, make a written request to the engineer for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which he believes Page 39. i. liim IN P FATED .mu %. romnua •1 will justify the granting of his request. The contractor's plea that in- sufficient time was specified is not a valid reason for extension of time. If the engineer finds that the work was delayed because of conditions beyond the control and without the fault of the contractor, he may extend the time for completion in such amount as the conditions justify. The extended time for completion shall then be in full force and effect, the same as though it were the original time for completion. 80-08 FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME. For each calendar day or working day, as specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the contract time (including all extensions and adjustments as provided in the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of this Section) the sum specified in the contract and proposal as liquidated damages will be deducted from any money due or to become due the contractor or his surety. Such de- ducted sums shall not be deducted as a penalty but shall be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages that will be incurred by the owner should the contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided in his contract. Permitting the contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after the date to which the time for completion may have been extended, will in no way operate as a waiver on the part of any of its rights under the contract. 80-09 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The contractor shall be considered in default of his contract and such default will be considered as cause for the owner to terminate the contract for any of the following reasons if the con- tractor: (a) Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified in the "Notice to Proceed," or (b) Fails to perform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers, equipment or materials to assure completion of work in accordance with the terms of the contract, or (c) Performs the work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to perform anew such work as may be rejected as unacceptable and unsuitable, or (d) Discontinues the prosecution of the work, or (e) Fails to resume work which has been discontinued within a reasonable time after notice to do so, or (f) Becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, or (g) Allows any final judgment to stand against him unsatisfied for a period of 10 days, or, Page 40 •1 •1 •1 •1 7 •1 •1 •1 •I POP TED .'Lf.01. LIFnFVILJ •1 • (h) Makes an assignment .'rer,,the benefitt,ro;'E creditors, or (i) For any other cause whatsoever, fails to carry on the work in an acceptable manner. I• I• I• I• Should the engineer consider the contractor in default of the contract for any reason hereinbefore, he shall immediately give written notice to the contractor and the contractor's surety as to the reasons for considering the contractor in default and the owner's intensions to terminate the contract. If the contractor or surety, within a period of 10 days after such notice, does not proceed in accordance therewith, then the owner will, upon written notifica- tion from the engineer of the facts of such delay, neglect, or default and the contractor's failure to comply with such notice, have full power and authority without violating the contract, to take the prosecution of the work out of the hands of the contractor. The owner may appropriate or use any or all materials and equipment that have been mobilized for use in the work and are acceptable and may enter into an agreement for the completion of said contract according to the terms and provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in the opinion of the engineer will be required for the completion of said contract in an acceptable manner. All costs and charges incurred by the owner, together with the cost of completing the work under contract, will be deducted from any monies due or which may be- come due the contractor. If such expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the contract, then the contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the owner the amount of such excess. 80-10 TERMINATION FOR NATIONAL EMERGENCIES. The owner shall terminate the contract or portion thereof by written notice when the contractor is prevented from proceeding with the construction contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the prosecution of war or in the interest of national defense. When the contract, or any portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual number of units or items of work completed at the contract price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started. No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be considered. Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses, (when not otherwise included in the contract) and moving equipment and materials to and from the job will be considered, the intent being that an equitable settlement will be made with the contractor. Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the contractor for the work and that are not incorporated in the work shall, at the option of the contractor, be purchased from the contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records at such points of delivery as may be designated by the engineer. Page 41 I9 L.�L®FATED ,,.,,,.x. ....,EVIL,, Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the contractor of his responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it relieve • his surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed. • • • • • • • Page 42 O RATED • L .•y.X. S • 0 • • 0 0 SECTION 90 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 90-01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES. All work completed under the contract will be measured by the engineer, or.his authorized representatives, using United States Customary Units of Measurement. The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of quantities of material furnished and of work performed under the contract will be those methods generally recognized as conforming to good engineering practice. Unless otherwise specified, longitudinal measurements for area computations will be made horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures (or leave -outs) having an area of 9 square feet or less. Unless otherwise specified, transverse measurements for area computations will be the neat dimensions shown on the plans or ordered in writing by the engineer. Structures will be measured according to neat lines shown on the plans or as altered to fit field conditions. .Unless otherwise specified, all contract items which are measured by the linear foot such as electrical ducts, conduits, pipe culverts, underdrains, and similar items shall be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon which such items are placed. In computing volumes of excavation the average end area method or other acceptable methods will be used. The thickness of plates and galvanized sheet used in the manufacture of cor- rugated metal pipe, metal plate pipe culverts and arches, and metal cribbing will be specified and measured in decimal fraction of inches. The term "ton" will mean the short ton consisting of 2,000.pounds avoirdupois. All materials which are measured or proportioned by weights shall be weighed on accurate, approved scales by competent, qualified personnel at locations designated by the engineer. If material is shipped by rail, the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight of material be paid for. However, car weights will not be acceptable for material to be passed through mixing plants. Trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighed empty daily at such times as the engineer directs, and each truck shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. Materials to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be hauled in approved vehicles and measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles for Page 43 10 EE" 1 T11.%. fvrn FVRY •I this purpose may be of any size or type acceptable to the engineer, provided that the body is of such shape that the actual contents may be readily and accurately determined. All vehicles shall be loaded to at least their water level capacity and all loads shall be leveled when the vehicles arrive at the point of delivery. When requested by the contractor and approved by the engineer in writing, material specified to be measured by the cubic yard may be weighed and such weights will be converted to cubic yards for payment purposes. Factors for conversion from weight measurement to volume measurement will be determined by the engineer and shall be agreed to by the contractor before such method of measurement of pay quantities is used. Bituminous materials will be measured by the gallon or ton. When measured by volume, such volumes will be measured at 60°F. or will be corrected to the volume at 600F. using ASTM D 1250 for asphalts or ASTM D 633 for tars. Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the case of rail shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous material has been lost from the car or the distributor, wasted, or otherwise not incorporated in the work. When bituminous materials are shipped by truck or transport, net certified weights by volume, subject to correction for loss or foaming, may be used for computing quantities. Cement will be measured by the ton or hundredweight. Timber will be measured by the thousand feet board measure (M.F.B.M.) actually incorporated in the structure. Measurement will be based on nominal widths and thicknesses and the extreme length of each piece. The term "lump sum" when used as an item of payment will mean complete payment for the work described in the contract. When a complete structure or structural unit (in effect, "lump sum" work) is specified as the unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include all necessary fittings and accessories. Rental of equipment will be measured by time in hours of actual working time and necessary traveling time of the equipment within the limits of the work. Special equipment ordered by the engineer in connection with force account work will be measured as agreed in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing such force account work as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of this section. When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates, rolled shapes, pipe conduit, etc., and these items are identified by gage, •1 •1 •I •1 •I •I •1 •I •I SEED .nL qC. ..IPIv. u •1 • • • • • • •" • C • unit weight, section dimensions Jetc:; suchfiden$i'Eication will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently controlled by. tolerances in cited specifications, manufacturing tolerances established by the industries involved will be accepted. Scales for weighing materials which are required to be proportioned or measured and paid for by weight shall be furnished, erected, and maintained by the contractor, or be certified permanently installed commercial scales. Scales shall be accurate within one-half per cent of the correct weight through- out the range of use. The contractor shall have the scales checked under the observation of the inspector before beginning work and at such other times as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in spacing throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not exceed one -tenth of one per cent of the nominal rated capacity of the scale, but not less than one pound. The use of spring balances will not be permited. Beams, dials, platforms, and other scale equipment -shall be so arranged that the operator and inspector can safely and conveniently view them. Scale installations shall have available, ten standard fifty -pound weights for testing the weighing equipment or suitable weights and devices for other approved equipment. Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site. Platform scales shall be installed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end. - Scales "overweighing" (indicating more than correct weight) will not be per- mitted to operate and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighing -accuracy -test will be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of one per cent. In the event inspection reveals the scales have been ."underweighing" (indicating less than correct weight) they shall be adjusted and no additional payment to the contractor will be allowed for materials previously weighed and recorded. All costs in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing, and maintaining scales; for furnishing check weights and scale house; and for all other items specified in this subsection, for the weighing of materials for proportioning or payment, shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items of the project. When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are designated as the pay quantities in the contract, they shall be the final quantities for Which payment for such specific portion of the work will be made, unless the dimensions of said portions of.the work shown on the plans are revised by the engineer. If revised dimensions result in an increase or decrease in the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the authorized changes in the dimensions. Page 45 ® FCOAATED ,lt. .a. u.mmnu •1 90-02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT. The contractor shall receive and accept compensation provided or in the contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, for performing all work under the contract in a complete and acceptable manner, and for all risk, loss, damage, or expense of whatever character arising out of the nature of the work or the prosecution thereof, subject to the provisions of the subsection titled NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS of Section 70. When the "basis of payment" subsection of a technical specification requires that the contract price (price bid) include compensation for certain work or material essential to the item, this same work or material will not also be measured for payment under any other contract item which may appear elsewhere in the contract, plans, or specifications. 90-03 COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES. When the accepted quantities of work vary from the quantities in the proposal, the contractor shall accept as payment in full, so far as contract items are concerned, payment at the original contract price for the accepted quantities of work actually completed and accepted. No allowance, except as provided for in the subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 will be made for any increased expense, loss of expected reimbursement, or loss of anticipated profits suffered or claimed by the contractor which results directly from such alterations or indirectly from his unbalanced allocation of overhead and profit among the contract items, or from any other cause. 90-04 PAYMENT OF OMITTED ITEMS. As specified in the subsection titled OMITTED ITEMS of Section 40, the engineer shall have the right to omit from the work (order nonperformance) any contract item, except major contract items, in the best interest of the owner. Should the engineer omit or order nonperformance of a contract item or portion of such item from the work, the contractor shall accept payment in full at the contract prices for any work actually completed and acceptable prior to the engineer's order to omit or nonperform such contract item. Acceptable materials ordered by the contractor or delivered on the work prior to the date of the engineer's order will be paid for at the actual cost to the contractor and shall thereupon become the property of the owner. In addition to the reimbursement hereinbefore provided, the contractor shall be reimbursed for all actual costs incurred for the purpose of performing the omitted contract item prior to the date of the engineer's order. Such ad- ditional costs incurred by the contractor must be directly related to the deleted contract item and shall be supported by certified statements by the contractor as to the nature and amount of such costs. 90-05 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK. Extra work, performed in accordance with the su section.tit ed EXTRA WORK of Section 40, will be paid for at the contract prices or agreed prices specified in the change order of Page 46 7 •1 •1 •I •1 •I •I •I •I CG !AITED •I • • • • • • • • • • • supplemental agreement authorizing 'such extra work' When the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work requires that it be done by force account, such force account shall be measured and. paid for as follows: (a) Labor. For all labor (skilled and unskilled) and foremen in direct charge of a specific force account item, the contractor shall receive the rate of wage (or scale) for every hour that such labor or foreman is actually engaged in the specified force account work. Such wage (or scale) shall be agreed upon in writing before beginning the work. The contractor shall receive the actual costs paid to, or in behalf of, workers by reason of subsistence and travel allowances, health and welfare benefits, pen- sion fund benefits or other benefits, when such amounts are required by col- lective bargaining agreement or other employment contract generally applicable to the classes of labor employed on the work. An amount equal to 15 percent of the sum of the above items will also be paid the contractor. (b) Insurance and Taxes. For property damage, liability, and workmen's compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social security taxes on the force account work the contractor shall receive the actual cost, to which cost (sum) 5 percent will be added. The contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for such insurance and taxes. (c) Materials. For materials accepted by the engineer and used, the contractor shall receive the actual cost of such materials delivered on the work, including transportation charges paid by him (exclusive of machinery rentals as hereinafter set forth), to which cost (sum) 15 percent will be added. (d) Equipment. For any machinery or tools) including fuel and lubricants, plus which has been authorized by the engineer, rental rates agreed upon in writing before time that such equipment is committed to t percent will be added. special equipment (other than small transportation costs, the use of the contractor shall receive the such work is begun for the actual ne work, to which rental sum 15 (e) Miscellaneous. No additional allowance will be made for general superintendence, the use of small tools, or other costs for which no specific allowance is herein provided. (f) Comparison of Records. The contractor and the engineer shall compare records of the cost of force account work at the end of each day. Agreement shall be indicated by signature of the contractor and engineer or their duly authorized representatives. (g) Statements. No payment will be made for work performed on a force account basis until the contractor has furnished the engineer with duplicate Page 47 • L.�Li:Qi COHATED u,tt, .'X. FAYTFtvILL, • itemized statements of the cost of such force account work detailed as follows: (1) Name, classification, date, daily hours, total hours, rate and extension for each laborer and foreman. (2) Designation, dates, daily hours, total hours, rental rate, and extension for each unit of machinery and equipment. (3) Quantities of materials, prices, and extensions. (4) Transportation of materials. (5) Cost of property damage, liability and workmen's compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social security tax. Statements shall be accompanied and supported by receipted invoice for all materials used and transportation charges. However, if materials used on the force account work are not specifically purchased for such work but are taken from the contractor's stock, then in lieu of the invoices the contractor shall furnish an affidavit certifying that such materials were taken from his stock, that the quantity claimed, was actually used, and that the price and transpor- tation claimed represent the actual cost to the contractor. The additional payment, based on the percentages specified above, shall con- stitute full compensation for all items of expense not specifically provided for the force account work. The total payment made as provided above shall constitute full compensation for such work. 90-06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made at least once each month as the work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates prepared by the engineer of the value of the work performed and materials complete in place in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. Such partial pay- ments may also include the delivered actual cost of those materials stockpiled and stored in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND of this section. No partial payment will be made when the amount due the contractor since the last estimate amounts to less than five hundred dollars. From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a partial payment, 10 percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the owner until the final payment is made except, as may be provided (at the contractor's option) in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. Should the contractor exercise his option, as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section, no such 10 percent retainage shall be deducted. Page 48 • •1 •1 •I •1 •I •1 •1 •1 $RATED •1 is I• I• I• I• I• When not less than 95% of the workha_s been,completed the engineer may, at his discretion and with the consent't he the surety; prepare an estimate from which will be retained an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the contractor. It is understood and agreed that the contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive partial payment based on quantities of work in excess of those pro- vided in the proposal or covered by. approved change orders or supplemental agreements, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the engineer to be a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question. No partial payment shall bind the owner to the acceptance of any materials or work in place as to quality or quantity. All partial payments are subject to correction at the time of final payment as provided in the subsection titled ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT of this section. 90-07 PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND. Partial payments may be made to the ex- tent of the delivered cost of materials to be incorporated in the work, pro- vided that such materials meet the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications and are delivered to acceptable sites on the airport property or at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to the owner. Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled materials may be included in the next partial payment after the following conditions are met: (a) The material has been stored or the engineer at or on an approved site. (b) The contractor has furnished the of the quantity and quality of such stored (c) The contractor has furnished the that the material and transportation costs (d) The contractor has furnished the encumberances of any kind) to the material stockpiled in a manner acceptable to engineer with acceptable evidence or stockpiled materials. engineer with satisfactory evidence have been paid. owner legal title (free of liens or so stored or stockpiled. (e) The contractor has furnished the owner evidence that the material so stored or stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at any time prior to use in the work. It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the owner's payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the contractor of his responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials in accordance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials on hand exceed the contract price for such materials or the contract price for the contract item in which the material is intended to be used. Page 49 i• L1 " EEC LIME .o[. .avfnevnu •1 No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant materials. The contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment of stored or stockpiled materials in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. 90-08 PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS. At the contractor's option, he may request that the owner accept in lieu of the 10 percent retainage on partial payments described in the subsection titled PARTIAL PAYMENTS of this section) the con- tractor's deposits in escrow under the following conditions: (a) The contractor shall bear all expenses of establishing and maintaining an escrow account and escrow agreement acceptable to the owner. (b) The contractor shall deposit to and maintain in such escrow only those securities or bank certificates of deposit as are acceptable to the owner and having a value not less than the 10 percent retainage that would otherwise be withheld from partial payment. (c) The contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to the owner. (d) The contractor shall obtain the written consent of the surety to such agreement. 90-09 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT. When the contract work has been accepted in accordance with the requirements of the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the engineer will prepare the final estimate of the items of work actually performed. The contractor shall approve the engineer's final estimate or advise the engineer of his objections to the final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or computations of the final quantities to be paid under the contract as amended by change order or supplemental agreement. The contractor and engineer shall resolve all disputes (if any) in the measurement and computation of final quantities to be paid within 30 calendar days of the contractor's receipt of the engineer's final estimate. If, after such 30 -day period, a dispute still exists, the contractor may approve the engineer's estimate under protest of the quantities in dispute and such disputed quantities shall be considered by the owner as a claim in accordance with the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES of Section 50. After the contractor has approved, or approved under protest, the engineer's final estimate, final payment will be processed based on the entire sum, or the undisputed sum in case of approval under protest, determined to be due the contractor less all previous payments and all amounts to be deducted under the provisions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. Page 50 •1 •I A •I •I •I •I •I •I R bRATEQ .. p.F .x. IpFaA OF J • • I•" 1• 1• I• 10 If the contractor has filed a claim for additional compensation under the provisions of the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES of Section 50 or under the provisions of this subsection, such claims will be considered by the owner in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Upon final adjudication of such claims, any additional payment determined to be due the contractor will be paid pursuant to a supplemental, final,estimate. Page 51 •.' L.l MCTS RATED unwx. .RR(nuf i. I• FAA Standard Specifications © ORATED ORL[9Oh FAYMEVI\Lf I. I0 r 1. I. I. C7 r Ilu! t -1j2 _'.Ial'n11i1`: it 'U Description 152-1.1 This item shall consist of excavating, removing, and satisfactorily disposing of all materials within the limits of the work r_•cuired to construct the landing strips, runways, taxiways, aprons, intermediate, and other areas for drainage, building construction, parking, or other purposes in accordance with these soec_ficat-ions paid in ccnfon±tl unit: :he dimensions and typical section shown on the plans and with the lines and grades established by the engineer. All suitable material taken from excavation shall be used in the formation of embankment, subgrade, and for backfilling as indicated on the plans or as directed by the engineer. When the volume of the excavation exceeds that required to construct the embankments to the grades indicated, the excess shall be used to grade the areas of ultimate development or wasted as directed. When the volume of excavation is not sufficient for constructing the fill to the grades indicated, the deficiency shall be supplied from borrow sources at locations within the airport or other authorized areas. 152-1.2 CLASSIFICATION. All material excavated shall be defined as "Unclassified Excavation" unless, in the proposal form, prices are asked and bids are taken for "Solid Rock Excavation" and "Connnon Excavation." "Unclassified Excavation" shall include all excavation performed under this item regardless of the material encountered. "Solid Rock Excavation," when provided in the proposal shall include all solid rock in ledges, in bedded deposits, in unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits which are so firmly cemented they present all the characteristics of solid rock and which cannot be removed without drilling and blasting. All boulders containing a volume of more than cubic yard will be classified as "Solid Rock Excavation." "Cornnon Excavation," when provided in the proposal', shall consist of all excavation not included in "Solid Rock Excavation." Frozen condition of any of the different classified materials taken from .excavation does not constitute a basis for a claim for higher classification or for extra work on the part of the contractor. DIV II Page 77 I . Wl�l M@ AF'TTED pa%..X. BgrtEIILU •1 • 1 h r c n h_ 1B2-2 .7 G=1', R L. The rough e::ca *anon shall b carried to `':e nEce=_sar^J aept^ to coza_n the specified dept'n of subgrade .:den.^.=f Cat 0:i s1:Olin Ori the p- 75. .sous, on eCX=-LiaenLs, the dept:' of subE_ ode :ens= 'cat=an s::all be as shown on the plans. Should the contractor, row:"'_ nez=_rence or Other fault, excavate below the dCsiLnatnd lines, he shall replace the excavation with approved materials, in an appro - :ed condition,rser and condition, at his own expense. The engineer shall have complete control over the excavation, moving, placing, and disposition of all material and shall determine the suitability of material to be placed in embankments. All material determined unsuitable shall be disposed of in i:aste areas or as directed. Topsoil shall not be used in fills or in sub,^,rades but shall be handled and placed as directed. The contractor shall inforn and satisfy himself as to the character, quantity, and distribution of all material to be excavated. No pavement will be made for any excavated material which is used for purposes other than those designated. All spoil areas shall be leveled to a uniform line and section and shall present a neat appearance before project acceptance. The surface elevation of spoil areas shall not extend above the surface elevation of adjacent or contiguous usable areas of the airport. Those areas outside of the pavement areas in which the top layer of soil material becomes compacted, due to hauling or to any other activity of the contractor, shall be scarified and disced to a depth of 4 inches, as directed, to loosen and pulverize the soil. If it is necessary to interrupt existing surface drainage, sewers or w. a:^dra-A a e conduits utilities, s er , structures, , or _..__a_ underground or parts thereof, the contractor shall be responsible :or = s =ail ta'e all necessary precautions to protect and preserve or pro*hide tc!:_p0=^a_^y Ser tne5. �i^:en such facilities are ercountered, the contractor shall notify the engineer, who shall arrange for their removal, if necessary-. The contractor sha_i, at his own expense, satisfactorily repair all damage to such c: _a ___ ies or structures which may result from any r._� n „-n SIC during m of ..Jc_�t_O._„ the period of the contract. �,e EXOA'4ATlON. Excavation shall be performed as indicated on the contract pLans to the lines, grades, and elevation shown or as directed by the engineer, and s::all be made so that the requirements for formation DIV II Page 78 •1 •1 •I 01 •1 •1 •1 •1 • I. L 1\/224/74 AC 15 %= ro=_c ai In': P-152 ":AC• (p T VAT10h D ::.tifu'_ of embankments can be c'llowed. No excavation or stripping shall be started until the engineer has taken cross-sectional elevations and measurements of the existing ground surface, and has staked out the proposed work. All material encountered within the limits indicated shall be removed and disposed of as directed. During the process of excavation, the grade shall be maintained so that it will be well drained at all times. Chen directed, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water which may affect the work. - When selective grading is specified or required as indicated on the plans, the excavated material shall be handled to allow the selected material to be properly placed in the embankment and in the capping of pavement subgrades • as determined from the soil profile and soil characteristics. This material shall be deposited within the designated areas of the airport as shorn on the plans or as directed by the engineer. If, at the time of excavation, it is not possible to place any material in its proper section of the permanent construction, it shall be stockpiled in approved areas for later use. Rock, shale, hardpan, loose• rock, boulders, or other material unsatisfactory for landing strips, subgrades, roads, shoulders; intermediate areas, or any areas intended for turfing shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 12 inches, or to the depth specified by the engineer, below the contemplated surface of the subgrade or the designated grades. Muck, peat, matted roots, or other yielding material, unsatisfactory for subgrade foundation, shall be removed to the depth specified, to provide a satisfactory foundation. Unsatisfactory materials shall be disposed of at locations designated by the engineer. All material so excavated shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation" or for "Common Excavation" or for "Solid Rock Excavation" as the case may be, when the classification for the last two items is provided in the proposal. The portion so excavated shall be refilled with suitable selected material as specified, obtained from the grading operations or borrow area and thoroughly compacted by rolling. The necessary refilling will constitute a part of the embankment. L•/here rock cuts are made and refilled with selected material, or where trenching out is done to provide for a course of pavement, the depths thus created shall be ditched at frequent intervals to provide adequate drainage. The contractor shall make the distribution as indicated on the plans. Widening or narrowing of the section and raising or lowering of the grade to avoid haul will not be permitted. The right is reserved to make minor adjustments or revisions in lines orIgrades, if found necessary, as the work progresses due to discrepancies in the plans or to obtain satisfactory construction. DIV II Page 79 I. EEo 1111.... ....n,.,,.. •I AC 150/5370-10 ITsl; F-'_52 EXCAVATION AND E..aA :c. 1T Overbreak, including slides, is that portion of any material displaced or loosened beyond the finished work as planned or authorized by the engineer. The engineer shall determine if the displacement of such material was unavoidable and his decision shall be final. All overbrea:k, shall be removed by the contractor and disposed of as directed; however, payment will not be made for the removal and disposal of overbreak which the engineer determines as ayoidable. Unavoidable overbreak will be classified as "Unclassified Excavation," except when the contract provides for the classification of "Common Excavation," or "Solid Rock Excavation," in which case unavoidable overbreakage from slides will be classified as such. The removal of existing structures and utilities required to permit the orderly progress of work will be accomplished by local agencies, unless otherwise shown or. the plans. All existing foundations shall be excavated for at least 2 feet below the top of the subgrade and the material disposed of as directed. All foundations thus excavated shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted. In cut areas, the subgrade under areas to be paved shall be compacted to the depths and to the densities at optimum moisture as shown on the plans or as specified in the specifications, or when not otherwise shown or specified, to a minimum depth of 6 inches and to a density of not less than 95%, for cohesive soils, and 100% for noncohesive soils, of the maximum density at optimum moisture as determined by the compaction control tests specified in FAA T-611. Any unsuitable materials encountered shall be removed and paid for as specified. No payment or measurement for payment will be made for suitable materials removed, manipulated, and replaced in order to obtain density. Any removal, manipulation, aeration, replacement, and recompaction of suitable materials necessary to obtain the required density shall be considered as incidental to the excavation and embankment operations, and shall be performed by the contractor at no additional cost to the project. Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 inches in their greatest dimension will not be permitted in the top 6 inches of the subgrade. The finished grading operations conforming to the typical cross section shall be completed and maintained at least 1,000 feet ahead of the paving operations. In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be barred loose or otherwise removed to line or finished grade of slope. All cut -and - fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross section, and alignment shown on the plans or as directed by te engineer. DIV II Page 80 • I •1 •1 •1 •I •I •1 •I •I A'u RATED ,!11u •3( ..plllvpY •1 i• I. Li i. I. i. I• I• 0,/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ." ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND E Zf31NK €JP Blasting, when necessary, will be permitted only when proper precautions are taken for the protection and safety of all persons, the work, and the property. All damage done to the work or property shall be repaired at the contractor's expense. All operations of the contractor in connection with the transportation, storage, and use of explosives shall be approved by the engineer. Any approval given will not relieve the contractor of his responsibility in blasting operations. 152-2.3 BORROW EXCAVATION. When provided for in the proposal, borrow excavation shall consist of excavation made from borrow areas within the limits of the airport property outside the normal grading limits, or from areas outside the airport when specified. Borrow area(s) within the airport property from which borrow may be obtained will be designated. Borrow excavation shall be made only at these designated locations and within the horizontal and vertical limits as staked or as directed. On completion of borrow operations, the borrow area shall be finished to a neat and uniform grade acceptable to the engineer. When borrow sources are outside the boundaries of the airport property, it shall be the contractor's responsibility to locate and obtain the supply, subject to the approval of the engineer. The contractor shall notify the engineer, sufficiently in advance of the beginning of excavation, so necessary measurements and tests can be made. All objectionable material shall be disposed of as directed. All borrow pits shall be opened up immediately to expose the vertical face of various strata of acceptable material to enable obtaining a uniform product. Borrow pits shall be excavated to regular lines to permit accurate measurements and shall be drained and left in a neat and presentable condition with all slopes dressed uniformly. The borrow excavation shall be handled and placed as specified in these specifications for excavation and embankment. 152-2.4 DITCH EXCAVATION. Ditch excavation shall consist of excavating for drainage ditches such as intercepting, inlet or outlet, temporary levee construction, or any other type as designed or as shown on the plans. The work shall be performed in the proper sequence with the other construction. The location of all ditches or levees shall be established on the ground. All satisfactory material shall be placed in fills; unsatisfactory material shall be placed in spoil areas or as directed. Waste or surplus material shall be disposed of as shown on plans or as directed. Intercepting ditches DIV II Page 81 u EED Lmu a. ...memuf •I i. .. r��..., Lt.. r-:°.7 ..X4. dh. _U:. is.:) ii snail be conz t. Y'.:Ctod prior to -_;`F. Cta!'i.l .: cf _. e:Ca'.oa t: rn :].,r� •tc_ n^ A__ necessa r: l :andworiz sha'dl to nericn:ted to securea f:nls, t"I-tc line, - eeva`_on. and crocs section, as dcsiLnated. Ditch. ona sec-„ �... .e alp in. '_required cross Ditches .�. tr.icted on the rra, iL s,l1-1 �7 m.� �a r_u •.'.� t�.l ... section and shall be kept free from debris or Oostrlct_ons until :.'-:e Droject. -s accepted. Nb ere necessary, sufficient op•ninCs sha-_' be prov:_.ed through Spoil ba:1Cs to permit drainage from ad„ace nt lands. iil_'f=Ss Oth =i'r:!Se spec fled, no separate payment will be made for ditch excavation other than for the material removed which will be paid for at the unit price for "Unclassified Excavation," "Common Excavation," or "Solid Rock Excavation," as the case may be, if the proposal includes classification of these excavated .materials. ^=-z5 PREPARATION Or E• =_AS:C• dT AREA. D..bankment areas shall be cleared and grubbed in accordance with the requirements in Item P-151. All depres- sicns or holes below the ground surface, whether caused by grabbing or others-: se, shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted to ground surface before the construction of the embankment will be permitted to start. L:_.edial.ely prior to the placing of the fill materials, the entire area upon which the embankment is to be placed, except where limited by rock, shall be scarified and broken by means of a disc harrow or plow;, or other approved equipment, to a depth of 6 inches. Scarifying shall be done approximately parallel to the axis of the fill. All roots, debris, large stones, or objectionable material that would cause interference with the compaction of the f undation or fill shall be removed from the area and disposed of as directed. A thin layer (approximately 3 inches) of the fill material shall be spread over the scarified foundation and the whole area compacted as required in the specifications. t:i^ere embankments are to be placed on nata_al slopes steeper than rto-1, horizontal benches shall be constructed as shown on the plans or as directed by the engineer. Suitable excavated material shall be incorporated in embankments. Payment will be made for the material excavated at the unit price for grading. Yo direct pa' ent shall be made for the work perfor^ied under this section. The necessary clearing and grubbing and the yardage removed or used will be paid for under the respective item of work. DIV II Page 82 • 1 J •I •1 •I •I •I 7 •1 • • i. I. i. I. 1• • -V� L i .. -i ---• I u1 P-152 EXCAVATION AND 3AiTf':==' 152-2.6 STRIPPING. All vegetation such as brush, heave: sods, hea'rr fro;:=h of grass, decayed vegetable matter, rubbish, and any other unsuitable material within the area upon which embankment is to be placed shall he stripped or otherwise removed before the embankment is started, and _n no case shall such objectionable material be allowed in or under the em anmeet. No direct pa5mient will be made for stripping. The yardage removed and disposed of shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard fcr "UnclassifiedExcavation," or for "Common Excavation," when the latter classification is provided for in the proposal. 152-2.7 FORNNATION OF B-N'ENTS. Embankments shall be formed of satisfac— tory materials placed in successive horizontal layers of not more than 8 inches in loose depth for the full width of the cross section. The grading operations shall be conducted, and the various soil strata shall be placed, to produce a soil structure as shown on the typical cross section or as directed. All materials entering the embankment shall be reasonably free of organic matter such as leaves, grass, roots, and other objectionable material. Soil, granular material, shale, and any other material oem'tted for use in embankment shall. be spread in successive layers as specified. Operations on earthwork shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of rain, freezing weather, or other unsatisfactory conditions of the field. The contractor shall drag, blade, or slope the embankment to provide proper surface drainage. The material in the layers shall be of the proper moisture content before rolling to obtain the prescribed compaction. Wetting or drying of the material and manipulation when necessary to secure a uniform moisture content throughout the layer shall be required. Should the material be too wet to permit proper compaction or rolling, all work on all portions of the embankment thus affected shall be delayed until the material has dried to the required moisture content. Sprinkling shall be done with approved equipment that will sufficiently distribute the water. Sufficient ecuipm,ent to furnish the required water shall be available at all times. Samples of all embankment materials for testing, both before and after placement and compaction, will be taken at frequent intervals. From these tests, correc- tions, adjustments, and modifications of methods, materials, and moisture content will be made to construct the embankment. Rolling operations shall be continued until the embankment is compacted to not less than 95%, for noncohesive soils; and 90% for cohesive soils of the DIV II Page 83 1• iLTA M IED Imu.p[. u. mevuu D:CAr'AiIO:d A: -D II :i maxinum density, at optimum moisture, as detenr:'_ned by the FAA compaction control tests T-611. Under all areas to be paved, the cmban'r_ment shall be compacted to the depths and to the densities at optimu:a moisture as shown on the plans or as specified in the specifications, or, when not othena se shown or specified, to a minimum depth of 9 inches and to a density of not less than 95%, for cohesive soils, and 100% for noncohesive soils, of the maximum density at optimum moisture as determined by the compaction control tests specified in FAA T-611. On all areas outside of the pavement areas, no compaction will be required on the top 4 inches. Any areas inaccessible to a roller shall be consolidated and compacted by mechanical tampers. During construction of the embankment, the contractor shall route his equipment at all times, both when loaded and when empty, over the layers as they are placed and shall distribute the travel evenly over the entire width of the embankment. The equipment shall be operated in such a manner that hardpan, cemented gravel, clay, or other chunky soil material will be broken up into small particles and become incorporated with the other material in the layer. In the construction of embankments, starting layers shall be placed in the deepest portion of the fill; as placement progresses, layers shall be constructed approximately parallel to the finished pavement grade line. When rock and other embankment material are excavated at approximately the same time, the rock shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the embankment and the other material shall be incorporated under the future paved areas. Stones or fragmentary rock larger than 4 inches in their greatest dimension will not be allowed in the top 6 inches of the subgrade. Rockfill shall be brought up in layers as specified or as directed and every effort shall be exerted to fill the voids with the finer material to form a dense, compact mass. Rock or boulders shall not be disposed of outside of the excavation or embankment areas, except at places and in the manner designated by the engineer. Frozen material shall not be placed in the embankment nor shall embankment be placed upon frozen material. The contractor shall be responsible for the stability of all embankments made under the contract and shall replace any portion which, in he opinion of the engineer, has become displaced due to carelessness or negligence on the part of the contractor. There will be no separate measurement or payment for compacted embankment, and all costs incidental to placing in layers, compacting, discing, watering, E9 0 .TED ..nu .x. unnuu, 10/24/74 AC 15n/g.70-l0 ITal P-152 EXCAVATION AND H B,*,TKMEENT mixing, sloping, and other necessary operations of the embankments will be included in the contract price for excavation, borrow, or other items. When stockpiling of excavated material and later rehandling of such material is directed by the engineer in order to produce the specified subgrade structure, the material shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation" or "Common Excavation." 152-2.8 EQUIPMENT. The contractor may use any type of earth -moving, compaction, and watering equipment he may desire or has at his disposal, provided the equipment is in a satisfactory condition and is of such capacity that the construction schedule can be maintained as planned by the contractor and as approved by the engineer in accordance with the total calendar days or working days bid for the construction. The contractor shall furnish, operate, and maintain such equipment as is necessary to control uniform density, layers, section, and smoothness of grade. 152-2.9 PREPARATION AND PROTECTION OF THE TOP OF THE SUBGRADE. On areas to be paved, the specified depth in cut areas and the top of embankment shall be compacted to the density specified. When completed, the surface shall be true to the lines, grades, and cross section shown on the plans or as directed by the engineer. After all drains, structures, ducts, and other underground appurtenances along the edges or under the pavement have been completed, the subgrade shall be compacted to the depth specified at not less than 95% density for cohesive soils and 100% for noncohesive soils, as determined by the compaction control tests specified in FAA T-611. Any irregularities or depressions that develop under rolling shall be corrected by loosening the material at these places and adding, removing, or replacing material until the surface is smooth and uniform. Any portion of the area which is not accessible to a roller shall be compacted to the required density by approved mechanical tampers. The material shall be sprinkled with water during rolling or tamping, when directed by the engineer. All soft and yielding material and material which will not compact readily when rolled or tamped shall be removed as directed by the engineer and replaced with suitable material. After grading operations are complete, all loose stones larger than 2 inches in their greatest dimension shall be removed from the surface of all proposed graded paving areas and disposed of as directed by the engineer. At all times, the top of the subgrade shall be kept in such condition that it will drain readily and effectively. In handling materials, tools, and DIV II Page 85 C ATED LITILI u.TLvPJ •1 n.. -:--,mil. I- . P c +na'1 -:2 r.ILV/f Yjti.L n /y'iJ L'::Yu'.f.:`iirl equipment, the contractor shall protect the subgrade from damage by laying plarL'cs when directed and shall take other precautions as needed. In no case will vehicles be allowed to travel in a single track. If ruts are fe_-ned, the subgrade shall be reshaped and rolled. Storage or stockpiling of ^aterials on the top of the subgrade will not be permitted. Until the subgrade has been checked and approved, no subbase, base, surface course, or pavement shall be laid thereon. 152-2.10 PAUL. No payment will be made separately or directly for haul on any part of the work. All hauling will be considered a necessary and incidental part of the work and its cost shall be considered by the contractor and included in the contract unit price for the pay items of work involved. 152-2.11 TOLE.R.icCES. In those areas upon which a subbase or base course is to be placed, the top of the subgrade shall be of such smoothness that, when tested with a 16 -foot straightedge applied parallel and at right angles to the center_ine, it shall not show any deviation in excess of z inch, or shall not be more than 0.05 foot from true grade as established by grade hubs or pins. Any deviation in excess of these amounts shall be corrected by loosening, adding, or removing materials, reshaping, and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. On landing strips, intermediate and other designated areas, the surface s'_.all be of such smoothness that it will not vary more than 0.10 of a foot from true grade as established by grade hubs. Any deviation in excess of this amount shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing materials, and reshaping. .52-2.12 TOPSOIL. When topsoil is specified or required, as shown on the plans or under Item T-905, it shall be salvaged from stripping brother grading operations. The topsoil shall meet the requirements of Item T-905 or shall be approved by the engineer. If, at the time of excavation or stripping, the topsoil cannot be placed in its proper and final section of finished constructicn, the material shall be stockpiled at approved locations. Stockpiles shall not be placed within 50 feet of pavement areas and shall not be placed on areas which subsequently ti'ri11 require any excavation or ec'cankr.:ent. _on completion of grading operations as specified, topsoil shall be handled and placed as directed, or as required in Item T-905. The engineer shall DIV II Page 86 •1 •1 •1 •1 SI SI •I SI 7 ' N O RATED J I• I• I• I• I• r I• I• v/2_;7L C 15x/570-10 I f 1 5 E� C A V T T '.J /� TY :.��. TT 1TE'v F-1.,2 _�Hv�i�0:] 1.;ID �.�..v�...•,:�t set grade stakes for grading operations in both cut and fill so that the topsoil will be placed at the finished plan elevation. No direct payment will be made for topsoil as such under Item P-152. The quantity removed and placed or stockpiled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation," or for "Common Excavation" when the latter classification is provided in the proposal. When topsoil is paid for under Item P-152, as excavation, no paynnent shall be made for the same work under Item T-905. When stockpiling of topsoil and later rehandling of such material is directed by the engineer to produce the specified soil structure, the material so rehandled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation," or for "Cormnon Excavation" when the latter classification is provided in the proposal. Method of Measurement 152-3.1 The yardage paid for shall be the number of cubic yards measured in its original position. Pay ouantities shall be computed to the neat lines staked, by the method of average end areas of materials acceptably excavated and stripped as specified. Measurement shall not include the yardage of material excavated without authorization beyond normal slope lines, or the yardage of material used for purposes other than those directed. 152-3.2 Stockpiled material paid for shall be the number of cubic yards measured by cross sectioning the ground surface prior to the placing of the material, and later cross sectioning as soon as material has been stockpiled. Pay quantities shall be computed by the method of average end areas. 152-3.3 Borrow material paid for shall be the number of cubic yards measured in its original position in excavation, and bay quantities shall be computed by the method of average end areas. Borrow shall be classified as "Unclassified Excavation" or as "Common Excavation," if the latter classification is included in the proposal; or as "Borrow" when this classification is included in the proposal. DIV II Page 87 IS 091 AITIED I mj* .x. IA . merit 7 AC _ JO/ 5` v-10 I= P-152 t-XCAUTIOII A 1D K 4_.2'.�.,1T Basis of Payment 152-4.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation." This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 152-4.2 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Cocnnon Excavation." This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 152-4.3 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Solid Rock Excavation." This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 152-4.4 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Borrow Excavation." This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-152-4.1 Item P-152-4.2 Item P-152-4.3 Item P-152-4.4 Test and short title FAA T -611 --Density DIV II Unclassified Excavation --per cubic Common Excavation --per cubic yard. Solid Rock Excavation --per cubic y Borrow Excavation --per cubic yard. CESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIRETf "VTS Material yard. ard. and short title None fl: • 1 •I •I •I •I •I •1 •I L�'RN1,2R4TEO • I 10/24/74 ITEM P-610 STRucruRAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Description AC 150/5370-10 •i 610-1.1 This item shall consist of either plain or reinforced structural portland cement concrete, prepared and constructed in accordance with these specifications, at the locations and of the form and dimensions shown on the plans. The concrete shall be composed of coarse aggregate, fine. aggregate, portland cement, and water. Materials 610-2.1 GENERAL. Only approved materials, conforming to the requirements of • these specifications, shall be used in the work. They may be subjected to inspection and tests at any time during the progress of their preparation or use. The source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the • engineer before delivery or use is started. Representative preliminary samples of the materials shall be submitted by the contractor, when required, for examination and test. Materials shall be stored and handled to insure • the preservation of their quality and fitness for use and shall be located to facilitate prompt inspection. All equipment for handling and transporting materials and concrete must be clean before any material or concrete is placed therein. In no case shall the use of pit -run or naturally mixed aggregates be permitted. Naturally mixed aggregate shall be screened and washed, and all �, fine and coarse aggregates shall be stored separately and kept clean. The mixing of different kinds of aggregates from different sources in one storage pile or alternating batches of different aggregates will not be permitted. • ( 601-2.2 COARSE AGGREGATE. The coarse aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 80. The percentage of wear shall be not more than 45 at 500 revolutions as determined by AASHO T 96. Coarse aggregate shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall meet one of the gradations shown in Table 1, using AASHO T 27. 610-2.3 FINE AGGREGATE. The fine aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 6. DIV II Page 397 •!1 LcjR 'TED I IOII.VY 11.191VIIII •1 AC 150/5370-10 1x/2;/74 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE The fine aggregate shall be well graded from fine to coarse and shall meet the following grading requirements, when tested in accordance with AASHO T 27: Table 1.—Requirenlenis for Gradation of Coarse Aggregate Sieve designation) Percentage by weight passing sieves (square openings)I .1u ]%rr Iw 'y1 '%tn No. 4 to % inch -------------------100 90-100 _______ 20-55 No. 4 to 1 inch _____._ 100 90-100 _______ 25-60 _____ _ No. 4 to 1'/. inch 100,95-100 _______ 35- 70 .___ 10-30 Table 2. Requirements for Gradation of Fine Aggregate Sieve designation (square openings) inch ------------- No. 4 No. 16 --------------------------------------- No. 30 --------------------------------------- No. 50 ------------------ ------ No. 100 ------- -"-'--'----------- No. 4 0-10 0-10 0— 5 Percentage by weight passing sieves 100 95-100 45- 80 25- 55 10- 30 2- 10 Blending will be permitted, if necessary, in order to meet the gradation requirements for fine aggregate. Fine aggregate deficient in the percentage of material passing the No. 50 mesh sieve may be accepted, provided that such deficiency does not exceed 5% and is remedied by the addition of pozzolanic or cementitious materials other than portland cement, as specified in 610-2.6 on admixtures, in sufficient quantity to produce the required workability as approved by the engineer. 610-2.4 CEMENT. The cement used shall be portland cement conforming to the requirements of the type specified: DIV II Page 398 01 *1 Si •I Si •I •I j►I. rCCRPbRA1ED .,fl.,.x. Si 10/24/74 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE AC 150/5370-10 (a) Portland cement--------------------------AASHO M 85 (b) Air -entraining Portland cement------------AASEIO M 134 (c), Portland blast -furnace slag cement------- -AASHO M 151 (d) Air -entraining portland blast furnace slag cement-----------------------------AASHO M 151 The contractor shall furnish vendors' certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of cement shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the engineer before permission to use the cement is granted. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing sample materials received for use on the project. 610-2.5 WATER. The water used in concrete shall be free from sewage, oil, acid, strong alkalies, vegetable matter, and clay and loam. If the water is of questionable quality, it shall be tested in accordance with AASHO T 26. 610-2.6 ADMIXTURES. The use of any material added to the concrete mix shall be approved by the engineer. Before approval of any material, the contractor shall be required to submit the results of complete physical and chemical analyses made by an acceptable testing laboratory. Subsequent tests shall be made of samples taken by the engineer from the supply of the material being. furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that approved. Pozzolanic admixtures shall be fly ash meeting the requirements of ASTM C 350 or raw or calcined natural pozzolans meeting the requirements of ASTM C 402. Air -entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 154. Air -entraining admixtures shall be added at the mixer in the amount necessary to produce the specified air content. Water -reducing, set -controlling admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 494, Type A, water -reducing or Type D, water -reducing and retarding. Water -reducing admixtures shall be added at the mixer separately from air -entraining admixtures in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 610-2.7 PREMOLDED JOINT MATERIAL. Premolded joint material for expansion joints shall meet the requirements of one of the following AASHO M 33, D1 90, M 153, or M 213. DIV II Page 399 u n.1 .O , r.. m Fvrr AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 610-2.8 JOINT FILLER. The filler for joints shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 18, grade A or B, or Item P-605, unless otherwise specified in the proposal. 610-2.9 STEEL REINFORCEMENT. Concrete reinforcing shall consist of deformed bars of either structural, intermediate, Cr hard grade billet steel meeting AASIIO M 31; deformed bars of rail steel meeting AASHO M 42; or welded wire fabric meeting AASHO M 55. To qualify as deformed, bars shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 137. 610-2.10 CALCIUM CHLORIDE. When calcium chloride is permitted by the engineer in the concrete as an accelerator, it shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 144. 610-2.11 COVER MATERIALS FOR CURING. Curing materials shall conform to one of the following specifications: (a) Cotton Mats for Curing Concrete----------------AASHO M 73 (b) Waterproof Paper for Curing Concrete-----------AASHO M 139 I (c) Polyethylene Sheeting for Curing Concrete------AASHO M 171 (d) Burlap Cloth made from Jute or Kenaf-----------AASHO M 182 (e) Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete (Type 2)---------------------AASHO M 148 Construction Methods 610-3.1 GENERAL. The contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and services necessary for, and incidental to, the completion of all work as shown on the drawings and specified herein. All machinery and equipment owned or controlled by the contractor, which he proposes to use on the work, shall be of sufficient size to meet the requirements of the work, and shall be such as to produce satisfactory work; all work shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the engineer. The contractor shall employ, at all times, a sufficient force of workmen of such experience and ability that the work can be prosecuted in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. DIV II Page 400 J 7 S I 10/24/74 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE AC 150/5370-10 610-3.2 CONCRETE PROPORTIONS. The concrete shall consist of a mixture of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, Portland cement, and water.- All aggregates and bulk cement shall be measured by weight. In proportioning aggregates and mixing water, compensation shall be made for the weight of moisture in the aggregates, and this shall be determined periodically. Concrete Proportions (Materials for one cubic yard of concrete) Type of coarse aggregate. Cement content (min' Net water content (max. Weights in pounds dry aggregate Slump range (inches) I ( Fine Total bags) gallons) aggre- aggre- gate gate Gravel 6 35 1070-1190 3210 2-5 Crushed stone 6 38 1220-1360 3200 2-5 Slag 6 38 1330-1470 2930 2-5 The proportions in the above table are based on the use of well -graded aggregates. If it is impossible with the aggregates selected to prepare concrete of the proper consistency without exceeding the maximum net water content specified, the total weight of aggregate shall be reduced by the engineer until concrete of the proper consistency is obtained without exceeding the maximum net water content specified. However, the contractor shall not be compensated for any additional cement which may be required by such adjustment. The weights specified in the above table were calculated for aggregates of the following bulk specific gravities: Natural sand and gravel, 2:65; crushed stone, 2.70; slag 2.30. For aggregates of specific gravities differing more than + 0.02 from those given above, the weights given in the tables shall be corrected. The quantities shown for cement and water shall control, and the weights of aggregates shall be varied to secure the proper yield based on absolute volumes. When a special mix requiring a reduction in the amount of water is desired, the quantities of aggregate shall be increased to maintain the specified yield. DIV II Page 401 • LA A?(\`ACTED •1 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CE?ENT CONCRETE Yield test, made in accordance with specification AASHO T 121, shall be made by the engineer for the purpose of determining the cement content per cubic yard of concrete. If at any time such cement content is found to be less than that specified per cubic yard, the batch weights shall be reduced until the amount of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to the requirements. The net mixing water shall be adjusted for the moisture contained in the aggregates, and for the moisture which they will absorb, in order to determine the amount of water to be added at the mixer. The absorption of the fine and coarse aggregates shall be determined by AASHO T 84 and T 85. When an air -entraining agent or air -entraining portland cement is used, there will be a bulking of the mortar of the concrete due to the amount of entrained air. To keep the cement factor specified at the correct amount, the weight of the fine aggregate shall be reduced, as directed by the engineer. The reduction in the fine aggregate shall be determined by yield tests as specified. Under average conditions the reduction of the sand should be about 3% of the total weight of the fine and coarse aggregate. The air content of the concrete shall be between 3 and 6%, by volume. The air content by volume shall be based on measurements made on concrete immediately after discharge from the mixer in accordance with AASHO T 121 or T 152. 610-3.3 CONTROL TESTS. When directed by the engineer, the contractor shall make test cylinders or beams from the concrete as mixed for the work as herein specified. Concrete cylindrical test specimens shall be made in accordance with AASHO T 23 and beam specimens shall be made in accordance with AASHO T 97. The contractor shall cure and store the test specimens under such conditions as directed. The engineer will make the actual tests on the specimens at no expense to the contractor. 610-3.4 PROPORTIONING AND €ASURING DEVICES. When package cement is used, the quantity for each batch shall be equal to one or more whole sacks of cement. The aggregates shall be measured separately by weight. If aggregates are delivered to the mixer in batch trucks, the exact amount for DIV II Page 402 J •1 •1 •I •I •i •I •I CREED an A.vp. •I • [] 10/24/74 ITEM P-610 STRPCTORAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE AC 150/5370-10 each mixer charge shall he contained in each batch compartment. Weighing boxes or hoppers shall be approved by the engineer and shall provide means of regulating the flow of aggregates into the batch box so that the required and exact weight of aggregates can be readily obtained. 610-3.5 CONSISTENCY. The consistency of the concrete shall be checked by the slump test specified in AASHO T 119. 610-3.6 MIXING. Concrete may be mixed at the construction site, at a central point, or wholly or in part in truck mixers. Whichever mixing process is used, concrete of the specified proportions and consistency shall be produced. 610-3.7 MIXING CONDITIONS. The concrete shall be mixed only in quantities required for immediate use. Concrete shall not be mixed while the air temperature is below 40° F. without permission of the engineer. If permission is granted for mixing under such conditions, aggregates or water, or both, shall be heated and the concrete shall be placed at a temperature not less than 50° nor more than 100° F. The contractor shall be held responsible for any defective work, resulting from freezing or injury in any. manner during placing and curing, and shall replace such work at his expense. Retempering of concrete by adding water or any other material shall not be permitted. The delivery of concrete to the job shall be in such a manner that batches of concrete will be deposited at uninterrupted intervals. 610-3.8 FORMS. Concrete shall not be placed until all the forms and reinforcements have been inspected and approved by -the engineer. Forms shall be of suitable material and shall be of the type, size, shape, quality, and strength to build the structure as designed on the plans. The forms shall be true to line and grade and shall be mortar -tight and sufficiently rigid to prevent displacement and sagging between supports. The contractor shall bear responsibility for their adequacy. The surfaces of forms shall be smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sags, and holes. DIV II Page 403 [7 EMr4l' bAAIED I m.VLfn II IT!FYILL( • AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE The internal ties shall be arranged so that, when the forms are removed, no metal will show in the concrete surface or discolor the surface when exposed to weathering. All forms shall be wetted with water or with a nonstaining mineral oil which shall be applied shortly before the concrete is placed. Forms shall be constructed so that they can be removed without injuring the concrete or concrete surface. The forms shall not be removed before the expiration of at least 30 hours from vertical faces, walls, slender columns, and similar structures; forms supported by falsework under slabs, beams, girders, arches, and similar construction shall not be removed until tests indicate that at least 60% of the design strength of the concrete has developed. 610-3.9 PLACING REINFORCEMENT., All reinforcement shall be accurately placed, as shown on the plans, and shall be firmly held in position during concreting. Bars shall be fastened together at intersections. The reinforcement shall be supported by approved metal chairs. Shop drawings, lists, and bending details shall be supplied by the contractor when required. 610-3.10 EMBEDDED ITEMS. Before placing concrete, any items that are to be embedded shall be firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated. All such items shall be clean and free from coating, rust, scale, oil, or any foreign matter. The embedding of wood shall be avoided. The concrete shall be spaded and consolidated around and against embedded items. 610-3.11 PLACING CONCRETE. All concrete shall be placed during daylight, unless otherwise approved. The concrete shall not be placed until the depth and character of foundation, the adequacy of forms and falsework, and the placing of the steel reinforcing have been approved. Concrete shall be placed as soon as practical after mixing and in no case later than 1 hour after water has been added to the mix. The method and manner of placing shall be such to avoid segregation and displacement of the reinforcement. Troughs, pipes, and chutes shall be used as an aid in placing concrete when necessary. Dropping the concrete a distance of more than 5 feet, or depositing a large quantity at one point, will not be permitted. Concrete shall be placed upon clean, damp surfaces, free from running water, or upon properly consolidated soil. DIV II Page 404 J J J L►L MED 8 uOy .Cf. .... O.nU, 7 • 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-610'" STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE • The concrete shall be compacted with suitable mechanical vibrators operating within the concrete. When necessary, vibrating shall be supplemented by hand spading with suitable tools to assure proper and adequate compaction. Vibrators shall be manipulated so as to work the concrete thoroughly around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into corners and angles of the forms. The vibration at any joint shall be of sufficient duration to accomplish compaction but shall not be prolonged to the point where segregation occurs. Concrete deposited under water shall be carefully placed in a compact mass in its final position by means of a tremie, a closed bottom dump bucket, or other approved method and shall not be disturbed after being deposited. 610-3.12 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. When the placing of concrete is suspended, necessary provisions shall be made for joining future work before the placed concrete takes its initial set. For the proper bonding of old and new concrete, such provisions shall be made for grooves, steps, keys, dovetails, reinforcing bars or other devices as may be prescribed. The work shall be arranged so that a section begun on any day shall be finished during daylight of the same day. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete which has hardened, the surface of the hardened concrete shall be cleaned by a heavy steel broom, roughened slightly, wetted, and covered with a neat coating of cement paste or grout. 610-3.13 E)TANSION JOINTS. Expansion joints shall be constructed at such points and of such dimensions as may be indicated on the drawings. The premolded filler shall be cut to the same shape as that of the surfaces being joined. The filler shall be fixed firmly against the surface of the concrete already in place in such manner that it will not be displaced when concrete is deposited against it. 610-3.14 DEFECTIVE WORK. Any defective work disclosed after the forms have been removed shall be irmnediately removed and replaced. If any dimensions are deficient, or if the surface of the concrete is bulged, uneven, or shows honeycomb, which in the opinion of the engineer cannot be repaired satisfactorily, the entire section shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the contractor. DIV II Page 405 • MMATED un a 'Oct r.rm l ILLl •1 AC_50/,-70_1o 1o/2/74 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CE"SENT CONCRETE 610-3.15 SURFACE FINISH. All exposed concrete surfaces shall be true, smooth, free from open or rough spaces, depressions, or projections. The concrete in horizontal plane surfaces shall be brought flush with the finished top surface at the proper elevation and shall be struck -off with a straightedge and floated. Mortar finishing shall not be permitted, nor shall dry cement or sand -cement mortar be spread over the concrete during the finishing of horizontal plane surfaces. When directed, the surface finish of exposed concrete shall be a rubbed finish. If forms can be removed while the concrete is still green, the surface shall be pointed and wetted and then rubbed with a wooden float until all irregularities are removed. If the concrete has hardened before being rubbed, a carborundum stone shall be used to finish the surface. When approved, the finishing can be done with a rubbing machine. 610-3.16 CURING AND PROTECTION. All concrete shall be properly cured and protected by the contractor. The work shall be protected from the elements, flowing water, and from defacement of any nature during the building operations. The concrete shall be cured as soon as it has sufficiently hardened by covering with an approved material. Water -absorptive coverings shall be thoroughly saturated when placed and kept saturated for a period of at least 3 days. All curing mats or blankets shall be sufficiently weighted or tied down to keep the concrete surface covered and to prevent the surface from being exposed to currents of air. Where wooden forms are used, they shall be kept wet at all times until removed to prevent the opening of joints and drying out of the concrete. Traffic shall not be allowed on concrete surfaces for 7 days after the concrete has been placed. 610-3.17 DRAINS OR DUCTS. Drainage pipes, conduits, and ducts that are to be encased in concrete shall be installed by the contractor before the concrete is placed. The pipe shall be held rigidly so that it will not- be displaced or moved during the placing of the concrete. 610-3.18 COLD WEATHER PROTECTION. When concrete is placed at temperatures below 40° F. , the contractor shall provide satisfactory methods and means to protect the mix from injury by freezing.. The aggregates, or water, or both, shall be heated in order to place the concrete at temperatures between 50° and 100° F. DIV II Page 406 7 •I •I •1 •1 •1 •I •1 •I HATED r .q..3c. .AY .p VILLI 7 i C • L 1C/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Calcium chloride may be incorporated in the mixing water when directed by the engineer. Not more than 2 pounds of Type 1 nor more than 1.6 pounds of Type 2 shall be added per bag of cement. After the concrete has been placed, the contractor shall provide sufficient protection such as cover, canvas, framework, heating apparatus, etc., to enclose and protect the structure and maintain the temperature of the mix at not less than 50° F. until at least 60% of the designed strength has been attained. 610-3.19 FILLING JOINTS. All joints which require filling shall be thoroughly cleaned, and any excess mortar or concrete shall be cut out with proper tools. Joint filling shall not be started until after final curing and shall be done only when the concrete is completely dry. The cleaning and filling shall be carefully done with proper equipment and in a manner to obtain a neat looking joint free from excess filler. 1 Method of Measurement 610-4.1 The yardage of portland cement concrete to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards of concrete complete in place and accepted. In computing the yardage of concrete for payment, the dimensions used shall be those shown on the plans or ordered by the engineer. No measurements or other allowances shall be made for forms, falsework, cofferdams, pumping, bracing, expansion joints, or finishing of the concrete. No deductions in yardage shall be made for the volumes of reinforcing steel or embedded items. 610-4.2 The poundage of reinforcing steel to be paid for shall be the calculated theoretical number of pounds placed, as shown on the plans, complete in place and accepted. The unit weight used for deformed bars shall be the weight of plain square or round bars of equal nominal size. 1f so indicated on the plans, the poundage to be paid for shall include the weight of metal pipes and drains, metal conduits and ducts, or similar materials indicated and included. DIV II Page 407 U 7 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Basis of Payment 10/24/74 610-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for structural Portland cement concrete and per pound for reinforcing steel. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation; delivering and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-610-5.1 Structural Portland Cement Concrete - per cubic yard. Item P-610-5.1 Steel Reinforcement - per pound. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title AASHO T 27 --Gradation AASHO T 96 --Abrasion AASHO T 26 --Water AASHO T 121 --Yield AASHO T 84 --Absorption AASHO T 85 --Absorption AASHO T 152 --Air Content AASHO T 23 --Cylinders DIV II AASHO M 80 --Aggregate AASHO M 6 --Aggregate AASHO M 85 --Portland Cement AASHO M 134--Air-Entrained Portland Cement AASHO M 151 --Slag Portland Cement Concrete ASTM C 350--Fly-Ash ASTM C 402--Pozzolans AASHO M 154--Air-Entrained Additives Page 408 II •I •1 II •1 J •1 IN CO WLD i "It .%. .pTf t I •1 I• i. 1. 1o/2/74 DIV II ITEM P -61O 4 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE AASHO T.97 --Beams AS TM AASHO T 119 --Slump AASIIO AASHO AASHO AASHO AASHO AASHO AASHO AASHO AASHO AASHO AASHO AASHO AASHO AASHO AASHO M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M AC 150/5370-10 i94 --Retarder 33 --Joint Material 90 --Joint Material 153 --Joint Material 213 --Joint Material 18 --Joint Material 31 --Steel 42 --Steel 55 --Steel 137 --Steel 144 --Accelerator 73 --Cotton Mats 139 --Paper 171 --Polyethylene 182 --Burlap 148 --Membrane Page 409( Reserve pages 410 through 414) ® d b$AEE0 119 \1.x, I.TE9IMLI •1 10/24/74 DIVISION IV DRAINAGE ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS Description AC 150/5370-10 701-1.1 This item shall consist of pipe of the types, classes, sizes, and dimensions required on the plans, furnished and installed at the places designated on the plans and profiles, or by the engineer, in accordance with these specifications and with the lines and grades given. The item shall include the bid price per linear foot of pipe in place, the cost of common excavation and backfill, the cost of furnishing and installing all trench bracing, all fittings required to complete the pipe drain as shown on the plans,'and the material for and the making of all joints, including all connections to existing drainage pipe and structures. Materials 701-2.1 GENERAL. The pipe shall be of the type called for on the plans or in the proposal and shall be in accordance with the following appropriate requirements. When harmful concentrations of petroleum fuels are wasted to the piping, pipe containing bituminous products in its coating and/or paving, nor pipe jointing made with material, such as rubber, that would also be adversely affected shall not be used. 701-2.2 VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE. Vitrified clay pipe shall conform the requirements of AASHO M 65; or the appropriate ASTM C-13, C-261, or C-462 for standard strength pipe, and ASTM C-200, C-278, or C-463 for extra strength pipe. 701-2.3 CONCRETE SEWER PIPE. Concrete sewer pipe, standard, nonreinforced, shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 86 or ASTM C-14. DIV IV Page 463 •I •1 •1 •1 •1 •I [I •I A 9 Co XRATED ..1.1 ,M. .... nEy Lt •1 I• AC 150/5370-10 10/2':/74 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS 701-2.4 CONCRETE CULVERT AND SEWER PIPE. Concrete culvert and sewer pipe, reinforced, shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 170 or ASTM C-76. 701-2.5 CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. Corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW -P-405. F. r i. 701-2.5.1 STRUCTURAL PLATE PIPE, PIPE ARCH, AND ARCH. Structural plate pipe, pipe arch, and arch shall conform to the requirements of Fed. '.pec. WW -P-405. 701-2.5.2 ASBESTOS -BONDED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. Asbestos -bonded corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW -P-405. 701-2.6 BITUMINOUS -COATED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. Bituminous -coated corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. IN -P-405 . 701-2.6.1 BITUMINOUS -COATED STRUCTURAL PLATE PIPE, PIPE ARCH, AND ARCH. Bituminous -coated structural plate pipe, pipe arch, and arch shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW -P-405. 701-2.6.2 BITUMINOUS -COATED, ASBESTOS -BONDED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. Bituminous -coated, asbestos -bonded corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW -P-405. -701-2.7 CORRUGATED ALUMINUM ALLOY PIPE. of Fed. Corrugated aluminum Spec. WW -P-402. alloy pipe shall conform to the requirements 701-2.8 BITUMINOUS -COATED, CORRUGATED ALUMINUM ALLOY PIPE. Bituminous -coated, corrugated aluminum alloy pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW -P-402. 701-2.9 ASBESTOS -CEMENT SEWER PIPE. Asbestos -cement sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. SS -P-331. DIV IV Page 464 I • x\ CZJMATED 1111\L LII AFVIIII •1 10/24/74 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS AC 150/5370-10 701-2.10 MORTAR. Mortar for pipe joints and connections to other drainage structures shall be composed of 1 part, by volume, of Portland cement and 2 parts of mortar sand. The Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 85, Type 1. The sand shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 45. Hydrated lime may be added to the mixture of sand and cement in an amount equal to 15% of the weight of cement used. The hydrated lime shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-6. 701-2.11 CONCRETE. Concrete for pipe cradles shall conform to the requirements of Item P-610. 701-2.12 OAKUM PACKING. Oakum packing for joints in bell and spigot pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. HH-P-117. 701-2.13 RUBBER CASKET JOINTS. Rubber -type gaskets for concrete nonpressure pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C-443. If the gaskets are to be exposed to petroleum products, a swelling test based on Methods 6001 and 6211 of Fed. Std. 601 shall be used. When the latter method is used with No. 3 oil for 70 hours at 212° F., the swelling shall not exceed 100%, by volume. (Gaskets shall meet the low -temperature flexibility requirements of Fed. Spec. HH-G-156). 701-2.14 COMPOSITION GASKET JOINTS. Factory fabricated jointing connections using materials having resilient properties on vitrified clay pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C-425. If the gaskets are to be exposed to petroleum products, a swelling test based on Methods 6001 and 6211 of Fed. Std. 601 shall be used. When the latter method is used with No. 3 oil for 70 hours at 212° F., the swelling shall not exceed 100%, by volume. (Gaskets shall meet the low -temperature flexibility requirements of Fed. Spec. HH-G-156). 701-2.15 JOINT -SEALING COMPOUND. Joint -sealing compound used in filling joints of bell and spigot sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. SS -S-169 or SS -S-210. DIV IV Page 465 •I Si •1 •I •I •I Si •I •I ick TED ,,r%1 •X, ..11.1LVp\f •1 I• I. I. is i. AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS Construction Methods 10/24/74 701-3.1 EQUIPMENT. All equipment necessary and required for the proper construction of storm sewers and culverts shall be on the project, in first-class working condition, and approved by the engineer before construction is permitted to start. The contractor shall provide appropriate hoisting equipment to handle the pipe while unloading and placing it in its final position without damage to the pipe.. The contractor shall provide hand tampers and pneumatic tampers to obtain the required compaction of the pipe bed and the backfill, as specified. 701-3.2 EXCAVATION. (a) Common. The contractor shall do all common excavation to the depth shown on the plans. Common excavation shall consist of all excavation not included under rock excavation. (b) Rock. The contractor shall do all rock excavation to the specified depth shown on the plans plus the required addtional depth for bedding. Rock excavation shall consist of the removal of boulders and detached rock, 1/2 cubic yard in volume or greater, and of all rock in place in ledges or masses which can be removed only by the use of bars and sledges or by blasting. - Where rock, or soil containing rocks or gravel, hard pan, or other unyielding foundation material is encountered in trench excavation, the pipe shall be bedded in accordance with the requirements of one of the classes of bedding but with the following additions: The hard unyielding material shall be excavated below the elevation of the bottom of the pipe or pipe bell to a depth of at least 8 inches or 1/2 inch for each foot of fill over the top of the pipe, whichever is greater, but not more than three -fourths the nominal diameter of the pipe. The cushion shall consist of a fine compressive material, such as silty clay or loam, lightly compacted, and shaped as required for the specified class of bedding. The cost of furnishing and placing the cushion material shall be included in the bid price per cubic yard for rock excavation. Before any rock is removed, the engineer shall have the opportunity to obtain the necessary data to determine the yardage to be used for payment. The bottom of the trench shall be excavated to a horizontal section as far as practicable. DIV IV Page 466 1• LOC_i�`� COO PO RATED L'. -T%, .x. .. •I 0/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS (c) General. Excavated material not required or acceptable for backfill shall be disposed of by the contractor as directed by the engineer. Common excavation shall not be carried below the required depth; but when it is, the trench shall be backfilled at the contractor's expense with material approved by the engineer and compacted to the density of the surrounding earth material as determined by the FAA compaction control tests T 611. When directed, unstable soil shall be removed for the full width of the trench and replaced with sand or with approved granular material. The engineer shall determine the depth of removal of unstable soil and the amount of backfill necessary. The backfill shall be compacted and shaped to a firm but slightly yielding condition to form the bed for the pipe. When not specified in the special provisions, the cost of removing unstable soil and replacing it with approved material shall be covered by a supplemental agreement for the cubic yards of excavation and of approved material. The depth of cut shown on the plans is from the surface grade to the invert of the pipeline. In case the depth of cut is changed from that shown on the plans, the change shall not exceed 6 inches without a revision in the contract unit price per linear foot of pipe. However, if the depth of cut is changed more than 6 inches, compensation or deduction of work involved, whether increased or decreased, shall be provided for in a supplemental agreement. The minimum width of the trench at the top of the pipe, when placed, shall be a width which will permit the proper construction of joints and compaction of backfill around the pipe. The sides of the trench shall be vertical, unless otherwise approved by the engineer. The maximum allowable width of the trench shall not exceed 12 inches on each side of the pipe when placed, unless otherwise approved by the engineer. The bed for the pipe shall be so shaped that at least the lower quarter of the pipe circumference shall be in continuous contact with the bottom of the trench. The contractor shall do such trench bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary to perform and protect the excavation as required for safety and conformance to governing laws. The bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall not be removed in one operation but shall be done in successive stages as determined by the engineer to prevent overloading of the pipe during backfilling operations. The cost of the bracing, sheathing, or shoring, and the removal of same, shall be included in the unit price bid per foot for the pipe. DIV IV Page 467 II SI •I Si •I Si Si Si [3 RATED .wu .p[. uYV.uxu 7 I. I I. I. I. i0 1. AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS 10/24/74 701-3.3 CRADLES. When the engineer finds the bottom of the trench to be an insufficient foundation for the pipe, he shall determine the locations and dimensions of the necessary cradles to properly support the pipe. The design details for the cradles shall be as shown on the plans. 701-3.4 LAYING AND INSTALLING PIPE. (a) Clay Pipe and Concrete Pipe. The contractor shall provide the necessary mason's lines and supports to insure installation of the pipe to line and grade, as staked by the engineer. The contractor's facilities for lowering the pipe into the trench shall be such that neither the pipe nor the trench will be damaged or disturbed. The engineer shall inspect all pipe before it is laid, and reject any section that is damaged by handling or is defective to a degree which will materially affect the function and service of the pipe. The laying of the pipe in the finished trench shall be started at the lowest point and laid upgrade. When bell and spigot pipe is used, the bell shall be laid upgrade, If tongue and groove pipe is used, the grooved end shall be laid upgrade. The pipe shall be firmly and accurately set to line and grade so that the invert will be smooth and uniform. The pipe shall be protected from water during placing and until the mortar in the joints has thoroughly set. When bell and spigot pipes are used, spaces for the pipe bells shall be dug in the pipe subgrade to accommodate the bells. These spaces shall be deep enough to insure that the bells do not bear the load of the pipe; they shall not be excessively wide in relation to the longitudinal direction of the trench. When the pipes are laid, the barrel of each section of pipe shall be in contact with the quadrant -shaped bedding throughout its full length, exclusive of the bell, to support the entire load of the pipe. Pipe shall not be laid on frozen ground. When placing concrete pipe constructed with elliptical reinforcing, the pipe shall be oriented in accordance with the manufacturer's markings of top or bottom. The upgrade end of pipelines not terminating in a structure shall be plugged or capped as approved by the engineer. DIV IV Page 468 I. __ OCk' ArED x ,.,,,.. ....���.., •1 10/2,/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS Pipe which is not true in alignment, or which shows any settlement after laying, shall be taken up and relaid without extra compensation. The contractor shall provide, as may be necessary, for the temporary diversion of steam flow in order to permit the installation of the pipe under dry conditions. (b) Corrugated Steel Pipe. Corrugated steel pipe shall be laid with separate sections joined firmly together with coupling bands conforming to Fed. Spec. WW -P-405, with outside laps of circumferential joints pointing upgrade, and with longitudinal laps on the sides. Proper facilities shall be provided for lowering the pipe when it is to be placed in a trench. The pipe shall be laid carefully and true to lines and grades on a bed which is uniformly firm throughout its length. Any pipe which is not in true alignment, or which shows any undue settlement after being laid or is damaged, shall be taken up and relaid without extra compensation. The pipe shall be placed so that the element of the cylindrical pipe constituting the centerline of the paved section shall coincide with the flow line of the culvert or sewer. Sections of paved pipe shall be laid so that the flow line is smooth and continuous across joints. All pipe shall be handled so as to prevent bruising, or breaking of the spelter coating or the bituminous coating. All spots on the pipe where the spelter or bituminous coating has been injured or destroyed shall be painted with two coats of asphaltic paint, or otherwise repaired in a satisfactory manner. Where elongated pipe is shown on the plans or specified in the proposal, the pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW -P-405. 701-3.5 MORTAR. The mortar shall be of the desired consistency for calking and filling the joints of the pipe or for calking and filling between the pipe and the drainage structures. Mortar that is not used within 45 minutes after water has been added shall be discarded. Retempering of mortar shall not be permitted. DIV IV Page 469 •I •I •I •1 •I Si Si r L red aw"EEI •1 • • AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS 701-3.6 PIPE JOINTS. Pipe joints for clay or concrete pipe may be of the bell and spigot type or the tongue and groove type unless one type is specified by the engineer. One of the following methods of jointing pipe shall be used: (a) Cement Mortar Joints. (1) Bell and spigot pipe. The first pipe shall be bedded to the established grade line, placing the bell end upstream. The interior surface of the bell shall be carefully cleaned with a wet brush, and the lower portion of the bell filled with mortar to such a depth as to bring the inner surfaces of the abutting pipe flush and even. The spigot end of each subsequent pipe shall be cleaned with a wet brush and uniformly matched into the bell so that the sections are closely fitted. After each section is laid, the remainder of the joint shall be filled mortar; and a bead shall be formed around the outside of the joint with a sufficient amount of additional mortar. The cement mortar shall be protected from rapid drying from exposure to sun or wind -by suitable covering such as damp burlap kept moist for at least 24 hours. If the mortar is not sufficiently stiff to prevent appreciable slump before setting, the outside of the joint should be wrapped or bandaged with cheesecloth to hold the mortar in place. (2) Tongue and groove pipe. The first pipe shall be bedded carefully to the established grade line with the groove upstream. A shallow excavation shall be made underneath the pipe at the joint and filled with mortar to provide a bed for the second. pipe. The grooved end of the first pipe shall be carefully cleaned with a wet brush, and a layer of soft mortar applied to the lower half of the groove. The tongue of the second pipe shall be cleaned carefully with a wet brush, and while in a horizontal position, a layer of soft mortar shall be applied to the upper half of the tongue. The tongue end of the second pipe shall then be inserted in the grooved end of the first pipe until mortar is squeezed out on the interior and exterior surfaces. Sufficient mortar shall be used to completely fill the joint and to form a bead on the outside. The cement mortar shall be protected from rapid drying from exposure to sun or wind by suitable covering such as a damp burlap kept moist for at least 24 hours. If the mortar is not sufficiently stiff to prevent appreciable slump before setting, some method shall be provided to hold the mortar in place. DIV IV Page 470 • I 117.'1 .p.. ..aftPC.. 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS (b) Cement Grout Joints. (1) Bell and spigot pipe. The pipe shall be bedded and installed as described in (a)(1) above, with the exception of placing mortar. Suitable means shall be furnished for centering the spigot into the bell. The joint shall be sealed with cement grout poured or pumped into diaper bands. Diaper bands shall be made from a suitable fabric of sufficiently close weave to prevent the loss of cement from the grout but shall not be waterproof. The longitudinal edges of the bands shall be rolled and hemmed in a manner to contain a steel wire or strap along each edge. The width of the band shall be such that it will tie back of the bell and yet extend over the joint. The length shall extend to at least 90% of the outside diameter of the pipe, but the steel wires or straps shall be of sufficient extra length so the ends can be twisted or fastened together at the top of the pipe to hold the diaper tight against the pipe. After securing the band, an inspection shall be made to insure that the band is positioned completely around the pipe and that the joint is covered. The fabric of the band shall be dipped in cement mortar before placing, but the fabric shall not be dry nor the mortar set before pouring the joint. The cement grout shall consist of the same materials as specified for mortar but shall contain sufficient water to maintain a free -pouring consistency. The grout shall be poured between the band and the pipe through the openings in the diaper at the bottom of the pipe. The pouring of grout shall alternate from side to side of the pipe, and successive pourings shall fill the joint in almost equal lifts on each side. Care shall be exercised to seal the joint at the bottom of the pipe. The diaper shall be left in place. No backfilling shall be done until the joints have been inspected and approved. (2) Tongue and groove pipe. The pipe shall be bedded and installed as described in (a)(2) above, with the exception of placing the mortar. Suitable means shall be furnished for centering the tongue into the groove. The joint shall be sealed with cement grout poured or pumped into diaper bands. The bands shall meet the requirements of (b)(1) above. The diaper band shall be approximately 8 inches in width and shall be placed symmetrically over the joint. The sealing of the joint shall meet the requirements of (b)(1) above. No backfilling shall be done until the joints have been inspected and approved. (c) Rubber Gasket Joints. The gasket shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. DIV IV Page 471 •I �1 �1 J J 7 •I T.b` SEED k m LLO[. r.rm. .y6 •I I• I. I. i0 I. AC 150/5370-10 Y pA ..C •y t f ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS 10/24/74 (d) Composition Gasket Joints. The gasket shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. (e) Joint -sealing Compound. Joint -sealing compound, hot -pour, mineral -filled, shall be used in filling joints of bell and spigot sewer pipe. The bell and spigot pipe shall be installed and centered so that the annular space is uniform. This annular space shall be calked with oakum joint packing and then shall be sealed with a joint compound conforming to the requirements of Fed. Spec. SS -S-169. The oakum shall be packed into the joint so as to leave a space, measured from the end of the bell, for pouring the compound. The space shall be at least 1 inch for pipes 15 inches or less in diameter, shall be at least 1 1/2 inches for pipes 18 to 24 inches in diameter, and shall be at least 2 inches for pipes larger than 24 inches in diameter. When jointing pipe in its final position, a suitable joint runner previously coated to facilitate removal shall be placed around the pipe, leaving an -opening at the top of the runner. The joint shall be poured until completely filled with the compound; the pouring shall be made as rapidly as possible without entrapping air. After the compound has cooled and set, the runner may be removed. The joiht shall be inspected for unfilled spaces or unsatisfactory jointing. Alternate joints may be poured before the pipe is lowered into the trench. In. this case, the joint shall be poured with the pipe in a vertical position without the use of the runner. The compound shall be thoroughly set before the pipe is moved. When previously jointed, the pipe shall be handled carefully so as not to move or deform the jointing. 701-3.7 BACKFILLING. All trenches and excavations shall be backfilled within a reasonable time after the pipes are installed, unless other protection of the pipe is directed. The backfill material shall be selected granular material from excavation or borrow; material which is placed at the sides of the pipe and 1 foot over the top shall be material which can be readily compacted. It shall not contain stones retained on a 3 -inch sieve, frozen lumps, chunks of highly plastic clay, or any other material which is objectionable to the engineer. The material shall be moistened or dried, if necessary, to be compacted by the method in use. Backfill material shall be approved by the engineer. The backfill shall be placed in loose layers not to exceed 6 inches in depth along each side of the pipe. Special care shall be taken to secure thorough compaction under the haunches and at the sides of the pipe. This backfill shall be brought up evenly on each side of the structure to an elevation of 1 foot over the top of the pipe, or such greater elevation as directed by the engineer. Backfilling shall be done in a manner to avoid injurious top or side pressures on the pipe. DIV IV Page 472 • ® WPATED u9i mOd LanlVnLm • 10/24/74 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS AC 150/5370-10 In embankments and for other areas outside of pavements, the fill shall be compacted at each side of the pipe for a lateral distance equal to twice the outside diameter or 12 feet, whichever is less, and carried up to an elevation of at least 1 foot above the top of the pipe. The backfill shall be compacted to the density required for embankments in unpaved areas under Item P-152. Under paved areas, the subgrade and any backfill shall be compacted to the density required for embankments for paved areas under Item P-152. Movement of construction machinery over a culvert shall be at the contractor's risk. Any pipe damaged thereby shall be replaced at the expense of the contractor. 701-3.8 CONNECTIONS. Where the plans call for connections to existing or proposed structures, these connections shall be watertight and made so that a smooth uniform flow line will be obtained throughout the drainage system. 701-3.9 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE. After the backfill is completed, the contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankment, shoulders, or as ordered by the engineer. Except for paved areas of the airport, the contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. After all work is completed, the contractor shall remove all tools and other equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear, and in good condition. Performance of the work described in this section is not payable directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the contractor covered under the contract unit price for the pipe. 701-3.10 INSPECTION. Prior to final approval of the drainage system, the engineer, accompanied by the contractor's representative, shall make a thorough inspection, by an appropriate method, of the entire installation. Any indication of defects in material or workmanship, or obstruction to flow in the pipe system, shall be further investigated and corrected. Defects due to the contractor's negligence shall be corrected by the contractor without additional compensation and as directed by the engineer. DIV IV Page 473 LLL!✓�`�"EEO u O.. .00. • I0 l0 10 I. I. i. AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS Method of Pfeasurement 10/24/74 701-4.1 The footage of pipe to be paid for shall be the number of linear feet of pipe in place, completed, and approved to be measured along the centerline of the pipe from end or inside face of structure to the end or inside face of structure, whichever is applicable. The several classes, types, and sizes shall be measured separately. All fittings shall be included in the footage as typical pipe sections in the pipeline being measured. 701-4.2 The volume of concrete for pipe cradles to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards of concrete complete in place and accepted as determined from the dimensions shown on the plans or as ordered by the engineer. 701-4.3 Rock required to be removed shall be computed by the cubic yard for the specified width of the trench and to a depth of 4 inches below the bed of the pipe. No payment shall be made for the cushion material placed for the bed of the pipe or for additional backfill material. Basis of Payment 701-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for each kind of pipe of the type, class, and size designated; at the contract unit price per cubic yard of concrete for pipe cradles; and at the contract unit price per cubic yard for rock excavation. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: DIV IV Item D-701-5.1 (Size) inch (Type of pipe) per linear foot. Item D-701-5.1 Concrete for Pipe Cradles - per cubic yard. Item D-701-5.1 Rock Excavation - per cubic yard. Page 474 rCILfI. TE0 4141 .IK. r.gn(b.P 13/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title FAA T -611 --Density AAS11O M 65 --VC Pipe ASTM C -13 --VC Pipe ASTM C -261 --VC Pipe ASTM C -462 --VC Pipe ASTM C -200 --VC Pipe ASTM C -278 --VC Pipe ASTM C -463 --VC Pipe AASHO M 86 --Sewer Pipe ASTM C -14 --Sewer Pipe WW -P -405 --Corrugated Pipe 1/WW-P-402--Aluminum Pipe AASHO M 190 --Bituminous CS Pipe LSS-P-331--Asbestos CS Pipe AASHO M 85 --Portland Cement AASHO M 45 --Sand ASTM C -6 --Lime l/HH-P-117--Oakum DIV IV Page 475 •1 •1 •I 7 •I •1 •I •I •1 •I CORATEO I lilt IX. ugl(l P\J •1 I• I. I. 10 10 r• to AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM ShM ERS AND CULVERTS l/HFi-G-156--Flexibility Fed. Std. 601 --Gasket Swell ASTM C 443 --Rubber Gasket ASTM C 425 --Gasket 1ISS-S-210--Sealer 1/SS-S-169--Sealer ASTM C-76 RC --Pipe AASHO M 170 RC --Pipe NOTE: Others as required by referenced specifications. YFecieral Specification DIV IV Page 476 1• z i aID 11161 Not% Ip WjVj"j 0 10/24/74 ITEM D-705 PIPE UNDERDRAINS FOR AIRPORTS Description AC 150/5370-10 705-1.1 This item shall consist of pipe underdrains of the type, classes, sizes, and dimensions required on the plans, furnished and installed at the places designated on the plans and profiles, or by the engineer, in accordance with these specifications and with the lines and grades given. The item shall include in the bid price per linear foot of pipe in place, the cost of excavation, the cost of furnishing and installing all trench bracing, all fittings required to complete the underdrain as shown on the plans, and the material for the making of all joints including all connections to existing drainage pipes and structures. The bid price per linear foot of pipe shall include all backfill made with earth excavated from the immediate trench. When a granular backfill, as called for on the plans or as ordered by the engineer, is used to replace material excavated from the trench, it shall be bid and paid for separately as porous backfill No. 1 and/or No. 2, per cubic yard in place and compacted. Materials 705-2.1 GENERAL. The pipe shall be of the type called for on the plans or in the proposal and shall be in accordance with the following appropriate requirements. 705-2.2 VITRIFIED CLAY CRADLE INVERT PIPE. Vitrified clay cradle invert pipe shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 65. 705-2.3 PERFORATED VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE. Perforated vitrified clay pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 65, except that nothing in the specifications shall exclude the use of plain end perforated clay pipe equipped with approved type joint fasteners. The fasteners shall be capable of maintaining the alignment of the pipe and securing a taut but elastic joint between the sections of pipe when laid. Fasteners may consist of wire clips or other devices which will produce a satisfactory joint. DIV IV Page 477 ATID • • • • • • • • • AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-705 PIPE UNDERDRAINS FOR AIRPORTS 10/24/74 705-2.4 PERFORATED CONCRETE PIPE. Perforated concrete pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 175. 705-2.5 POROUS CONCRETE PIPE. Porous concrete pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 176. 705-2.6 PERFORATED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. Perforated corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW -P-405. 705-2.7 ASBESTOS -BONDED, PERFORATED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. Asbestos -bonded perforated corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW -P-405. 705-2.8 ASPHALT -COATED, PERFORATED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. Asphalt -coated perforated corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW -P-405. 705-2.9 ASPHALT -COATED, ASBESTOS -BONDED, PERFORATED CORRUGATED. (a) Steel.Pipe. Asphalt -coated, asbestos -bonded, perforated corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW -P-405. (b) Perforated Corrugated A.luminum Alloy Pipe. Perforated corrugated aluminum alloy pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW -P-402. (c) Asphalt -coated Perforated Corrugated Aluminum Alloy Pipe. Asphalt -coated, perforated corrugated aluminum alloy pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW -P-402. 705-2.10 BITUMINIZED-FIBER PIPE. (a) Bituminous -fiber pipe and fittings for use as outfalls and connections to perforated pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 158 or ASTM D-2418. (b) Perforated bituminous -fiber pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 177 or ASTM D-2418, IS�l �4I E 1?J CO WR TED n.p .oC. ...in O,LL, Page 478 •' 10/24/74 ITEM D-705 PIPE UNDERDRAINS FOR AIRPORTS AC 150/5370-10 705-2.11 PERFORATED ASBESTOS -CEMENT PIPE. Perforated asbestos -cement pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 189. 705-2.12 MORTAR. Mortar for pipe connections to other drainage structures shall be composed of 1 part, by volume, of Portland cement and 2 parts of mortar sand. The Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 85, Type 1.• The sand shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 45. Hydrated lime may be added to the mixture of sand and cement in an amount equal to 15% of the weight of cement used. The hydrated lime shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-6. 705-2.13 POROUS BACKFILL. Porous backfill shall be free of clay, humus, or other objectionable matter, and shall also conform to particle size specified. Sieve designation (square openings) Percentage by weight passing sieves Porous material No. 1 Porous material No. 2 1112 inch ---------------------------- ------- 100 1 inch ------------------------------- Vs inch ---------------- 90-100 ------------------------------ No. 4 100 25— 60 ------------------------------- 95-100 5— 40 No. 8 ------------------------------- ---------------- 0— 20 No. 16 ------------------------------- 45— 80 No. 50 ------------------------------- l0— 30 ----------0----- --------------- No. 100 0— 10 When two courses of porous backfill are specified in the plans, the finer of the materials shall conform to particle size tabulated herein for porous material No. 1. The coarser granular material shall meet the gradation given in the tabulation for porous material No. 2. Construction Methods 705-3.1 EQUIPMENT. All equipment necessary and required for the proper construction of pipe underdrains shall be on the project, in first-class working condition, and approved by the engineer before construction is permitted to start. DIV IV Page 479 • • • • • • 7 • L,La ATED n11.l Y[. LgrEV0.J • Ti C C C • AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-705 PIPE UNDERDRAINS FOR AIRPORTS 10/24/74 The contractor shall provide hand tampers and pneumatic tampers to obtain the required compaction of the pipe bed and backfill, as specified. 705-3.2 EXCAVATION. The contractor shall do all necessary excavation to the depth shown on the plans. The excavation shall be unclassified and shall be performed regardless of the material encountered. When rock or noncushioning material is encountered in trench excavation, a cushion at least 4 inches thick shall be placed between the rock and the bottom of the pipe. The cushion shall consist of clean sand or equivalent granular material. The cost of furnishing and placing the cushion material shall be included in the bid price per linear foot of pipe. When rock is encountered, the bottom of the trench shall be excavated to a horizontal section as far as is practicable. Excavated material not required or acceptable for backfill shall be disposed of by the contractor as directed by the engineer. The excavation shall not be carried below the required depth; when this is• done, the trench shall be backfilled at the contractor's expense with material approved by the engineer and compacted to the density of the surrounding earth material, as determined by the FAA compaction control tests T 611. The depth of cut shown on the plans is.from the surface grade to the invert of the pipeline. In case the depth of cut is changed from that shown on the plans, the change shall not exceed 6 inches without a revision in the contract unit price per linear foot of pipe. However, if the depth of cut is changed more than 6 inches, compensation or deduction of work involved, whether increased or decreased, shall be provided for in a supplemental agreement. The minimum width of the trench at the top of the pipe, when placed, shall be a width which will permit the proper construction of joints and compaction of backfill around the pipe, but shall be at least equal to the outside diameter of the pipe plus -6 inches.on each side of the pipe. The bed for the pipe shall be so shaped that at least the lower quarter of the pipe shall be in continuous contact with the bottom of the trench. Spaces for the pipe bell shall be excavated accurately to size to clear the bell so that the barrel supports the entire weight of the pipe. DIV IV Page 480 19 fuck W`HATED ,.v,1.pc, i-II"InLLI 7 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-705 PIPE UNDERDRAINS FOR AIRPORTS The contractor shall do such trench bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary to perform and protect the excavation as required for safety and conformance to governing laws. Unless otherwise provided, the bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall be removed by the contractor after the completion of the backfill to at least 12 inches over the top of the pipe. The sheathing or shoring shall be pulled as the granular backfill is placed and compacted to avoid any unfilled spaces between the trench wall and the backfill material. The cost of bracing, sheathing, or shoring, and the removal of same, shall be included in the unit price bid per foot for the pipe. 705-3.3 LAYING AND INSTALLING PIPE. (a) Clay or concrete Types of Pipe. The contractor shall provide the necessary mason's lines and supports to insure installation of the pipe to line and grade, as staked by the engineer. The contractor's facilities for lowering the pipe into the trench shall be such that neither the pipe nor the trench will be damaged or disturbed. The engineer shall inspect all pipe before it is laid, and reject any section that is damaged by handling or is defective to a degree which will materially affect the function and service of the pipe. The laying of the pipe in the finished trench shall be started at the lowest point and laid upgrade. When bell and spigot pipe is used, the bells shall be laid upgrade. If tongue and groove pipe is used, the groove end shall be laid upgrade. Holes in perforated pipe shall be placed down, unless otherwise shown on the plans. The pipe shall be firmly and accurately set to line and grade so that the invert will be smooth and uniform. Pipe shall not be laid on frozen ground. Pipe which is not true in alignment, or which shows any settlement after laying, shall be taken up and relaid without extra compensation. (b) Metal, Fiber, or Asbestos -cement Types of Pipe. The metal pipe shall be laid with the separate sections joined firmly together with bands, with outside laps of circumferential joints pointing upgrade, and with longitudinal laps on the sides. Any metal in the pipe or bands which is not protected thoroughly by galvanizing shall be coated with a suitable asphaltum paint. The sections of bituminized-fiber pipe shall be securely fastened together with suitable fittings. When the fiber couplings are tapered, they shall provide a tight, driven fit. DIV IV Page 481 •N ON ON •I ON •I •I •1 LJLRATED •I i• I• I• I• I• 1• I• L] I• AC 150/5370-10 10/2':/74 ITEM D-705PIPE UNDERDRAINS FOR AIRPORTS The sections of asbestos -cement pipe shall be securely fastened together with suitable couplings. The use of plastic couplings with asbestos -cement underdrain pipe shall provide a permanently tight joint. During installation, the asphalt -protected pipe shall be handled without damaging the asphalt coating.. Any breaks in the bitumen or treatment of the pipe shall be refilled with the type and kind of bitumen used in coating the pipe originally. (c) All Types of Pipe. The upgrade end of pipelines,. not terminating in a structure, shall be plugged or capped as approved by the engineer. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, a 4 -inch bed of granular backfill material shall be spread in the bottom of the trench throughout the entire length under all perforated pipe underdrains. Pipe outlets for the underdrains shall be constructed when required or shown on the plans. The pipe shall be laid with tight -fitting joints. Porous backfill is not required around or over pipe outlets for underdrains. All connections to other drainage pipes or structures shall be made as required and in a satisfactory manner. If connections are not made to other pipes or structures, the outlets shall be protected and constructed as shown on the plans. :.4 705-3.4 MORTAR. The mortar shall be of the desired consistency for calking and filling the joints of the pipe and for making connections to other pipes or to structures. Mortar that is not used within 45 minutes after water has been added shall be discarded. Retempering of mortar shall not be permitted. 705-3.5 JOINTS IN CLAY OR CONCRETE PIPE. When open or partly open joints are required or specified, they shall be constructed as indicated on the plans. The pipe shall be laid with the ends fitted together as designed. If bell and spigot pipe is used, hemp, oakum, or mortar, whichever 1s specified, shall be placed along the inside bottom quarter of the bell to center the following section of pipe. The open or partly open joints shall be surrounded with granular material meeting requirements of porous backfill No. 2 or as indicated on the plans. This backfill shall be placed so its thickness will be not less than 3 inches nor more than 6 inches, unless otherwise shown on the plans. DIV IV Page 482 L] LA %%!P RATED ntf.%. u.Rlv!U 10/24/74 ITEM D-705 PIPE UNDERDRAINS FOR AIRPORTS AC 150/5370-10 J When the original material excavated from the trench is impervious, commercial concrete sand or granular material meeting requirements of porous backfill No. 1 shall surround porous backfill No. 2, as shown on the plans or as directed by the engineer. When the original material excavated from the trench is previous and suitable, it may be used as backfill in lieu of porous backfill No. 1, when indicated on the plans or as directed by the engineer. 705-3.6 BACKFILLING. (a) Earth. All trenches and excavations shall be backfilled within a reasonable time after the pipes are installed, unless other protection of the pipe is directed. The backfill material shall be selected material from excavation or borrow; material which is placed within a nominal pipe diameter distance at the sides of the pipe and 1 foot over the top shall be material which can be readily compacted. It shall not contain stones retained on a 3 -inch sieve, frozen lumps, chunks of highly plastic clay, or any other material which is objectionable to the engineer. The material shall be moistened or dried, if necessary to be compacted by the method in use. Backfill material shall be approved by the engineer. Special care shall be taken in placing the backfill. Great care shall be used to obtain thorough compaction under the haunches and along the sides to the top of the pipe. The backfill shall be placed in loose layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth under and around the pipe, and not exceeding 8 inches over the pipe. Successive layers shall be added and thoroughly compacted by hand and pneumatic tampers, approved by the engineer, until the trench is completely filled and brought to the proper elevation. Backfilling shall be done in a manner to avoid injurious top or side pressures on the pipe. In embankments and for other areas outside of pavements, the backfill shall be compacted to the density required for embankments in unpaved areas under Item P-152. Under paved areas, the subgrade and any backfill shall be compacted to the density required for embankments for paved areas under Item P-152. (b) Granular Material. When granular backfill is required, its placement in the trench and about the pipe shall be as shown on the plans. Special care shall be taken in placing the backfill. The granular backfill shall not contain a damaging amount of foreign matter, nor shall earth from DIV IV SI Page 483 RATED • "J.K. tr r • AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM D-705 PIPE Ui4DERDRAINS FOR AIRPORTS the sides of the trench or from the windrow be allowed to filter into the backfill. When required by the engineer, a template shall be used to properly place and keep separate the two sizes of backfill. The backfill shall be placed in loose layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth and compacted by hand and pneumatic tampers to the requirements as given for earth backfill. Backfilling shall be done in a manner to avoid injurious top or side pressure on the pipe. The granular backfill shall be made to the elevation of the trench, as shown on the plans. When perforated pipe or cradle invert pipe is specified, granular backfill material shall be placed along the full length of the pipe. The position of the granular material shall be as shown on the plans. If the original material excavated from the trench is pervious and suitable, it shall be used in lieu of porous backfill No. 1. When porous backfill is to be placed in paved or adjacent areas prior to the completion of grading or subgrade operations, the backfill material shall be placed immediately after laying the pipe. The depth of this granular backfill shall be not less than 12 inches, measured from the top of the underdrain. During subsequent construction operations, this minimum backfill of 12 inches of depth shall not be disturbed until such time as the underdrains are to be completed. When the underdrains are to be completed, the unsuitable material shall be removed until the porous backfill is exposed. That part of the porous backfill which contains objectionable material shall be removed and replaced with suitable material. The cost of removing and replacing any such unsuitable material shall be borne by the contractor. Whenever a granular subbase blanket course is to be used under pavements which extends several feet beyond the edge of paving to the outside edge of the underdrain trench, the granular.backfill material over the underdrains shall be placed in the trench up to an elevation of 2 inches above the bottom surface of the granular subbase blanket course. Immediately prior to the placing of the granular subbase blanket course, the contractor shall blade this excess trench backfill from the top of the trench onto the adjacent subgrade where it can be incorporated into the granular subbase blanket course. Any unsuitable material which remains over the underdrain trench shall be removed and replaced. The subbase material shall be placed to provide clean contact between the subbase material and the underdrain granular backfill material for the full width of the underdrain trench: DIV IV Page 484 •" ® COF RATED .,.,,,,r. „V,.,r •1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-705 PIPE UND£RDRAINS FOR AIRPORTS 705-3.7 CONNECTIONS. When the plans call for connections to existing or proposed pipe or structures, these connections shall be watertight and made so that a smooth uniform flow line will be obtained throughout the drainage system. 705-3.8 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE. After the backfill is completed, the contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankments, shoulders, or as ordered by the engineer. Except for paved areas of the airport, the contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. After all work is completed, the contractor shall remove all tools and equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear, and in good condition. Performance of the work described in this section is not payable directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the contractor, covered under the contract unit price for the underdrain. Method of Measurement 705-4.1 The footage of pipe to be paid for shall be the numbei of linear feet of pipe underdrains in place, completed, and approved to be measured along the centerline of the pipe from end or inside face of structure to the end or inside face of structure, whichever is applicable. The several classes, types, and sizes shall be measured separately. All fittings shall be included in the footage as typical pipe sections in the pipeline being measured. 705-4.2 The yardage to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards of porous backfill No. 1 and No. 2, complete in place and accepted, and shall be determined from the dimensions given on the plans by typical trench sections indicating the placement of porous backfill or dimensions ordered by the engineer. DIV IV Page 485 •1 •1 •I •I •I •i •i •I •I L�L� COpVORATED n1 YJ\. •Vf P1VYLL 7 .a I. r. I. I. X0;1 10 I. I. AC 150/5370-10 t r i.: ait '•7 ITEM D-705 PIPE UNDERDRAINS FOR AIRPORTS Basis of Payment 13/24/7k 705-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for pipe underdrains of the type, class, and size designated; at the contract unit price per cubic yard for porous backfill No.1; and at the contract unit price per cubic yard for porous backfill No. 2. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, hauling, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be Item D-705-5.1 Item D-705-5.1 Item D-705-5.1 DIV IV Wade under: (Size) inch (Type of Pipe) per linear foot. Porous Backfill No. 1 - per cubic yard. Porous Backfill No. 2 - per cubic yard. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title FAA T -611 --Density AASHO M 65 --Clay Pipe AASHO M 175 --Concrete Pipe AASHO M 176 --Concrete Pipe l/WW-P-405--Corrugated Pipe !/WW -P -402 --Aluminum Pipe AASHO M 158 --Bituminous Pipe Page 486 • ��EED ',11,, .x, urtn(gY •1 10/24/74 ITEM D-705 PIPE LN DERDRAINS FOR AIRPORTS Federal Specification DIV IV AC 150/5370-10 ASTM D -2418 --Bituminous Pipe AASHO M 177 --Bituminous Pipe AASHO M 189 --Asbestos Pipe AASHO M 85 --Portland Cement AASHO M 45 --Sand ASTM C -6 --Hydrated Lime Page 487 (Reserve Page 488) •1 •I Si •1 •I •I 7 SI •1 E�CO RATED uAATED •I • 0 • 10/24/74 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES Description AC 150/5370-10 751-1.1 This item shall consist of manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes, in accordance with these specifications, at the specified locations and conforming to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the plans or required by the engineer. Materials 751-2.1 BRICK. The brick shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 91. 751-2.2 MORTAR. The mortar for brick masonry and similar work shall be composed of 1 part of Portland cement and 2 parts of mortar sand, by volume. The Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 85. The sand shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 45. Hydrated lime may be added to the mixture of sand and cement in an amount not to exceed 15% of the weight of cement used. The hydrated lime shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 6. The water shall be clean and free of deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies, or organic material. If the water is of questionable quality, it shall be tested in accordance with AASHO T 26. 751-2.3 CONCRETE. Plain and reinforced concrete used in structures, connections of pipes with structures, and the support of structures or frames shall conform to the requirements of Item P-610. 751-2.4 PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE MANHOLE RINGS. Precast concrete pipe manhole rings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C-478. Unless otherwise specified, the risers and offset cone sections shall have an inside diameter of not less than 36 inches nor more than 48 inches. DIV IV Page 489 • Lid imt,•: ..6.RvnLL AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES 751-2.5 CORRUGATED METAL. Corrugated metal shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW -P-405. 10/24/74 751-2.6 FRAMES, COVERS, AND GRATES. The castings shall conform to one of the following requirements: (a) Gray iron castings shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 105. (b) Malleable iron castings shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 106. (c) Steel castings shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 103. (d) Structural steel for grates and frames shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 94. All castings or structural steel units shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans and shall be designed to support the loadings specified. Each frame aqd cover or grate unit shall be provided with fastening members to prevent it from being dislodged by traffic but which will allow easy removal for access to the structure. All castings shall be thoroughly cleaned and given two coats of approved bituminous paint. After fabrication, structural steel units shall be galvanized to meet the requirements of AASHO M 111. 751-2.7 STEPS. The steps or ladder bars shall be gray or malleable cast iron, galvanized wrought iron, or galvanized steel. Wrought iron shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 100. The steps shall be the size, length, and shape shown on the plans and those steps that are not galvanized shall be given a coat of bituminous paint, when directed. DIV IV Page 490 •I *1 SI SI II Si Si SI •I bRATEn i...'IJC, i.q PtuJ •1 I• I• I• 1• I• 1• Is 10/24/74 ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES Construction Methods 751-3.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. AC 150/5370-10 (a) The contractor shall do all excavation for structures and structure footings to the lines and grades or elevations, shown on the plans, or as staked by the engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of the full width and length of the structure or structure footings shown. The elevations of the bottoms of footings, as shown on the plans, shall be considered as approximately only; and the engineer may order, in writing, changes in dimensions or elevations of footings necessary to secure a satisfactory foundation. (b) Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be removed. All rock or other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped, or serrated, as directed by the engineer. All seams or crevices shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on a surface other than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation, and excavation to final grade shall not be made until just before the concrete or reinforcing is to be placed. (c) The contractor shall do all bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary to implement and protect the excavation and the structure as required for safety or conformance to governing laws. The cost of bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. (d) Unless otherwise provided, bracing, sheathing, or shoring involved in the construction of this item shall be removed by the contractor after the completion of the structure. Removal shall be effected in a manner which will not disturb or mar finished masonry. The cost of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. (e) After each excavation is completed, the contractor shall notify the engineer to that effect; and concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed after the engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the character of the foundation material. DIV IV Page 491 I • %SATRATED ..nu •oc. ...mi.uu •I AC 150/5370-10 1o/2;/74 ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES 751-3.2 BRICK STRUCTURE'S. (a) Foundations. A prepared foundation shall be placed for all brick structures after the foundation excavation is completed and accepted. Unless otherwise specified, the base shall consist of reinforced concrete mixed, prepared, and placed in accordance with the requirements of Item P-610. The foundation shall be built to the correct elevation and shall be finished to cause the least possible resistance to flowing water. (b) Lavine Brick. All brick shall be clean and thoroughly wet before laying so that they will not absorb any appreciable amount of additional water at the time they are laid. All brick shall be laid in freshly made mortar. Mortar that is not used within 45 minutes after water has been added shall be discarded. Retempering of mortar shall not be permitted. An ample layer of mortar shall be spread on the beds and a shallow furrow shall be made in it which can be readily closed by the laying of the brick. All bed and head joints shall be filled solid with mortar. End joints of stretchers and side or cross joints of headers shall be fully buttered with mortar and a shoved joint made to squeeze out mortar at the top of the joint. Any bricks that may be loosened after the mortar has taken its set, shall be removed, cleaned, and relaid with fresh mortar. No broken or chipped brick shall be used in the face, and no spalls or bats shall be used except where necessary to shape around irregular openings or edges; in which case, full bricks shall be placed at ends or corners where possible, and the bats shall be used in the interior of the course. In making closures, no piece of brick shorter than the width of a whole brick shall be used; and wherever practicable, whole brick shall be used and laid as headers. (c) Joints. All joints shall be slushed with mortar at every course, but slushing alone will not be considered adequate for making an acceptable joint. Exterior faces shall be laid up in advance of backing. Exterior faces shall be back plastered or pargeted with a coat of mortar not less than 3/8 -inch thick before the backing is laid up. Prior to pargeting, all joints on the back of face courses shall be cut flush. Unless otherwise noted, joints shall be not less than 1/4 -inch nor more than 1/2 -inch wide and whatever width is adopted shall be maintained uniform throughout the work. (d) Pointing. Face joints shall be neatly struck, using the weather joint. All joints shall be finished properly as the laying of the brick progresses. When nails or line pins are used the holes shall be immediately plugged with mortar and pointed when the nail or pin is removed. DIV IV Page 492 • • 10/24/74 ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES AC 150/5370-10 (e) Cleaning. Upon completion of the work all exterior surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned by scrubbing and washing down with water and, if necessary to produce satisfactory results, cleaning shall be done with a 5% solution of muriatic acid which shall then be rinsed off with liberal quantities of clean fresh water. (f) Curing and Cold Weather Protection. In hot or dry weather, or when directed by the engineer, the brick masonry shall be protected and kept moist for at least 48 hours after laying the brick. Brick masonry work or pointing shall not be done when there is frost in the brick or when the air temperature is below 50° F. unless the contractor has on the project ready to use, suitable covering and artificial heating devices necessary to keep the atmosphere surrounding the masonry at a temperature of not less than 600 F. for the duration of the curing period. 751-3.3 CONCRETE STRUCTURES,. Concrete structures shall be built on prepared foundations, conforming to the dimensions and form indicated on the plans. The construction shall conform to the requirements specified in Item P-610. Any reinforcement required shall be placed as indicated on the plans and shall be approved by the engineer before the concrete is poured. All invert channels shall be constructed and shaped accurately so as to be smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance to flowing water. The interior bottom shall be sloped downward toward the outlet. 751-3.4 PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE STRUCTURES. Precast concrete pipe structures shall be constructed on prepared or previously placed slab foundations and shall conform to the dimensions and locations shown on the plans. All precast concrete pipe sections necessary to build a completed structure shall be furnished. The different sections shall fit together readily, and all jointing and connections shall be cemented with mortar. The top of the upper precast concrete pipe member shall be suitably formed and dimensioned to receive the metal frame and cover or grate, or other cap, as required. Provision shall be made for any connections for lateral pipe, including drops and leads that may be installed in the structure. The flow lines shall be smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance to flow. The metal steps which are embedded or built into the side walls shall be aligned and placed at vertical intervals of 12 inches. When a metal ladder replaces the steps, it shall be securely fastened into position. DIV IV Page 493 • AATED u„J .Cc. FAVMFVl\LL •1 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES 10/24/74 751-3.5 CORRUGATED METAL STRUCTURES. Corrugated metal structures shallbe constructed on prepared foundations, conforming to the dimensions and locations as shown on the plans. The structures shall be prefabricated. Standard or special fittings shall be furnished to provide pipe connections or branches of correct dimensions. The connections or branches shall be of sufficient length to accommodate connecting bands. The fittings shall be welded in place to the metal structures. When indicated, the structures shall be placed on a reinforced concrete base. The top of the metal structure shall be designed so that either a concrete slab or metal collar may be attached to which can be fastened a standard metal frame and grate or cover. Steps or ladders shall be furnished as shown on the plans. 751-3.6 INLET AND OUTLET PIPES. Inlet and outlet pipes shall extend through the walls of the structures for a sufficient distance beyond the outside surface to allow for connections but shall be cut off flush with the wall on the inside surface, unless otherwise directed. For concrete or brick structures, the mortar shall be placed around these pipes so as to form a tight, neat connection. 751-3.7 PLACEMENT AND TREATMENT OF CASTINGS, FRAMES, AND FITTINGS. All castings, frames, and fittings shall be placed in the positions indicated on the plans or as directed by the engineer, and shall be set true to line and to correct elevation. If frames or fittings are to be set in concrete or cement mortar, all anchors or bolts shall be in place and position before the concrete or mortar is placed. The unit shall not be disturbed until the mortar or concrete has set. When frames or fittings are to be placed upon previousl the bearing surface or masonry shall be brought true to shall present an even bearing surface in order that the of the unit will come in contact with the masonry. The mortar beds and anchored to the masonry as indicated on directed and approved by the engineer. All units shall y constructed masonry, line and grade and entire face or back unit shall be set in the plans or as set firm and secure. After the frames or fittings have been set in final position and the concrete or mortar has been allowed to harden for 7 days, then the grates or covers shall be placed and fastened down. DIV IV Page 494 •1 •I •1 •I J •I Si Si •1 Ei!L O aaED 11.1.1 •3l. I..P1Rn.1 • 10/24/74 ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES AC 150/5370-10 751-3.8 INSTALLATION OF STEPS. The steps shall be installed as indicated on the plans or as directed by the engineer. When the steps are to be set in concrete, they shall be placed and secured in position before the concrete is poured. When the steps are installed in brick masonry, they shall be placed as the masonry is being built. The steps shall not be disturbed or used until the concrete or mortar has hardened for at least 7 days. After. this period has elapsed, the steps shall be cleaned and painted, unless they have been galvanized. When steps are required with precast concrete pipe structures, they shall be cast into the sides of the pipe at the time the pipe sections are manufactured or set in place after the structure is erected by drilling holes in the concrete and cementing the steps in place. i When steps are required with corrugated metal structures, they shall be I welded into aligned position at a vertical spacing of 12 inches. 0 i i In lieu of steps, prefabricated ladders may be installed. In the case of brick or concrete structures, the ladder shall be held in place by grouting the supports in drilled holes. In the case of metal structures, the ladder shall be secured by welding the top support and grouting the bottom support into drilled holes in the foundation or as directed. 751-3.9 BACKFILLING. (a) After a structure has been completed, the area around it shall be filled with approved material, in horizontal layers not to exceed 8 inches in loose depth, and compacted to the density required in Item P-152, and as determined by FAA compaction control tests T 611. Each layer shall be deposited all around the structure to approximately the same elevation. The top of the fill shall meet the elevation shown on the plans or as directed by the engineer. (b) Backfilling shall not be placed against any structure until permission is given by the engineer. In the case of concrete, such permission shall not be given until the concrete has been in place 7 days, or until tests made by the laboratory under supervision of the engineer establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to provide a factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfill or the methods used in placing it. DIV IV Page 495 • C(1$ATEO ,n.. .x. ..Qr1W!p. •1 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/7L ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES (c) . Backfill shall not be measured for direct payment. Performance of this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the contractor covered under the contract unit price for the structure involved. 751-3.10 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE. After the backfill is completed, the contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankments, shoulders, or as ordered by the engineer. The contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. After all work is completed, the contractor shall remove all tools and equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear, and in good condition. Method of Measurement 751-4.1 Manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes shall be measured by the unit. Basis of Payment 751-5.1 The accepted quantities of manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes will be paid for at the contract unit price per each, complete and in place. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, backfilling and placing of the materials; furnishing and installation of such specials and connections to pipes and other structures as may be required to complete the item as shown on the plans; and for all labor equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the structure. . Payment will be made under: Item D-751-5.1 Manholes --per each Item D-751-5.1 Catch Basins --per each Item D-751-5.1 Inlets --per each DIV IV (jttrEo ,mux. u•memu Page 496 *1 II J SI •1 �I •1 I• I0 I0 I• I• I• I. 10/24/74 ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES Item D-751-5.1 Inspection Holes --per each AC 150/5370-10 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENT Test and short title Material and short title AASHO T 26 --Water AASHO M 91 --Brick FAA T -611 --Density AASHO M 85 --Portland Cement AASHO M 45 --Sand ASTM C -6 --Lime • ASTM C -478 --Manhole Ring •L/WW-P 405--CMP AASHO M 105 --Gray Iron AASHO M 106 --Malleable Iron AASHO M 103 --Steel AASHO M 94 --Grate and Frames AASHO M 111 --Galvanize AASHO M 100 --Wrought Iron NOTE: Others as required by referenced specifications. !/Federal Specification DIV IV Page 497 (Reserve Page 498) bRATD • 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-752 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Description 752-1.1 This item shall consist of either plain or reinforced concrete culverts, headwalls, and miscellaneous drainage structures constructed in accordance with these specifications, at the specified locations and conforming to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the plans or required by the engineer. Materials 752-2.1 CONCRETE. Plain and reinforced concrete shall meet the requirements of Item P-610. Construction Methods 752-3.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. (a) Trenches and foundation pits for structures or structure footings shall be excavated to the lines and grades or elevations shown on the plans or as staked by the engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of the full width and length of the structure or structure footings shown. The elevations of the bottoms of footings, as shown on the plans, shall be considered as approximate only; and the engineer may order, in writing, changes in dimensions or elevations of footings necessary to secure a satisfactory foundation. (b) Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be removed. All rock or other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped, or serrated, as directed by the engineer. All seams or crevices shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on a surface other than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation, and excavation to final grade shall not be made until just before the concrete or reinforcing steel is to be placed. DIV IV Page 499 ATED u r..ux. ruvnnuE • • • • • • • • • • • AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-752 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 10/24/74 (c) The contractor shall do all bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary to perform and protect the excavation and the structure as required for safety or conformance to governing laws. The cost of bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for excavation. (d) Unless otherwise provided, bracing, sheathing, or shoring involved therewith shall be removed by the contractor after the completion of the structure. Removal shall be effected in a manner which will not disturb or mar finished concrete. The cost of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for excavation. (e) After each excavation is completed, the contractor shall notify the engineer to that effect, and concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed after the engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the character of the foundation material. 752-3.2 BACKFILLING. (a) After a structure has been completed, backfilling with approved material shall be accomplished by applying the fill in horizontal layers not to exceed 8 inches in loose depth, and compacted to the density required in Item P-152, and as determined by FAA compaction control tests T-611. (b) No backfilling shall be placed against any structure until permission is given by the engineer. In the case of concrete, such permission shall not be given until the concrete has been in place 7 days, or until tests made by the laboratory under the supervision of the engineer establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to provide a factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfill or the methods used in placing it. (c) Fill placed around concrete culverts shall be deposited on both sides at the same time and to approximately the same elevation. Care shall be taken to prevent any wedging action against the structure, and all slopes bounding or within the areas to be backfilled shall be stepped or serrated to prevent wedge action. (d) Backfill will not be measured for direct payment. Performance of this work under the contract is not payable directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the contractor,' covered under the contract unit price for "Unclassified Excavation for Structures." DIV IV Page 500 • I e' W` IED /r,\LOC, i .QV[VILLI •1 10/24/74 AG 150/5370-10 ITEM D-752 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 752-3.3 WEEP HOLES. Weep holes shall be constructed as shown on the plans. 752-3.4 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE. After the backfill is completed, the contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankment, shoulders, or as ordered by thg engineer. The contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. , After all work is completed, the contractor shall remove all tools and equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear, and in good condition. Method of Measurement 752-4.1 The yardage of unclassified excavation for structures to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards, measured in original position, of material excavated in accordance with the plans, or as directed by the engineer; but in no case shall any yardage be included in the measurement for payment which is outside of a volume bounded by vertical planes 18 inches outside of and parallel to the neat lines of the footings. 752-4.2 The yardage of concrete to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards of concrete, complete in place and accepted. In computing the yardage of concrete for payment, the dimensions used shall be those shown on the plans or ordered by the engineer. No measurements or other allowances shall be made for forms, false work, cofferdams, pumping, bracing, expansion joints, or finishing of the concrete. No deductions in yardage shall be made for the volumes of reinforcing steel or embedded items. 752-4.3 The poundage of reinforcing steel to be paid for shall be the calculated theoretical number of pounds placed as shown on the plans, complete in place and accepted. The unit weight used for deformed bars shall be the weight of plain square or round bars, as the case may be, of equal nominal size. DIV IV Page 501 •1 •1 •1 •I •I Si •I Si •I RATED u\\Yy. A I• L i• I. I. I. a I. AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-752 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Basis of Payment 10/24/74 752-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for unclassified excavation for structures; at the contract unit price per cubic yard for concrete for the structures; and at the contract unit price per pound for reinforcing steel. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, and placing the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the structure. Payment will be made under: Item D-752-5.1 Unclassified Excavation for Structures - per cubic yard. Item D-752-5.1 Structural Concrete - per cubic yard. Item D-752-5.1 Reinforcing Steel - per pound. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title FAA T -611 --Density None NOTE: Others as required by referenced specifications. L9R MEED Page 502 • 10/24/74 DIVISION VII TESTS AND APPENDIX TEST 611 COMPACTION CONTROL TESTS General AC 150/5370-10 611-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This specification shall govern the determination of the maximum density, field density, and percent compaction of those materials for which a minimum percent compaction is specified. It covers the basic procedures to be followed in performing the test for maximum density, field density, and percent compaction. In all cases density shall be stated as the dry weight in pounds per cubic foot. 611-2.1 MAXIMUM DENSITY. Maximum density is defined as the maximum dry weight in pounds per cubic foot obtained when a material is mixed with different percentages of water and compacted in a standard manner. The percentage of water at which maximum density is obtained is termed the optimum moisture content. 611-2.2 LABORATORY_COMPACTION TESTS. The maximum density shall be determined by the appropriate method shown below: (a) Where All of the Material Passes a No. 4 Sieve. Use AASHO T 180, Method A (of B) for areas designed for aircraft weighing 30,000 pounds or more, and AASHO T 99, Method A (or B) for areas designed for aircraft weighing less than 30,000 pounds. (b) Where the Material Contains Particles Larger Than a No. 4 Sieve Use AASHO T 100, Method C (or D) for areas designed for aircraft we 30,000 weighing pounds or more and AASHO T 99, Method C (or D) for areas designee d for aircraft weighing less than 30,000 pounds. (c) Where the Material Contains Particles Larger Than 3/4 Inch. Follow the replacement procedure given in the note under Method C of AASHO T 99 or T 180. DIV VII Page 657 • • 'L. lya€ AT ED • I• I. i. r i. AC 150/5370-10 TEST 611 COMTACTION CONmOL TESTS ,0/24/74 611-3.1 FIELD DENSITY. Field density refers to the dry density expressed in pounds per cubic foot of a layer of compacted material in place at the site as determined by a sample representative of the compacted layer. The field density shall be determined in accordance with AASHO T 147, AASHO T 181, ASTM D1556, ASTP4 D 2167, or other methods approved by the.engineer. 611-4.1 PERCENT COMPACTION. The percent compaction is defined as the density of the compacted layer expressed as a percentage of the maximum density of the material when tested in accordance with these specifications. 611-4.2 COMPUTATION. The percentage of compaction is computed by the formula: DIV VII Percent compaction = Field density X 100 Maximum density I. ` aaEC pntnoc. •s EfEaul •1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 DIVISION V TURFING ITEM T-901 SEEDING Description 901-1.1 This item shall consist of seeding the areas shown on the plans or as directed by the engineer in accordance with these specifications. Materials 901-2.1 SEED. The kinds of grass, legume, and cover -crop seed furnished shall be those stipulated in the special provisions. Seed shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. JJJ-S-181. Seed shall be furnished separately or in mixtures in standard containers with the seed name, lot number, net weight, percentages of purity and of germination and hard seed, and percentage of maximum weed seed content clearly marked for each kind of seed. The contractor shall furnish the engineer duplicate signed copies of a statement by the vendor certifying that each lot of seed has been tested by a recognized laboratory for seed testing within 6 months of date of delivery.. This statement shall include: name and address of laboratory, date of test, lot number for each kind of seed, and the results of tests as to name, percentages of purity and of germination, and percentage of weed content for each kind of seed furnished, and, in case of a mixture, the proportions of each kind of seed. 901-2.2 LIME. Lime, if specified, shall be ground limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates, and shall be ground to such fineness that 90L will pass through a No. 20 mesh sieve and 50% will pass through a No. 100 mesh sieve. Coarser material will be acceptable, providing the rates of application are increased to provide not less than the minimum quantities and depth specified in the special provisions on the basis of the two sieve requirements above. Dolomitic lime or a high magnesium lime shall contain at least 10% of magnesium oxide. DIV V Page 507 •I •I II SI �I RATED unJ.Jc. ..q nlnp II I9 I. p. I. I. I� I. AC 150/5370-10 Li 'Af t17'r. fi'..A .?'(�'5Y"'19S ,�Jliw ITEM T-901 SEEDING 10/24/74 901-2.3 FERTILIZER. Fertilizer, if specified, shall be standard commercial fertilizers supplied separately or in mixtures containing the percentages of total nitrogen, available phosphoric acid, and water-soluble potash. They shall be applied at the rate and to the depth specified in the special provisions, and shall meet the specified requirements of the applicable State and Federal laws. They shall be furnished in standard containers with name, weight, and guaranteed analysis of contents clearly marked thereon. No cyanamide compounds or hydrated lime shall be permitted in mixed fertilizers. The fertilizers may be supplied in one of the following forms: (a) A dry, free -flowing fertilizer suitable for application by a common fertilizer spreader; (b) A finely -ground fertilizer soluble in water, suitable for application by power sprayers; or (c) A granular or pellet form suitable for application by blower equipment. 901-2.4 SOIL FOR REPAIRS. The soil for fill and topsoiling of areas to be repaired shall be at least of equal quality to that which exists in areas adjacent to the area to be repaired. The soil shall be relatively free from large stones, roots, stumps, or other materials that will interfere with subsequent sowing of seed, compacting, and establishing turf, and shall be approved by the engineer before being placed. Construction Methods 901-3.1 ADVANCE PREPARATION AND CLEANUP. After grading of areas has-been completed and before applying fertilizer and ground limestone, areas to be seeded shall be raked or otherwise cleared of stones larger than 2 inches in any diameter, sticks, stumps, and other debris which might interfere with sowing of seed, growth of grasses, or subsequent maintenance of grass -covered areas. If any damage by erosion or other causes has occurred after the completion of grading and before beginning the application of fertilizer and ground limestone, the contractor shall repair such damage. This may include filling gullies, smoothing irregularities, and repairing other incidental damage. DIV V Page 508 EED Y111".f.i(I"It • 11/24/74 ITEP1 T-901 SEEDING AC 150/5370-10 An area to be seeded shall be considered a satisfactory seedbed without additional treatment if it has recently been thoroughly loosened and worked to a depth of not less than 5 inches as a result of grading operations and, if immediately prior to seeding, the top 3 inches of soil is loose, friable, reasonably free from large clods, rocks, large roots, or other undesirable matter, and if shaped to the required grade. However, when the area to be seeded is sparsely sodded, weedy, barren and unworked, or packed and hard, any grass and weeds shall first be cut or otherwise satisfactorily disposed of, and the soil then scarified or otherwise loosened to a depth not less than 5 inches. Clods shall be broken and the top 3 inches of soil shall be worked into a satisfactory seedbed by discing, or by use of cultipackers, rollers, drags, harrows, or other appropriate means. 901-3.2 DRY APPLICATION METHOD. (a) Liming. Lime, if required, shall be applied separately and prior to the application of any fertilizer or seed and only on seedbeds which have previously been prepared as described above. The lime shall then be worked into the top 3 inches of soil after which the seedbed shall again be properly graded and dressed to a smooth finish. (b) Fertilizing. Following advance preparations and cleanup, and liming if required, fertilizer shall be uniformly spread at the rate which will provide not less than the minimum quantity stated in the special provisions. (c) Seeding. Grass seed shall be sown at the rate specified on the plans or in the special provisions immediately after fertilizing, and the fertilizer and seed shall be raked within the depth range stated in the special provisions. Seeds of legumes, either alone or in mixtures, shall be inoculated before mixing or sowing, in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer of the inoculant. When seeding is required at other than the seasons shown on the plans or in the special provisions, a cover crop shall be sown by the same methods required for grass and legume seeding. (d) Rolling. After the seed has been properly covered, the seedbed shall be immediately compacted by means of an approved lawnroller, weighing I 40 to 65 pounds per foot of width for clay soil (or any soil having a tendency to pack), and weighing 150 to 200 pounds per foot of width for sandy or light soils. DIV V Page 509 ( OFV�GG''4jy(`�F` 55NFN�EE fIr�Cp'k D ..11.1.x. mmM4w • • I C AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM T-901 SEEDING 901-3.3 WET APPLICATION METHOD. (a) General.t.The contractor may elect to apply seed and fertilizer (and lime, if required) by spraying them on the previously prepared seedbed in the form of an aqueous mixture and by using the, methods and equipment described herein. The rates of application shall be as specified in the special provisions. (b) Spraying Equipment. The spraying equipment shall have a container or water tank equipped with a liquid level gauge calibrated to read in increments not larger than 50 gallons over the entire range of the tank capacity, mounted so as to be visible to the nozzle operator. The container or tank shall also be equipped with a mechanical power -driven agitator capable of keeping all the solids in the mixture in complete suspension at all times until used. The unit shall also be equipped with a pressure pump capable of delivering 100 gallons per minute at a pressure of 100 pounds per square inch. The pump shall be mounted in a line which will recirculate the mixture through the tank whenever it is not being sprayed from the nozzle. All pump passages and pipe lines shall be capable of providing clearance for 5/8 inch solids. The power unit for the pump and agitator shall have controls mounted so as to be accessible to the nozzle operator. There shall be an indicating pressure gauge connected and mounted immediately at the back of the nozzle. The nozzle pipe shall be mounted on an elevated supporting stand in such a manner that it can be rotated through 360 degrees horizontally and inclined vertically from at least 20 degrees below to at least 60 degrees above the horizontal. There shall be a quick -acting, three-way control valve connecting the recirculating line to the nozzle pipe and mounted so that the nozzle operator can control and regulate the amount of flow of mixture delivered to the nozzle. At least three different types of nozzles shall be supplied so that mixtures may be properly sprayed over distance varying from 20 feet to 100 feet. One shall be a close -range ribbon nozzle, one a medium -range ribbon nozzle, and one a long-range jet nozzle. For case of removal and cleaning, all nozzles shall be connected to the nozzle pipe by means of quick -release couplings. In order to reach areas inaccessible to the regular equipment, an extension hose at least 50 feet in length shall be provided to which the nozzles may be connected. DIV V Page 510 • K9 EN RATED x ,,,,,... ....n,.,,,. •I 10/24/74 ITEM T-901 SEEDING AC 150/5370-10 (c) Mixtures. Lime, if required, shall be applied separately, in the quantity specified, prior to the fertilizing and seeding operations. Not more than 220 pounds of lime shall be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons of water. Seed and fertilizer shall be mixed together in the relative proportions specified, but not more than a total of 220 pounds of these combined solids shall be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons of water. All water used shall be obtained from fresh water sources and shall be free from injurious chemicals and other toxic substances harmful to plant life. Brackish water shall not be used at any time. The contractor shall identify to the engineer all sources of water at least 2.weeks prior to use. The engineer may take samples of the water at the source or from the tank at any time and have a laboratory test the samples for chemical and saline content. The contractor shall not use any water from any source which is disapproved by the engineer following such tests. All mixtures shall be constantly agitated from the time they are mixed until they are finally applied to the seedbed. All such mixtures shall be used within 2 hours from the time they were mixed or they shall be wasted and disposed of at locations acceptable to the engineer. (d) Spraying. Lime, if required, shall be sprayed only upon previously prepared seedbeds. After the applied lime mixture has dried, the lime shall be worked into the top 3 inches, after which the seedbed shall again be properly graded and dressed to a smooth finish. Mixtures of seed and fertilizer shall only be sprayed upon previously prepared seedbeds on which the lime, if required, shall already have been worked in. The mixtures shall be applied by means of a high-pressure spray which shall always be directed upward into the air so that the mixtures will fall to the ground like rain in a uniform spray. Nozzles or sprays shall never be directed toward the ground in such a manner as might produce erosion or runoff. Particular care shall be exercised to insure that the application is made uniformly and at the prescribed rate and to guard against misses and overlapped areas. Proper predetermined quantities of the mixture in accordance with specifications shall be used to cover specified sections of known area. Checks on the rate and uniformity of application may be made by observing the degree of wetting of the ground or by distributing test sheets of paper or pans over the area at intervals and observing the quantity of material deposited thereon. DIV V Page 511 •I •I •1 •I Si Si •I Si lL SATED b11.11vpU Si • AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM T-901 SEEDING On surfaces which are to be mulched as indicated by the plans or designated by the engineer, seed and fertilizer applied by the spray method need not be raked into the soil: or rolled. However, on surfaces on whichAinulch is not to be used, the raking and rolling operations will be required after the soil has dried. 901-3.4 MAINTENANCE OF SEEDED AREAS. The contractor shall protect seeded areas against traffic or other use by warning signs or barricades, as approved by the engineer. Surfaces gullied or otherwise damaged following seeding shall be repaired by regrading and reseeding as directed. The contractor shall mow, water as directed, and otherwise maintain seeded areas in a satisfactory condition until final inspection and acceptance of the work. When either the dry or wet application method outlined above is used for work done out of season, it will be required that the contractor establish a good stand of grass of uniform color and density to the satisfaction of the - engineer. If at the time when the contract has been otherwise completed it is not possible to make an adequate determination of the color, density, and uniformity of such stand of grass, payment for the unaccepted portions of the areas seeded out of season will be withheld until such time as these requirements have been met. Method of Measurement 901-4.1 The quantity of seeding to be paid for shall be the number of units of 1,000 square feet, measured on the ground surface, completed and accepted. Basis of Payment 901-5.1 The quantity, determined as provided above, will be paid for at the contract unit price per 1,000 square feet, or fraction thereof, for the pay item listed below, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all material and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this item. DIV V Page 512 • �_ P lED u.y,.X. 1S fpVp\f •I 10/24/74 ITEM T-901 SEEDING Payment will be made under: Item 901-5.1 Seeding - per 1,000 square feet. AC 150/5370-10 TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title None l/JJJ-S-181--Seed Federal Specification DIV V Page 513 (Reserve Page 514)I •I •1 SI Si �I !I Si RflED rtu+x. r.n mazer is L I• r I• 1. 10/24/74 ITEM T-904 SODDING Description AC 150/5370-10 904-1.1 This item shall consist of furnishing, hauling, and placing approved live sod on prepared areas in accordance with this specification at the locations shown on the plans or as directed by the engineer. Materials 904-2.1 SOD. Sod furnished by the contractor shall have a good cover of living or growing grass. This shall be interpreted to include grass that is seasonally dormant during the cold or dry seasons and capable of renewing growth after the dormant period. All sod shall be obtained from areas where the soil is reasonably fertile and contains a high percentage of loamy topsoil. Sod shall be cut or stripped from living, thickly matted turf relatively free of weeds or other undesirable foreign plants, large stones, roots, or other materials which might be detrimental to the development of the sod or to future maintenance. At least 70% of the plants in the cut sod shall be composed of the species stated in the special provisions, and any vegetation more than 6 inches in height shall be mowed to a height of 3 inches or less before sod is lifted. Sod, including the soil containing the roots and the plant growth showing above, shall be cut uniformly to a thickness not less than that stated in the special provisions. 904-2.2 LIME. Lime, if specified, shall conform to the requirements of 901-2.2. 904-2.3 FERTILIZER. Fertilizer, if specified, shall conform to the requirements of 901-2.3. 904-2.4 WATER. The water shall be sufficiently free from oil, acid, alkali, salt, or other harmful materials that would inhibit the growth of grass. It shall be subject to the approval of the engineer prior to use. DIV V Page 521 u SATED unu gU ammfvrui •I AC 150/5370-10 1,/24/74 ITEM T-904 SODDING 904-2.5 SOIL FOR REPAIRS. The soil for fill and topsoiling of areas to be repaired shall conform to the requirements of 901-2.4. Construction Methods 904-3.1 GENERAL. Areas to be solid, strip, or spot sodded shall be shown on the plans. Areas requiring special ground surface preparation such as tilling and those areas in a satisfactory condition which are to remain undisturbed shall also be shown on the plans. Suitable equipment necessary for proper preparation of the ground surface and for the handling and placing of all required materials shall be on hand, in good condition, and shall be approved by the engineer before the various operations are started. The contractor shall demonstrate to the engineer before starting the various operations that the application of required materials will be made at the specified rates. 904-3.2 PREPARING THE GROUND SURFACE. After grading of areas has been completed and before applying fertilizer and limestone, areas to be sodded shall be raked or otherwise cleared of stones larger than 2 inches in any diameter, sticks, stumps, and other debris which might interfere with sodding, growth of grasses, or subsequent maintenance of grass -covered areas. If any damage by erosion or other causes occurs after grading of areas and before beginning the application of fertilizer and ground limestone, the contractor shall repair such damage. This may include filling gullies, smoothing irregularities, and repairing other incidental damage. 904-3.3 APPLYING FERTILIZER AND GROUND LIMESTONE. Following ground surface preparation, fertilizer shall be uniformly spread at a rate which will provide not less than the minimum quantity of each fertilizer ingredient, as stated in the special provisions. If use of ground limestone is required, it shall then be spread at a rate which will provide not less than the minimum quantity stated in the special provisions. These materials shall be incorporated into the soil to a depth of not less than 2 inches by discing, raking, or other methods acceptable to the engineer. Any stones larger than 2 inches in any diameter, large clods, roots, and other litter brought to the surface by this operation shall be removed. DIV V Page 522 •I •I •I •I •1 •I J Si •I UA WEED u.,11 •T.. •I I• I• 1• I• I• 1• I• I• 1• I• 10/24/74 ITEM T-904 SODDING AC 150/5370-10 904-3.4 OBTAINING AND DELIVERING SOD. After inspection and approval of the source of sod by the engineer, the sod shall be cut with approved sod cutters to such a thickness that after it has been transported and placed on the prepared bed, but before it has been compacted, it shall have a uniform thickness of not less than 2 inches. Sod sections or strips shall be cut in uniform widths, not less than 10 inches, and in lengths of not less than 18 inches, but of such length as may be readily lifted without breaking, tearing, or loss of soil. Where strips are required, the sod must be rolled without damage with the grass folded inside. The contractor may be required to mow high grass before cutting sod. The sod shall be transplanted within 24 hours from the time it is stripped, unless circumstances beyond the contractor's control make storing necessary. In such cases, sod shall be stacked, kept moist, and protected from exposure to the air and sun and shall be kept from freezing. Sod shall be cut and moved only when the soil moisture conditions are such that favorable results can be expected. Where the soil is too dry, permission to cut sod may be granted only after it has been watered sufficiently to moisten the soil to the depth the sod is to be cut. 904-3.5 LAYING SOD. Sodding shall be performed only during the seasons when satisfactory results can be expected. Frozen sod shall not be used and sod shall not be placed upon frozen soil. Sod may be transplanted during periods of drought with the approval of the engineer, provided the sod bed is watered to moisten the soil to a depth of at least 4 inches immediately prior to laying the soda The sod shall be moist and shall be placed on a moist earth bed. Pitch forks shall not be used to handle sod, and dumping from vehicles shall not be permitted. The sod shall be carefully placed by hand, edge to edge and with staggered joints, in rows at right angles to the slopes, commencing at the base of the area to be sodded and working upward. The sod shall. immediately be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed by tamping or rolling with approved equipment to provide a true and even surface, and insure knitting without displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. Where the sod may be displaced during sodding operations, the workmen when replacing it shall work from ladders or treaded planks to prevent further displacement. Screened soil of good quality shall be used to fill all cracks between sods. The quantity of the fill soil shall not cause smothering of the grass. Where the grades are such that the flow of water will be from paved surfaces across sodded DIV V Page 523 I • L McGo DAATTEO ,.n.. .x. ...,nnnu •1 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM T-904 SODDING areas, the surface of the soil approximately 1 inch below the the sodded areas and onto the surface of the soil in the sod pavement edges. 13/24/74 in the sod after compaction shall be set pavement edge. Where the flow will be over ,awed surfaces around manholes and inlets, the after compaction shall be placed flush with On slopes steeper than 1 vertical to 2 1/2 horizontal and in V-shaped or flat -bottom ditches or gutters, the sod shall be pegged with wooden pegs not less than 12 inches in length and have a cross-sectional area of not less than 3/4 square inch. The pegs shall be driven flush with the surface of the sod. 904-3.6 WATERING. Adequate water and watering equipment must be on hand before sodding begins, and sod shall be kept moist until it has become established and its continued growth assured. In all cases, watering shall be done in a manner which will avoid erosion from the application of excessive quantities and will avoid damage to the finished surface. 904-3.7 ESTABLISHING TURF. (a) General. The contractor shall provide general care for the sodded areas as soon as the sod has been laid and shall continue until final inspection and acceptance of the work. (b) Protection. All sodded areas shall be protected against traffic or other use by warning signs or barricades approved by the engineer. (c) Mowing. The contractor shall mow the sodded areas with approved mowing equipment, depending upon climatic and growth conditions and the needs for mowing specific areas. In the event that weeds or other undesirable vegetation are permitted to grow to such an extent that, either cut or uncut, they threaten to smother the sodded species, they shall be mowed and the clippings raked and removed from the area. 904-3.8 REPAIRING. When the surface has become gullied or otherwise damaged during the period covered by this contract, the affected areas shall be repaired to re-establi?n the grade and the condition of the soil, as directed by the engineer, and shall then be resodded as specified in 904-3.5. DIV V Page 524 �1 J *I SI •I iI 0I •I "ATED JlA .t, .IpfryYLL •I is li I. 10/24/74 ITEM T-904 SODDING' Method of Measurement AC 150/5370-10 904-4.1 This item shall be measured on the basis of the a'in square yards of the surface covered with sod and accepted. Basis of Payment 904-5.1 This item will be paid for on the basis of the contract unit price per square yard for sodding, which price shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, material, staking, and incidentals necessary to satisfactorily complete the items as specified. Payment will be made under: Item T-904-5.1 Sodding - per square yard. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title None None NOTE: Others as required by referenced specifications. DIV V Page 525 (Reserve Page 526) is L�d3�4Mk$CATED R •1 /2 /74 ^ lG _) ; liiV-_V ITEM L io8 B STALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS Description 108-1.1 This item shall consist of underground cable furnished and installed in accordance with this specification at the locations and in accordance with the design, dimensions, and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the excavation and backfill of the trench and the installation of cable and counterpoise wire in trench, duct or conduit. It shall include splicing, cable marking, and testing of the installation and all incidentals necessary to place the cable in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the engineer. This item shall not include the installation .of the duct or conduit. Equipment and Materials 108-2.1 GENERAL. (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D. C. 20591, and shall be listed in Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. (b) All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification, when requested by the engineer. 108-2.2 CABLE. Underground cable shall conform to the requirements of Specification for L-824, Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. The following types are covered in Specification L-824: (a) Type A -- Single and multiple conductor cable with 600 -volt performance type insulation with an overall neoprene jacket. (b) . _e B -- Single and multiple conductor cable with 3,000- or 5,000 -volt "Ozone Resistant" insulation with an overall neoprene jacket. DIV VI Page 583 •1 •1 •1 •1 7 •1 SI SI SI ?L�G•RATED . "A .x. u.1.44q 7 0 • • • AC 150/5370-1.0 IITce, L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS l0/2/74 All cable for airport lighting service shall be stranded viz: 600 -volt -- 7 -strand; 3,000 -sand 5,000 -volt. -19 strand. For power cable; conductor size shall not be smaller than No. 8 AWG. Control cable, conductor size shall be not .less than No. 12 AWG. These limits on conductor sizes shall not apply to leads furnished by manufacturers on transformers and fixtures. If telephone control. cable is specified, copper shielded, polyethylene insulated and jacketed, No. 19 AWG telephone cable conforming to the United States Department of Agriculture, Rural Electrification Administration (REA) Bulletin 345 -?4, REA Specification for Fully Color -Coded, Polyethylene Insulated, Double Polyethylene -Jacketed Telephone Cables for Direct Burial, shall be used. 47here counterpoise conductors are to be installed and where soil conditions would adversely affect bare copper wire, thermoplastic wire conforming to Federal Specification J -C-30, Type TW, 600 -volt, may be used. Cable type, size, number of conductors, strand and service voltage shall be specified in the plans and/or proposal. 108-2.3 BARE COPPER WIRE (Counterpoise). Bare copper wire for counter- poise installations shall be stranded wire conforming to ASTM Specifications B3 and B8. 108-2.4 CABLE CONNECTIONS. In -line connections of underground primary cables shall be of the type called for in the plans or in the proposal, and shall be one of the types listed below. Wnen the plans or the proposal permit a choice of connection, the contractor shall indicate in the bid the type of connection he proposes to furnish. (a) The Cast Splice. A cast splice, employing a plastic mold and using epoxy resin equal to that manufactured by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, "Scotchcast" Kit No. 82--A, or as manufactured by Hysol Corporation, "iiyseal Epoxy Splice" Kit No. E1135, for potting the splice is approved. This means of splicing is the only type approved for telephone control cable. DIV VI Page 584 LlBYNINCO YOR ArED 4[l El q1[. P Ef •1 lo/2Y/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS (b) The Vulcanized Splice. A vulcanized splice employing Joy Manufacturing Company's Vulcanizing Kit No. X-1604-8 or equal is approved for field vulcanized splices. The proper molds for various cable sizes shall be used. (c) The Field -attached Plug-in Splice. Figure 14 of Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle, Cable Connectors, employing connector kits, is approved for field attachment to single conductor cable. (d) The Factory -molded Plug -in -Splice. Specification for L-823 Connectors, Factory -Molded to Individual Conductors, are approved. (e) The Taped Splice. Taped splices employing field -applied rubber, or synthetic rubber tape covered with plastic tape are approved. The rubber tape should meet the requirements of Military Specification MIL -I-3825 and the plastic tape should comply with Mil. Spec. LE L -I-7798 or Fed. Spec. HH-I-595. In all the above cases, connections of cable conductors shall be made using crimp connectors utilizing a crimping tool designed to make a complete crimp before the tool can be removed. No. 19 AWNG telephone control wires may be connected by means of wrapped and soldered splice, 3M Company Moisture Proof UR Type Connector, or equal, or by a method approved by the engineer. 108-2.5 CONCRETE. Concrete for cable markers shall conform to Specification Item P-610, "Structural Portland Cement Concrete." Construction Methods 108-3.1 GENERAL. The contractor shall install the specified cable at the approximate locations indicated in the airport lighting layout plans. The engineer shall indicate specific locations. Cable connections between lights will be permitted cnly at the light locations for connecting the underground cable to the primary leads of the individual insulating transformers. The contractor shall be responsible for providing cable in continuous lengths for home runs or other long cable runs without connections, unless otherwise authorized in writing by the engineer or shown in the plans. DIV VI Page 585 •1 •1 •1 •I •1 •I Cl •I •1 • p. 1• i. AC 150/5370-10 11m'i L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS 10/24/74 108-3.2 INSTALLATION IN DUCT OR CONDUIT. This item inclures the installation of the cable in duct or conduit as described below. The maximum number and voltage ratings of cables installed in each single duct or conduit, and the current -carrying capacity of each cable shall be in accordance with the latest National Electric Code, or the code of the local agency having jurisdiction. The contractor shall make no connections or joints of any kind in cables installed in conduits or ducts. The duct or conduit shall be installed as a separate item in accordance with Item L-110, "Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct." The contractor shall make sure that the duct is open, continuous, and clear of debris before installing cable. The cable shall be installed in a manner to prevent harmful stretching of the conductor, injury to the insulation, or damage to the outer protective covering. The ends of all cables shall be sealed with moisture -seal tape before pulling into the conduit and it shall be left sealed until connections are made. Where more than one cable is to be installed in a duct under the same contract, all cable shall be pulled in the duct at the same time. The pulling of a cable through ducts or conduits may be accomplished by handwinch or power winch with the use of cable grips or pulling eyes. Pulling tensions should be governed by recommended standard practices for straight pulls or bends. A lubricant recommended for the type of cable being installed shall be used where pulling lubricant is required. Duct or conduit markers temporarily removed for excavations shall be replaced as required. 108-3.3 TRCHING. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. Trenches for cables may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum o£ shoulder surface is disturbed. Road patrols or graders shall not be used to excavate the trench with their blades. The bottom surface of trenches shall be essentially smooth and free from coarse aggregate. Unless otherwise specified, cable trenches shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 18 inches below finished grade, except as follows: (a) When off the airport or crossing under a roadway or driveway, the minimum depth shall be 36 inches unless otherwise specified. DIV VI Page 586 1• lid Btsi I C ATED y OBI .oc. ..RRFVILLF • .0/2/74 1TF_i L-.08 :::STA::�TiOy CF UI.'DERGFO'rD Cfr,:.. FC5 AIRPORTS (b) Minimum cable depth :hen crossing under a railroad track, shall be 42 inches unless otherwise specified. The contractor shall excavate all cable trenches to a width not less than 6 inches. The trench shall be widened where more than two cables are to be installed parallel in the same trench. Unless otherwise specified in the plans, all cables in the same location and running in the same general direction shall be installed in the same trench. When rock excavation is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a depth of at least 3 inches below the required cable depth and it shall be replaced with bedding material of earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4 -inch sieve. The contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All excavation shall be unclassified. 1_08-3.4 INSTALLATION IN TR XTC:-ES. The contractor shall not use a cable plow for installing the cable. Mechanical cable -laying equipment may be used in conjunction with a trenching machine if specified on project plans and specifications; and it should provide for physical inspection of cable prior to backfilling. Sharp bends or kinks in the cable shall not be permitted. Cables shall be unreeled in place alongside or in the trench and shall be carefully placed along the bottom of the trench. The cable shall not be unreeled and pulled into the trench from one end. Where two or more cables are laid parallel in the same trench, they shall be placed laterally a minimum distance of 3 inches apart, and the trench shall be widened sufficiently to accomplish this. Cables crossing over each other shall have a minimum of 3 -inch vertical displacement with the topmcst cable depthat or below the minimum required depth below finished grade. Not less than 1 foot of cable slack shall be left on each side of all connections, insulating transformers, light units, and at all other points where cable is connected to field equipment. The slack cable shall be placed in the trench in a series of S curves. Additional slack cable shall be left in runway light bases, handholes, manholes, etc., where it is required to bring the cable above ground level to make connections. The amount of slack cable shall be stipulated by the engineer, or as shci%n in the plans and specifications. DIV VI Page 587 C L E r L.�� RATED pfJ ay. IVEr E.x11 r AC 15'0/5370-10 10/24/74 I. If i. i. i. ITE4 L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS i0S-3.5 BACKFILLING. After the cable has been installed, the trench shall be 3 inches deep, loose measurement, and shall be either earth or -sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1,/4 -inch sieve. This layer shall not be compacted. The second layer shall be 5 inches deep, loose measurement, and shall contain no particles that would be retained on a 1 -inch sieve. The remainder of the backfill shall be excavated or imported mineral and shall not contain stone or aggregate larger than 4 inches maximum diameter. The third and subsequent layers of the backfill shall not exceed 8 inches in maximum depth, loose measurement. The second, and subsequent layers shall be thoroughly tamped and compacted to at least the density of the adjacent undisturbed soil, and to the satisfaction of the engineer. If necessary to obtain the desired compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required. Trenches shall not be excessively wet and shall not contain pools of water during backfilling operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface, except that when sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the engineer. 108-3.6 RESTORATION. Where sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible after the backfilling is completed. All areas disturbed by the trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, pad construction, and other work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include any necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging or mulching All such work shall be performed in accordance with the FAA Standard Turfing Specifications. The contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance. 108-3.7 CABLE MARKERS. The location of runway light circuits shall be marked by a concrete slab marker., 2 feet square and 4 inches thick, extending approximately 1 inch above the surface. Each cable run from the line of runway lights to the equipment vault shall also be marked at approximately every 200 feet along the cable run, with an additional marker at each change of direction of cable run. All other cable buried directly in the DIV VI 1, 118Eo pny .x, ,om(nuf • 10/24/74 ITEM L-108 INSTALlATIOIJ OF UNDERGROUI.D CABLE FOR AIRPORTS AC 150/5370-10 earth shall be marked in the same manner. The contractor shall not install slab markers where cable lies in straight lines between obstruction light poles which are spaced 300 feet apart, or less. Cable markers shall be installed immediately above the cable. The contractor shall impress the word "CABLE" and directional arrows on each cable marking slab. The letters shall be approximately 4 inches high and 3 inches wide, with width of stroke 1/2 inch and 1/4 inch deep. The location of each underground cable connection, except at lighting units or insulating transformers, shall be marked by a concrete marker slab placed above the connection. The contractor shall impress the word "SPLICE" on each slab. He also shall impress additional circuit identifica— tion symbols on each slab if so desired by the engineer. 108-3.8 SPLICING. Connections of the type shown in the plans shall be made by experienced personnel regularly engaged in this type of work and shall be made as follows: (a) Cast Splices. These shall be made by using crimp connectors for jointing conductors. Molds shall be assembled, and the compound shall be mixed and poured in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and to the satisfaction of the engineer. (b) Vulcanized Splices. These shall be made by using crimp connectors for joining conductors. The splice shall be made, using compounds furnished by the manufacturer, in accordance with his instructions and to the satisfaction of the engineer. (c) Field -attached Plug-in Splices. These shall be assembled in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. These splices shall be made by plugging directly into mating connectors. In all cases the joint where the connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least one layer of rubber or synthetic rubber tape and one layer of plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at least 1 1/2 inches on each side of the joint. (d) Factory -molded Plug-in Splices. These shall be made by plugging directly into mating connectors. In all cases, the joint where the connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least one layer of rubber or synthetic rubber tape and one layer of plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at least 1 1/2 inches on each side of the joint. DIV VI a' :.A EEo ,.fl .1 .T. Iul Ir bNY • I• I• I. 10 I. 1• I. AC 150/5370-10 ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS 10/24/74 (e) Taped Splices. A taped splice shall be made in the following manner: Bring the cables to their final position and cut so that the conductors will butt. Remove insulation and jacket allowing for bare conductor of proper length to fit compression sleeve connector with 1/4 inch of bare conductor on each side of the connector. Use a sharp knife to pencil insulation and jacket at approximately the same angle as a pencil point. Care must be taken to avoid nicking or injuring the conductor during removal of insulation or penciling. Do not use emery paper on splicing operation since it contains metallic particles. The copper conductors shall be thoroughly cleaned. Join the conductors by inserting them equidistant into the com- pression connection sleeve. Crimp conductors firmly in place with crimping tool that requires a complete crimp before tool can be removed. Test the crimped connection by pulling on the cable. Scrape the insulation to assure that the entire surface over which the tape will be applied (plus 3 inches on each end) is clean. After scraping wipe the entire area with a clean lint -free cloth. Do not use solvents. Apply high -voltage rubber tape one-half lapped over bare conductor. This tape should be tensioned as recommended by the manufacturer. Voids in the connector -area -may be eliminated by highly elongating the tape stretching it just short of its breaking point. Throughout the rest of the splice less tension should be used. Always attempt to exactly half -lap to produce a uniform buildup. Continue buildup to 1 1/2 times cable diameter over the body of the splice with ends tapered a distance of approximately 1 inch over the original jacket. Cover rubber tape with two layers of vinyl pressure -sensitive tape one-half lapped. Do not use glyptol or lacquer over vinyl tape as they react as solvents to the tape. No further cable covering or splice boxes are required. If shielded cable is to be spliced, prepare cable as for a regular taped splice, except that the neoprene jacket shall be removed a distance not less than 5 inches from the beginning of the penciled portion. Carefully unwrap the shielding tape from that portion where jacket has been removed and cut off so that it extends about 1 inch from end of the jacket. Proceed with the taped splice as described above and tape up to 1/4 inch from the shield on both ends. Build up rubber tape to a thickness equal to the insulation thickness or 5/16 inch over connector. DIV VI Page 590 1• ®E4A P'cED •1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEI1 L-108 INSTHLi.JTION OF Uv'D?RGROU.dD CABLE FOR AIRPORTS Next wrap one-half lapped layer of semi -conducting tape (Scotch No. 13 Semi -Conducting Tape, or equal) over splicing tape and 1/4 inch onto the shielding tape. Wrap a fine, flat shielding braid one-half lapped over the splice extending 1/2 inch onto the metallic shielding. Solder ends of braid to metallic shielding tape. A bonding wire, (Minimum No. 14 stranded copper) equal to the current carrying capacity of the metallic shield, should have the individual strands wrapped around the metallic shield at both ends of the splice. These strands should be tack soldered to the shield in several places. The cable sheath should be replaced by wrapping with two one-half lapped layers of vinyl tape extending 2 inches onto the cable jacket. The above described splice is for a straight -through splice with continuity of shielding. 108-3.9 BARE COUNTERPOISE WIRE INSTALLATION AND GROUNDING FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION. If shown in the plans or specified in job specifications, a stranded bare copper wire, No. 8 AWG minimum size, shall be installed for lightning protection of the underground cables. The bare counter- poise wire shall be installed -in the same trench for the entire length of the insulated cables it is designed to protect, and shall be placed at a distance of approximately 4 inches from the insulated cable. The counterpoise wire shall be securely attached to each light fixture base, or mounting stake. The counterpoise wire shall also be securely attached to copper or copper -clad ground rods installed not more than 1,000 feet apart around the entire circuit. The ground rods shall be of the length and diameter specified in the plans, but in no case shall they be less than 8 -feet long nor less than 5/8 inch in diameter. The counterpoise system shall terminate at the transformer vault or at the power source. It shall be securely attached to the vault or equipment grounding system. The connections shall be made as shown in the project plans and specifications. 108-3.10 TESTING. The contractor shall furnish all necssary equipment and appliances for testing the underground cable circuits after installation. The contractor shall test and demonstrate to the satisfaction of the engineer the following: (a) That all lighting power and control circuits are continuous and free from short circuits. DIV VI Page 591 •1 •1 •I •1 •1 •1 •1 Si •1 Z&B AT €0 fl., •X• u+,t%lnul •1 s x. • ACI150/53 0-10 10/24/74 ITU1 L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS (b) That all circuits are free from unspecified grounds. (c) That the insulation resistance to ground of all nongrounded series circuits is not less than 50 megohms. (d) That the insulation resistance to ground of all nongrounded conductors of multiple circuits is not less than 50 megohms. (e) That all circuits are properly connected in accordance with applicable wiring diagrams. (f) That all circuits are operable. Tests shall be conducted that include operating each control not less than 10 times and the continuous operation of each lighting and power circuit for not less than 1/2 hour. Method of Measurement 108-4.1 The quantity of trench to be paid for shall be the linear feet of trench, including the excavation, backfill, and reconditioning, completed, measured as excavated, and accepted as satisfactory. 4/hen specified in the proposal, separate measurement shall be made for trenches of various specified widths. 108-4.2 The footage of cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench to be paid for shall be the number of linear feet of cable or counterpoise wire installed in trenches measured in place, completed, ready for operation, and accepted as satisfactory. Separate measurement shall be.made for each cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench. 108-4.3 The footage of cable or counterpoise wire installed in duct or conduit to be paid for shall be the number of linear feet measured in place, completed, ready for operation, and accepted as satisfactory. Separate measurement shall be made for each cable or counterpoise wire installed in duct or conduit. DIV VI a Ii Page 592 L31Ii____11R ATED onLr +oc. r.mrvnu •I 10/24/74 ITII". L.-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS Basis of Payment 108-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract cable and bare counterpoise wire installed in the contractor and accepted by the engineer. compensation for furnishing all materials and installation of these materials, and for all incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: AC 1:0/ 5 7010 unit price for trenching trench or duct in place by This price shall be full for all preparation and Labor, equipment, tools, and Item L-108-5.1 Cable Trench --per linear foot. Item L-108-5.1 Underground Cable, installed in trench --per linear foot. Item L-108-5.1 Underground Cable, installed in duct or conduit --per linear foot. Item L-108-5.1 Bare Counterpoise Wire, installed in trench, including ground rods and grounding connectors --per linear foot. Item L-108-5.1 Bare Counterpoise Wire, installed in duct --per linear foot. FAA Specifications Referenced in Item L-108 Number Title AC 150/5345-7 Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. AC 150/5345-26 Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle Cable Connectors. Federal Specifications Referenced in Item L-108 Number Title J -C-30 Cable and Wire, Electrical Power, Fixed Installation. HI -I-595 Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure -Sensitive Adhesive, Plastic, for Low -Temperature Application. DIV VI Page 593 •I •I •I •I •I •1 •I Si E H RATED ,.n,uoc. r.nne....c • AC 150/53(0—i0 0 J 2-'/7k VdJi4. ITIIai L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS ASTM Specifications Referenced in Item L -_OE Number Title B-) Soft or Annealed Copper I•lire. B-8 Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper Conductor, Hard, Medium -Hard, or Soft. Military Specifications Referenced in Item L -'O8 Number Title MIL -I-3825 Insulation Tape, Electrical, Self -Fusing, For Use in Electronics, Communications, and Allied Equipment. MIIrI-7798 Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure -Sensitive Adhesive. Plastic. DIV VI Page 594 (Reserve pages 595 through 596) Llii 9 Ot ATED untl •x. l.rinlyIL( •I 10/24/74 ITE&'. L-110 INSTALLATIOII OF AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT Description AV 110-1.1 This item shall consist of underground electrical ducts installer; in accordance with this specification at the locations and in accordance with the dimensions, designs, and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the installation of all underground electrical ducts or underground conduits. It shall also include all trenching, backfilling, removal, and restoration of any paved areas; manholes, concrete encasement, mandreling installation of steel drag wires and duct markers, capping, and the testing of the installation as a completed duct system ready for installation of cables, to the satisfaction of the engineer. Equipment and Materials 110-2.1 GENERAL. All equipment and materials covered by referenced speci- fications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certifica- tion of compliance with the applicable specification when so requested by the engineer. 110-2.2 BITUbIINOUS FIBER DUCT. Bituminous fiber duct and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W -C-581 or W -C-575 and shall be one of the following, as specified in the proposal: (a) Type I, for concrete encasement. (b) Type II, for direct burial. 110-2.3 ASBESTOS CT DUCT. Asbestos cement duct and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W; -C-571 and shall be one of the following, as specified in the proposal: (a) Type I, for concrete encasement. (b) Type II, for direct burial. 110-2.5 STEEL CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW -C-581. DIV VI Page 613 •1 •1 •1 •I •I •I •I •I AATED uvd .m. ..1OfI.yl{ •I i• I. L I• AC 150/5310-10 y.' ITEM L-110 INSTALLATION OF AI?SORT CRT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT 110-2.6 CONCRETE. Concrete shall conform to Item P-10, Structural Portland Cement Concrete, using 1 -inch maximum size coarse aggregate. X10-2.7 PLASTIC CONDUIT. Plastic conduit and fittir_s shall conform to the requirements •of Fed. Spec. W -C-1094 and shall be one of the following, as specified in the proposal: (a) Type I - Suitable for underground use either directly in the earth or encased in concrete. (b) Type II - Suitable for either above ground or underground use. Construction Methods 110-3.1 GENERAL. The contractor shall install underground ducts at the approximate locations indicated in the airport layout plans. The engineer shall indicate specific locations as the work progresses. Ducts shall be of the size, material, and type indicated in the plans or specifications. Where no size is indicated in the plans or specifications, the ducts shall be not less than 3 inches inside diameter. All duct lines shall be laid so as to grade toward handholes, manholes and duct ends for drainage. Grades shall be at least 3 inches per 100 feet. On runs where it is not practi- cable to maintain the grade all one way, the duct lines shall be graded from the center in both directions toward manholes, hand:^oies, or duct ends. Pockets or traps s -here moisture may accumulate shall be avoided. The contractor shall mandrel each duct. An iron -shod mandrel, not more than 1/4 -inch smaller than the bore of the duct shall be pushed through each duct by means of jointed conduit rods. The mandrel shall have a.. leather or rubber gasket slightly larger than the duct hole. All ducts installed shall be provided with a No. 10 gauge galvanized iron or steel drag wire for pulling the permanent airing. Sufficient length shall be left in manholes or handholes to bend the drag wire back to prevent it from slipping back into the duct. Where spare ducts are installed, as indicated on the plans, the open ends shall be plugged with removable tapered plugs, designed by the duct manufacturers, or with hardwood plugs conforming accurately to the shape of the duct and having the larger end of the plug at least 1/4 -inch greater in diameter than the duct. DIV VI Page 614 d A� COareo .•rty.x. .onnvna • 10/24/74 ITi --110 II�STAI,LATION OF AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT AC 153/5373-10 All ducts shall be securely fastened in place during construction and progress of the work and shall be plugged to prevent seepage of grout, water, or dirt. Any duct section having a defective joint shall not be installed. All ducts, except steel conduit, installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, and other paved areas shall be encased in a concrete envelope. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. Trenches for ducts may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Blades of road patrols or graders shall not be used to excavate the trench. The contractor shall ascertain the type of -soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All excavation shall be unclassified. 110-3.2 DUCTS ENCASED IN CONCRETE. Unless otherwise shown in the plans, concrete -encased ducts shall be installed so that the top of the concrete envelope is not less than 18 inches below the finished subgrade where installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, or other paved areas, and not less than 18 inches below finished grade where installed in unpaved areas. Ducts under paved areas shall extend at least 3 feet beyond the edges of the pavement or 3 feet beyond any underdrains which may be installed alongside the paved area. Trenches for concrete -encased ducts shall be opened the complete length before concrete is laid so that if any obstruc- tions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. All ducts for concrete encasements shall be placed on a layer of concrete not less than 3 inches thick prior to its initial set. Where two or more ducts are encased in concrete, the contractor shall space them not less than 1 1/2 inches apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) using spacers applicable to the type of duct. As the duct laying progresses, concrete not less than 3 inches thick shall be placed around the sides and top of the duct bank. End bells or couplings shall be installed flush with the concrete encasement where required. When specified, the contractor shall reinforce the bottom side and top of encasements with steel reinforcing mesh or fabric or other approved metal reinforcement. When directed, the contractor shall supply additional supports where the ground is soft and boggy, where ducts cross under DIV VI Page 615 PVORATED uru.g. I nln a. • I• I. i• i. 10 AC 153 /5370-10 ITEM L-110 I ISTALLATIOIS OF AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT 10/24/74 roadt•ays, or where otherwise shoiai on the plans. Under such conditions, the complete duct structure shall be supported on reinforced concrete footings, piers, or piles located at approximately 5 -foot intervals. When clay or soapstone ducts are specified, they shall be installed with ccncrete encasement as described above. Clay conduit shall be of the single - bore type. k7iere the self -centering socket -joint type of single clay duct is used, conduit shall be built up, tier by tier, and separated only by sufficient mortar or fine aggregate concrete to bed the ducts evenly and fill all voids between ducts. Single ducts shall be jointed together and the joints grouted with portland cement mortar. A suitable gasket (of rubber or other approved material) shall first be placed in the receptacle end of the duct, prior to the joining operation, in order to exclude all mortar from the duct. Where the square bore butt -joint type of clay duct, single or multicell, is used, sections shall be aligned with at least four steel dowel pins and joints wrapped with duct tape 6 inches wide and lapped 6 inches. All joints in a bank of single -bore ducts shall be staggered, beginning evenly from the manhole or handhole, by means of short lengths 6, 8, 9, 12, and 15 inches long. Cement mortar shall be troy.=led around each and every joint. Voids in the duct bank, caused by the external shape of the corners of the conduit, shall also be filled with mortar. The joining and joints of soapstone duct shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 110-3.3 DUCTS WITHOUT CONCRETE ENCAS VIEN '. Trenches for single -duct lines shall be not less than 6 inches nor more than 12 inches wide, and the trench for 2 or more ducts installed at the same level shall be proportionately wider. Trench bottoms for ducts without concrete encasement shall be made to conform accurately to grade so as to provide uniform support for.the duct along its entire length. A layer of fine earth material, at least 4 inches thick (loose measurement) shall be placed in the bottom of the trench as bedding for the duct. The bedding material shall consist of soft dirt, sand or other fine fill, and it shall contain no particles that would be retained on a 1/4 -inch sieve. The bedding material shall be tamped until firm. DIV VI Page 616 I • ,n I.,. ®IN�COPPO RATED unrciumtnu: 10/24/74 AC 153/5370-10 ITEi1 L-110 INSTALLATION OF A=?PCRT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT Unless otherwise shorn in plans, ducts for direct burial shall be installed so that the tops of all ducts are at least 18 inches below the finished grade. When two or more ducts are installed in the same trench without concrete encasement, they shall be spaced not less than 2 inches apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and not less than 6 inches apart in a vertical direction. Trenches shall be opened the complete length before duct is installed so that if any obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. 1-0-7.L J CT PARKERS. The location of marked by a concrete slab marker 2 feet approximately 1 inch above the surface. the ends of all ducts or duct banks, ex handhole, manhole, or building. the ends of all ducts shall be square and 4 inches thick extending The markers shall be located above .ept where ducts terminate in a The contractor shall impress the word "DUCT" on each marker slab. He shall also impress on the slab the number and size of ducts beneath the marker. The letters shall be 4 inches high and 3 inches wide with width of stroke 1/2 -inch and 1/4 -inch deep or as large as the available space permits. 110-3.5 BACKFILLiNG. After concrete -encased ducts have been properly installed and the concrete has had time to set, the trench shall be backfilled in at least two layers with excavated material not larger than 4 inches in diameter and thoroughly tamped and compacted to at least the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. If necessary to obtain the desired compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required. Trenches shall not be excessively wet and shall not contain pools of water during backfilling operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and ta^:ped level with the adjacent surface: except that, when sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. DIV VI Page 617 r 8Eo V.....x. I• I• I• I• I. I• G 1• i• AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 'ti ITEM L-110 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the engineer. For ducts without concrete envelope, 8 inches of sand, soft earth, or other fine fill (loose measurement) shall be placed around the ducts and carefully tamped around and over them with hand tampers. The remaining trench may be filled with regular run of excavated material and thoroughly tamped as specified above. 110-3.6 RESTORATION. Where sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible after the backfilling is completed. All areas disturbed by the trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, pad construction and other work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include any necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sprigging, or mulching. All such work shall be performed in accordance with the FAA Standard Turfing Specifications. The contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance. Method of Measurement 110-4.1 The quantity of underground duct to be paid for under this item shall be the number of linear feet of duct installed, measured in place, completed, and accepted. Separate measurement shall be made for the various types and sizes. Basis of Payment 110-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each type and size of single -way or multi -way duct completed and accepted. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all _ labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. DIV VI Page 618 • l ik t' ATED TA un a .xk nv, n rvnu •I !2u/7h ITE1 L-110 IN TALLkTION OF AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT Payment will be made under: - -'1 /v'.. Item L-110-5.1 Single -way or Multi -way Electrical Duct -- per linear foot. Federal Specifications Referenced in Item L-110 Number Title W -C-57,1 Conduit and Fittings, Nonmetal, rigid; (Asbestos -Cement or Fire -Clay Cement), (for Electrical Purposes). W -C-575 Conduit and Fittings; Nonmetallic, Rigid, Bituminized Fiber; Laminated Wall. W -C-581 Conduit and Fittings; Nonmetallic, Rigid, (Bitur.,inized Homogeneous Fiber). W -C-1094 Conduit and Fittings; Nonmetallic, Rigid, (Plastic). WW -C-581 Conduit, Metal, Rigid; and Coupling, Elbow; and Nipple, Electrical Conduit: Zinc -Coated. DIV VI Page 619 (Reserve Pages 620 through 622) 7 '1 SI •1 SI SI •1 •I AATED ..^. 1 Vf . ...,n(rn., •I �• I. I• I. Is I• I0 I0 •10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM L-125 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS Description 125-1.1 This item cancels and replaces the items listed in paragraphs 125-1.2--125-1.8. 125-1.2 Item L-114, Installation of Medium Intensity Runway and Taxiway Lights with Stake Mounting. 125-1.3 Item L-116, Installation of Medium Intensity Runway and Taxiway Lights with Stake Mounting. 125-1.4 Item L-120, Installation of Internally Lighted Taxiway Guidance Signs. 125-1.5 Item L-121, Installation of High Intensity Runway Lights. 125-1.6 Item L-122, Installation of Airport Low Intensity Lighting System. 125-1.7 Item L-123, Installation of Touchdown Zone Lights, Inset and Base Mounted. 125-1.8 Item L-124, Installation of Runway Centerline and Texiway Turnoff Lights. 125-1.9 This item shall consist of airport lighting systems furnished and installed in accordance with this specification, the referenced specification, and the applicable advisory circulars. The systems are installed at the location and in accordance with the dimensions, design, and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the furnishing of all equipment, materials, services, and incidentals necessary to place the systems in operation as completed units to the satisfaction of the engineer. DIV VI Page 651 I* RATED vn tux. .nm n Iul •I AC :53/5;_3-10 to/2 ,'74 , L-125 IlISYA._1CJ OF Al :0^: 1 1 J J u -y a.s'Li _25_'_.10 Additional details pertaining to a specific system covered in this item are contained in the advisory circulars listed in paragraphs :25-1.1=--125-1.16. i2z_1.11 AC 15O/5540-4, Installation Details for Run;tay Centerline and Touchdown Zone Lighting Systems. 125 1.12 AC 15O/534O-l3, High Intensity &:nway Lighting System. L25-1.13 AC 150/5340-14, Economy Approach Lighting Aids. =25-1.14 AC 150/5340-15, Taxiway Edge Li=kiting System. 25-1.'5 AC 150/5340-16, Medium Intensity Runway Lighting System. 125-1.16 AC 150/53'0- , Taxiway Guidance Sign System. Equipment and Materials 125-2.1 GERM,. (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D. C. 20591, and shall be listed in Advisory Circular l50/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. (b) All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through the manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specifications. (c) Lists of the equipment and materials required for a particular system are contained in the applicable advisory circulars. DIV VI Page 652 •1 •1 •1 J •1 Si Si •1 L.Y� CO WRATED ♦T\I.X\ f11f AFY1\\I •1 rjr U & 10/24/74 as,.: -.,. s• fix ITni1 L-125 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTu✓LS AC 150/5370-10 125-2.2 TAPE. Rubber and plastic electrical tapes shall be Scotch Electrical Tape Numbers 23 and 88, respectively, as manufactured by the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, or an approved equal. 125-2.3 CONCRETE. Concrete for backfill shall be proportioned not leaner than a l--6 mix by volume and shall have a compressive strength of not less than 2,060 PSI. Approved clean aggregate shall be used to produce the concrete. 125-2.4 CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W -C-581. 125-2.5 SQUEEZE CONNECTORS. Squeeze connectors, if specified, shall be equal to Crouse -Hinds Company, type CGB cable connector with neoprene rubber bushing. 125-2.6 TEES. Large radius bend tees, if specified, shall be equal to Crouse -Hinds Company No. ET -43. Construction Methods 125-3.1 GENERAL. The installation and testing details for the systems shall be as specified in the applicable advisory circulars. 125-3.2 PLACING LIGHTS. The light fixtures shall be installed at the approximate location indicated in the plans. The exact location shall be as directed by the engineer. Method of Measurement 125-4.1 The quantity of lights to be paid for under this item shall be the number of each type installed as completed units in place, ready for operation, and accepted by the engineer. DIV VI Page 653 L IXR L�APATED ernrx, u., mvuu •I AC 15G/537G-10 IT L-125 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYS 1S Basis of Payment 10/24/74 125-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each complete light installed in place by the contractor and accepted by the engineer. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipmeht, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: DIV VI Item L-125-5.1 Medium Intensity Runway Lights, Base Mounted in Place --per each. Item L-125-5.1 Taxiway Lights, Base Mounted in Place -- per each. Item L-125-5.1 Medium Intensity Runway Lights, Stake Mounted in Place --per each. Item L-125-5.1 Taxiway Lights, Stake Mounted in Place --per each. Item L-125-5.1 High Intensity Runway Lights, in Place --per each. Item L-125-5.1 Touchdown Zone Lights in Place --per each. Item L-125-5.1 Runway Centerline Lights, in Place --per each. Item L-125-5.1 Medium Intensity Approach Lights, in Place -- per each. Item I-125-5.1 Runway End Identification Lights, in Place -- per each. Item L-125-5.1 Abbreviated Visual Approach Slope Indicator, in Place --per each. Item L-125-5.1 Airport Taxi Guidance Signs, in Place --per unit of like size. Page 654 •I ON • 1 •I •1 •1 •I •I T.1. INC0T'ATED 14'04 [. ..IE"0lk I •1 U 10/24/74 ITEM L-125 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSi 1S Federal Specificatiors Referenced in Item L-125 AC 150/5370-10 Number Title WW -C-581 Conduit, Metal, Rigid; and Coupling, Elbow; and Nipple, Electrical Conduit: Zinc -Coated. FAA Specifications Referenced in Item L-.125 Number Title AC 150/5340-4 Installation Details for Centerline and Touchdown Zone Lighting Systems. AC 150/5340-13 High Intensity Runway Lighting System. AC 150/5340-14 Economy Approach Lighting Aids. AC 150/5340-15 Taxiway Lighting System. AC 150/5340-16 Medium Intensity Runway Lighting System. AC 150/5340- Taxiway Guidance Sign System. DIV VI Page 655 (Reserve Page 656) [M,T,AI hATED U"U .Y.. 1 .1{TT k i• I. r I. 1. I. I. I. unu NPAW, TED • • • C • • • • , DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS IMPROVEMENTS TO DRAKE FIELD FAYETTEVILLE MUNICIPAL AIRPORT FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS ADAP Project No. 6-05-0020-10 Dated: March, 1981 1. SCOPE OF THE WORK. The work 'to be done shall include the furnishing of all equipment, materials and other incidentals necessary,, and performing all labor to construct in every detail the following improvements to Drake Field. a. Site grading and drainage improvements to runway and taxiway safety areas. b. Installation of a Medium Intensity Taxiway Lighting System. The work shall be constructed under two contract sections as follows: A. Contract Section I. The work under this Contract Section I shall include all a or and materials to construct improvement (a). It shall also include site preparation for the specified improvements, installation of reinforced concrete pipe culverts, and seeding and mulching of specified areas. In addition, this Contractor shall provide a 4':by 8' project sign as illustrated on the Plans. B. Contract Section II. The work under Contract Section II shall include all labor and materials for installation of a medium intensity taxiway lighting system, (b) listed above. It shall also include all cables, trenches, conduits, and controls. 2. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT. Neither the final certificate nor payment nor any provision in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractors of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and un- less otherwise specified, they shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of substantial completion. The Owner shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. All questions arising. under this article shall be decided by the Engineer, subject to arbitration. 3. COORDINATION OF THE WORK. The work on this project consists of improve- ments to an airport in actual operation; therefore, the Contractors shall ® al TTEEo uOlkAKK LVR.Mll1 Detailed Specifications - 1 • I• I0 I• t • I• I• I• I• r I• cooperate with each other and with the airport management so as to hold the "closed airport" and "closed taxiway" time to a minimum. When the airport is open, it is imperative that construction activities be carried on in such a manner that the safety of aircraft using the airport will not be impaired in any way. Consequently, as long as a runway is open and in use, the Con- tractor's equipment will not be operated closer than 200 feet of any runway. When a runway is closed, the Contractor shall install "closed airport' symbols. These symbols shall be large X's at each end of the runway, and may be of yellow cloth or other contrasting material which will not be washed out by the rain. Additional safety and construction requirements are listed in Section 14 of these Specifications. In addition, the Contractors and/or Subcontractors must coordinate their ac- tivities so that one does not damage work previously completed by the other. 4. TESTING. The Engineer will conduct compaction tests on embankment material, as necessary to assure proper compaction and therefore,.a stable runway and taxiway safety area. Also, concrete cylinder tests will. be made by the Engineer of the concrete used in the project at 7 days and 28 days of age to assure that quality concrete is being de- livered to the job. The cost for the tests will be borne by the Owner, except that retests, made after first tests have failed, will be paid for by the Contractor. In view of this, the Contractor will want to be cer- tain he is ready for tests when he requests them to be made. 5. EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT (P-152). This item shall consist of the necessary topsoil removal, excavation, embankment and compacted borrow to regrade the runway and taxiway safety areas to the elevations as given on the cross sections and on the Plans. All excavation shall be considered as "Unclassified Excavation". The excavated material shall be used as embankment material to meet the required elevations as given on the Plans and shall be placed within the shortest possible distance from the excavated location. The excavation shall also include any topsoil encountered to meet the required elevations. Topsoil shall be placed over the excavated and fill areas to a minimum depth of 2 inches. The topsoil shall be used as embankment material at locations where less than 4 inches of fill is to be made or used as the final few inches of embankment material in the deeper fill areas. The quantity of excavation has been calculated as 13,105 cubic yards. The quantity of embankment has been calculated as 33,210 cubic yards. The excavated material is estimated to reduce in volume by 20 percent when placed as embankment, therefore on -site borrow in the quantity of approximately 22,726 cubic yards will be required. The on -site borrow area is located approximately 500 feet from the south end of the runway. The borrow material may be obtained from the south side of the creek to within 250 feet of the ILS-Localizer on Airport property. The topsoil within the borrow may be used along the runway and taxiways. The on -site borrow Detailed Specifications - 2 LFStekTED • L mLL ROC s.YEl1"LLE I• C I• I• I• I• I• I• L' E area shall be shaped and draded.to provide proper drainage upon completion of the borrow operation and covered with a minimum of 2 inches of topsoil. The embankment shall be compacted to a minimum density of 90 percent of the Standard Procter Test, ASTM D-698-78 and shall be tested for every 8 -inch compacted layer placed. The work shall commence with the grading of a 15 -foot wide strip along all taxiways so as to allow the Contractor for Contract Section II to proceed without interference. The grading operation shall then begin at the north end of the Airport and proceed southerly, unless construction problems arise that would require a change and such change is approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall open to grading a maximum of 20 acres at any one time prior to finish grading and seeding of a portion or all of this area so as to minimize soil erosion and air and water polution. Finish grading shall begin immediately upon completion of excavation in any given area. The Contractor shall clean up, i.e.,remove all debris, on all taxiways and the runway in the area of each day's work at the end of each working day. The Contractor shall use caution and be responsible for any pave- ment failures in the taxiways that are crossed by heavy construction equipment during the grading operation. Temporary taxiway crossings may be necessary during periods when the taxiways are closed in order to meet this requirement. The Contractor shall use caution during the grading and pipe laying op- eration to ensure he does not damage any existing facility including but not limited to the following: Underground Electrical Duct Markers, Under- ground Electric Cable, Existing Runway Lights, Gas Lines,.and especially a USCGS Triangulation Station. An attempt has been made to show all ex- isting facilities within the work area; however, the Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to these or other unknown facilities. Method of Measurement: The yardage paid for shall be the plan quantity of cubic yards as.cal- culated from the existing ground elevations and the proposed finish elevations. Materials excavated beyond the elevations shown on the Plans, unless required by the Engineer, shall not be subject to payment. Should the grading area be reduced or increased in scope by the Owner, the new finished elevation will be used to recalculate the pay quantity in cubic yards. Basis of Payment: Payment for excavation and its use as embankment material shall be made at the contract unit prices bid under Item I-1 and I-2 of the Proposal for each cubic yard of excavation and embankment measured as described above. Detailed Specifications - 3 • Z&K CO RATED LMLE.OI. COq {.Yfi EALLF I• This payment shall include topsoil stripping and placement, compaction of embankment material and all other items necessary to obtain the required contour elevations. I• I• I• I• I• Is Payment for on -site borrow used as embankment material shall be made at the contract unit price bid under Item I-3 of the Proposal for each cubic yard measured as described above. This payment shall include topsoil stripping and placement, compaction of embankment, necessary haul road and all other items necessary to obtain the required contour elevations. 6. COMPACTED CRUSHED STONE (SB-2). This item shall consist of crushed limestone conforming to the following gradation: Sieve Size 1"1" z 3/4" #4 #40 #200 % Retained 10-50 50-75 70-90 90-97 The crushed stone shall be used in all taxiway electrical ducts excavations and in the roadway repair after the removal of the 12" CMP. The crushed stone base shall be compacted in maximum 6 -inch compacted layers to a min- imum density of 95% of the maximum density as determined in the laboratory by the Standard Proctor Test, ASTM D-698-78. No specific payment for compacted crushed stone (SB-2) alone shall be made. Payment shall be con- sidered subsidiary to pay Items I-13 and II -4 which include this item. 7. HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SURFACE COURSE. This item shall consist of a Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course composed of mineral aggregate and bituminous materials conforming to Section 408 of the STANDARD SPECIFI- CATIONS FOR HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION, Arkansas State Highway Commission. The mineral aggregate gradation shall conform to Type 2 gradation as shown in paragraph 408.02 of the above referenced specification. The Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course shall have a compacted thickness of two (2) inches and be placed on a compacted crushed stone base meeting the Detailed Spec- ifications for Compacted Crushed Stone (SB-2). The bituminous material shall be an asphaltic cement, grade 85-100. No specific payment for asphaltic concrete surface course shall be made. Payment shall be considered subsidiary to pay Items I-13, and II -4 which include this item. 8. STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (P-610). Concrete used in the drainage structures and encased electrical ducts shall be as specified in Item P-610 of the General Specifications. Gradation of the coarse aggregate shall be as follows: Detailed Specifications - 4 I ® ` AT • RAT un LL.O[n [.rt n[v x[t • • • • • • • • Sieve Size Type I portland cement AASHT0 M-85 shall be shall meet the requirements of AASHT0 M-31. compressive strength of 3,000 psi (28 day) will conduct cylinder. and slump tests. The be 5% + 1% volume. No specific payment for Payment for concrete used in the different the total payment for that item. % Retained 100 90-100 25-60 0-10 used. The reinforcing steel Five bag mixes with a minimum shall be used. The Engineer entrained air content shall concrete alone shall be made. items shall be included in 9. DRAINAGE (D-701, D-705, D-751, D-752). Drainage facilities shall be improved and installed within the runway and taxiway safety areas. These shall consist of RCP culverts, grate inlets, grate inlet extensions, head- walls, pipe underdrains and RCP joint repair. A. Drainage Pipe (D-701). Approximately 472 feet of 15 -inch diameter reinforced concrete pipe, and 130 feet of 18 -inch diameter RCP shall be installed at the locations and to the grades shown on the Plans. The remainder of the pipe is to be backfilled according to Section D-701..of the General Specifi- cations. The pipe shall meet ASTM C-76, Class. 3 Specifications. The connection of pipe to existing inlets shall be considered part of the pipe laying for payment purposes. Method of Measurement: The footage of pipe paid for shall be the number of linear feet measured in place to the grades and in the locations specified. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made according to the unit price bid under Items I-4 and I-5 of the Proposal for each linear foot of 15" and 18" RCP respectively, properly laid in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. This payment shall be full compensation for the furnishing of all materials, labor, necessary excavation, backfill, placing of these materials and other incidentals necessary to complete this item. B. Grate Inlets (D-752). This item shall include the instal- lation of precast grate inlets at the locations, to the grades and to the dimensionsshown on the Plans. The existing grate Detailed Specifications - 5 ® O HATED tRILE mm, FAIIIIEhLLE i• '0 I• and frame in the i-n one new grate drainage pipe sh construction for forcing shall be Specifications. one grate inlet to be removed is to be used inlet along the runway. Connection to the all be considered part of the grate inlet pay purposes. The concrete and steel rein - as required in Section 8 of these Detailed Method of Measurement: The number of grate inlets paid for shall be the number con- structed at the locations and to the grades in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made according to the unit prices bid under Items I-6 of the Proposal for each grate inlet installed. This payment shall include all materials, excavation, backfill, pipe connections, labor and other incidentals necessary to complete this item. C. Headwalls (D-752). This item shall include the construction of an outlet headwall for a 24" RCP at the southeast portion of the runway as shown on the Plans. The headwall shall be constructed as detailed on the Plans to dimensions and grades specified.. Crushed rock rip rap shall be placed at the end of the headwall as shown on the Plans: The concrete and reinforcing steel shall be as required in Section 8 of these Detailed Specifications. Method of Measurement: The number of headwalls paid for shall be the number constructed at the location and to the grades. in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made according to the unit price bid under Item I-8 of the Proposal for each headwall installed. This payment shall include all materials, excavation, backfill, pipe connection, rip rap, labor and other incidentals necessary to complete this item. D. Grate Inlet Extensions (D-752). This item shall include the installation of precast grate inlet extensions to the length and size as noted on the Plans. The size of the inlet extensions shall be verified in the field prior to casting the extensions. Detailed Specifications - 6 • ®i CM"ATED lRllf Ma-. ..v V IIVILLI I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. The inlet extension shall have an angle frame casted into the concrete of sufficient size to accommodate the existing grate on the inlet being extended. The concrete and reinforcing steel shall be as required in Section 8 of these Detailed Specifications. Method of Measurement: The number of grate inlet extensions paid for shall be the number constructed at the locations and to the grades in accord- ance with the Plans and Specifications. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made according to the unit price bid under Item I-7 of the Proposal for each grate inlet extension installed. This payment shall include all materials, backfill, labor and other incidentals necessary to complete this item. E. Pipe Underdrains (D-705). This item shall consist of laying a Pipe underdrain system according to the details and the location shown on the Plans. The underdrain pipe shall be 4 -inch perforated PVC SDR-26 meeting ASTM D 2241 requirements. The porous backfill shall meet the following gradation requirements: Sieve Size % Retained 1½" 100 1" 90-100 3/8" 25-60 #4 5-40 #8 0-20 The pipe underdrain shall be installed according to Section D-705. The pipe grade will be established in the field. Method of Measurement: The quantity of pipe underdrain paid for shall be the number•of linear feet of pipe underdrain installed and accepted. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made according to the price bid under Item I-9 of the Proposal for each linear foot of pipe underdrain installed. This payment shall be full compensation for furnishing materials, excavation, backfill, placing of materials, labor.. and other inci- dentals necessary to complete this item. Detailed Specifications - 7 ®LO RATED .o[& •..[!$PqF r I• I• I• r I• I• F. Removal of Existing Grate Inlets. This of the removal of one concrete grate inlet The grate and frame shall, be removed from t being damaged and used at another location The concrete rubble from the inlet removal off the job site. The existing outlet pipe with concrete. Method of Measurement: .item shall consist as shown on the Plans. he inlet without as shown on the Plans. shall be disposed of shall be plugged The grate inlet removal to be paid for shall be the number of existing grate inlets removed. Basis for Payment: Payment shall be made according to the unit price bid under Item I-11 of the Proposal for the grate inlet removal. This payment shall be full compensation for removal of grate inlets, off -site disposal of rubble, backfill, grate frame removal, labor, equipment, tools and other incidentals necessary to complete this item. G. Concrete Headwall Removal. This removal of a concrete headwall on an the southeast side of the runway at Plans. The concrete rubble from the be disposed of off the job site. Basis of Payment: item shall consist of the existing 24 -inch RCP on the location shown on the headwalls and pipe shall Payment shall be made according to the lump sum price bid under Item I-12 of the Proposal for the complete removal and disposal of the concrete headwall and pipe. H. Removal of 12 -inch CMP. This item shall consist of the removal of approximately 30 linear feet of 12 -inch CMP from the access drive from the Fire Station to the taxiway. This pipe shall become the property of the Owner providing the pipe can be removed without damage. The trench shall be backfilled with crushed stone (SB-2) as specified under Section 6 of these Detailed Specifications. The trench shall be allowed to set for a minimum of two weeks before the placement of 2 -inches of hot mix asphaltic concrete surface course as specified under Section 7 of these Detailed Specifications. The contractor shall provide additional asphalt surfacing for a one year period to correct any settlement or deformation. Detailed Specifications - 8 • ® I. RATED hut[ HOC Y.R MLLE I• Method of Measurement:. The quantity of 12 -inch CMP removal shall be the number of linear feet of 12 -inch CMP removed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Basis of Payment: I• I• I• I• 1• is Payment shall be made according to the unit price bid under Item I-13 of the Proposal for the removal of 12 -inch CMP. This payment shall be compensation for materials, labor, tools, equipment and other incidentals necessary to complete this item. I. Repair of Joints of Existing RCP. This item shall consist of the excavation and repair of an estimated 95 joints on existing 18 through 42 -inch RCP along the west side of the runway. These joints shall be repaired with a bituminous material or concrete grout with wire mesh as required to seal the joint against water infiltration into the pipe culvert. The pipe joints needing repair are evi- denced by the subsidence of the soil above the pipe. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made according to the lump sum price bid under Item I-10 of the Proposal for the repair of the estimated joints. This payment shall be full compensation for excavation, repair materials, backfill, equipment, labor and other incidentals necessary to complete this item. 10. PROJECT SIGN. A project sign of the type and size shown on the Plans shall be constructed and placed where designated by the Engineer. The sign shall be of plywood, metal, or other comparable materials, approved by the Engineer. First quality oil paints with lead free base shall be applied in two coats. Other paints of quality and color and resistance to weather may be used when approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall keep the sign in good repair throughout the duration of the project and keep the area near the sign well mowed. The sign shall be removed upon final inspection. At the Contractor's option, additional signs may be constructed and installed by the individual contractors to show the names of their firms. Basis of Payment: Payment for the project sign shall be made at the contract lump sum price bid under Item I-16 of the Proposal. Detailed Specifications - 9 • ® 0 TED „n,,.W. ,..EnE.,.,E I. I.` 11. SEEDING (I-901). This item shall consist of seeding and fertilizing those areas disturbed during regrading of the runway and taxiway safety areas and the on -site borrow area. These areas are indicated on the Plans; however, the Engineer or the Owner reserves the right to add or delete seeding areas. The seed shall be labeled in accordance with the current rates and regulations of the Arkansas State Plant Board and have a minimum of 90% pure seed and 85% germination by weight. Seed shall be of the varieties and the amount by weight as follows: May 1 -August 31 Variety Bermuda (Common) Hulled Annual Rye Red Fescue September 1 -October 15 Variety Red Fescue Annual Rye Bermuda (Common) Unhulled Pounds Per Acre 15 10 15 Pounds Per Acre 15 20 10 All areas to be seeded shall be fertilized with'300 pounds of 10-20-10, or equivalent amount of plant food, per acre. The fertilizer shall be placed on the soil and worked into the soil as preparations are being made for seeding. Fertilizing shall be considered a subsidiary item to all seeding; therefore, no direct payment will be made for fertilizing. Prior to seeding, areas to be seeded shall receive a final grading and all damage to the topsoil layer caused by erosion, traffic, etc. shall be repair- ed. Stones larger than 2 inches in diameter, sticks, stumps, and other debris shall be removed. The top 2 inches of the soil shall be worked into a satisfactory seed bed and then fertilizer and seed shall be uniformly spread at the rates heretofore specified. Immediately after seeding, the seed and fertilizer shall be raked to a depth range within the top 1/2 inch of topsoil. Then the seedbed shall be compacted with an approved lawn roller, weighing 40 to 65 pounds per foot of width. The Contractor shall repair any damage to seeded areas due to vehicle traffic during construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining a stand of grass covering the seeded area. Any area larger than four (4) square feet not covered by grass at the end of 3 months shall be reseeded at no cost to the Owner. Detailed Specifications - 10 ® 9 attED lull[ POCK IIY[llFVllL, • • • • • • • • • Method of Measurement: The quantity of seeding to be paid for shall be the number of acres, measured horizontally, completed and accepted. Basis of Payment: The quantity, determined as provided above, will be paid for at the contract unit price bid per acre under Item No. I-14 of the Proposal. The final quantity will be rounded to the nearest one -hundredth of an acre. 12. SODDING (T-904). This item shall consist of placing solid sod around the grate inlets as shown on the Plans. The sod shall be a minimum of 2 inches in thickness and shall be a sod containing Bermuda grass and fertilized according to Section 11 of these Detailed Specifications. The solid sod shall conform to Section T-904. Method of Measurement: The quantity solid sod paid for shall be the number of square yards placed, accepted and measured. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made according to the unit price bid under Item I-15 of the Proposal for the installation of the solid sod. This payment shall be full compensation for all materials, cutting, placing, water, labor, tools, equipment and other incidentals necessary to complete this item. 13. LIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATI A. General. All lighting equipment and installation shown on the Plans shall be done in accordance with the Plans and Specifi- cations contained hereinafter. All payment for installation of electrical equipment shall be made under Items No. II -1 through II -9 of the Proposal. B. Cable Trench (L-108). Trenches for cables may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Road patrols or graders shall not be used to excavate the trench with their blades. The bottom surface of trenches shall be essentially smooth and free from coarse aggregate. Unless otherwise specified, cable trenches shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 18 inches below finished grade; except when crossing under a roadway or driveway, the minimum depth shall be 36 inches. Detailed Specifications - 11 • ® MCOP tTED unu ea' u•evmna i• I• I• I• I. • I• I• The Contractor shall excavate all cable trenches to a width not less than 6 inches. The trench shall be widened where more than two cables are to be installed parallel in the same trench. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, all cables in the same location and running in the same general direction shall be installed in the same trench. Should the Contractor elect to use a cable plow for cable instal- lation, the specific requirements of Section 13-C of the Detailed Specifications shall apply. When rock excavation is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a depth of at least 3 inches below the required cable depth and it shall be replaced with bedding material of earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4 -inch sieve. The contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. Method of Measurement: The method of measurement shall be the number of linear feet measured in place in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made according to the unit price bid under Item II -1 of the Proposal for each linear feet of cable trench excavated in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. There will not be additional compensation for rock excavation. There will not be additional compensation for trenches of varying widths. Cable markers shall be placed as shown on the Plans. C. The "Plowing -In" Method of Installing Direct Burial Cable I lno (1) Equipment. The plowing equipment shall be of the vibratory type. It shall vibrate at a rate of at least 1200 cycles per minute. The vibrating unit shall not be rigidly mounted on the tractor. It shall be connected to the tractor for towing, in such a manner that the tractor will not dampen the vibrations. The plow blade shall be of sufficient length to facilitate installation of the cable at the specified depth. The shoe throat shall be sized for the cable size and the number of cables specified. Cable way and cable guides shall be smooth, free of obstructions and sharp edges and shall not cause bending of the cable at shorter than 3 -inch radius. It also shall not cause excessive cable strain which may damage cable insulation or stretch the conductor. Detailed Specifications - 12 ® nAlEC mL Roc. ur[n,nut is I• I• is 1• I• Where several conductors (including counterpoise wire) are installed.ih a single operation, the plow shall be equipped with separate feeds, one for each conductor, to provide the specified separation. (2) Installation. The holes for the light stakes and trans- formers or the transformer bases or at locations of cable termination shall be dug before the plowing operation is commenced. A method approved by the engineer shall be used to prevent the walls of the holes from collapsing due to tractor and plow wheels. One possible method is to use boards of sufficient strength over these holes. Only a narrow gap shall remain between the boards for the passage of the plow. Another method to prevent the collapse of the hole walls may be to install portable wooden or metal forms to support the walls. The forms shall have slots for the passage of the plow. Where the cable routing is offset line, the following method may be along the cable route at a light the light location. The diamete necessary and the depth shall. be cable. This will. permit digging later time. r by two feet from the light used. A hole shall be dug station and two feet from of this hole shall be as equal to the depth of the of the light hole at a The cable(s) may be unreeled along the proposed cable route before plowing or the cable reels may be mounted on the tractor. In the latter case unreeling of the cable shall not cause excessive tension in the cable. After the tractor and the plow is positioned at the beginning of the run, sufficient cable slack shall be pulled through the throats. Then the plow shall be lowered into the hole and the cable shall be hand held for the start of plowing. At each light hole the plow shall be stopped (movement and vibration), raised and the required. amount of slack shall be hand pulled. Care shall be taken during this operation that the cable at the entrance into the light hole shallnot be pulled from the specified depth. Plowing shall be con- tinued by lowering the plow, starting it and holding by hand the cable before it is firmly held by the ground. The plow shall not be backed onto the cable. When an underground obstruction is encountered, the plow shall be lifted out of the ground. The obstruction shall Detailed Specifications - 13 ® WATED 4411 HOCK OYETEVRIE I. I. I. I. I. I. I. be removed by hand digging. An opehing shall be hand dug around the cable down to the depth of the table and large enough to lower the plow. Then the plow shall, be pulled back into the throat by hand to prevent kinks or sharp bends. In no case shall the cable be bent at shorter than 3 -inch radius, or be subjected to excessive tension. After installation of cable by plowing, the disturbed earth at the surface shall be leveled and, if necessary, compacted by a device approved by the Engineer. Ends of cable shall be taped immediately after cutting to prevent moisture from entering the cable. Where the cable is not expected to be•connected for at least 72 hours, the tape shall also be varnished. To identify routing of the cable, stakes shall be installed every 200 feet along straight runs and at each curve, im- mmediately after plowing. Later these stakes shall be replaced by regular cable markers. "Snaking" the cable and visual inspection prior to backfill do not apply with the use of a cable plow. (3) Inspection. Before cable plowing is commenced, equip- ment to be used shall be inspected by the engineer and approved. Before approving, the engineer may require demon- stration of the equipment at the installation site and location selected by the Engineer and by using actual cable. The test run shall consist of at least one starting hole, one intermediate hole (light location) and one terminating hole and shall be 100 feet long as minimum. The test cable shall not •be reused. The cost for the test run shall be included in Item II -2 for underground cable. The cable after installation and in case of series circuit after connection of all isolation transformers, but before connection to power source (constant current regulators; power transformers, disconnect switches, etc.) and/or connections to load other than isolation transformers (wind cone, VASI, REIL, etc.) shall be tested in the follow- ing manner: (a) The conductor resistance shall be measured by an ohmeter and shall be within ± 20% of the calculated value for the size and length of the conductor. Detailed Specifications - 14 a ORATED YIlU MXK .AY[}.NIU[ I• I• r I• I. I• .' I• I• (b) The 5 KV series cable, including splices, connectors and isolation transformers shall be tested with a DC Megger. The test will be made between conductors and ground and between con- ductors. (c) Each test shall last for a minimum of one minute after instrument readings have been stabilized. The minimum acceptable insulation resistance value shall be 50 megohms. (d) When unacceptable readings are obtained, the Contractor shall locate the fault(s) and correct them. (4) Personnel. Plow operators shall be experienced and qualified by schooling and/or by sufficient on-the-job training under an experienced operator. Proof of such qualification shall be required from the Contractor. Method of Measurement: The footage of cable or counterpoise, including ground rods and grounding connectors, installed by plowing -in, shall be measured and paid for as specified in Section 13-E of the Detailed Specifications. The footage of plowed cable trench shall be measured and paid for as specified in Section 13-B of the Detailed Specifications. Basis of Payment: Payment for cable and counterpoise wire shall be made at the contract unit price bid in the Proposal under Items II -2 and II -3 respectively. For the purposes of this contract, the use of a cable plow to plow in cable shall be considered part of the required cable trenching and payment for the use of a cable plow shall be made at the contract unit price bid in the Proposal under Items II -1, Cable Trench, linear feet. Contractors planning to use a cable plow should adjust their bid price for cable trench accordingly. Contractors may use a cable plow, at their option, for all of the installation except that cable to be installed in the vicinity of the Flight Service Station and Control Tower. D. Concrete Encased Electrical Duct (L-110). The duct shall be Type 1 Schedule 40 PVC and shall be encased with concrete. The Plans show the location and length of each duct and the number of openings that are to be provided for each location. A duct marker, as shown on the Plans, shall be placed directly over each end of each duct at the ground surface. Detailed Specifications - 15 • "TED uin[ NM. FA €rTEVLL\! i• I. I• i. I• I• 1• 1• Concrete -encased ducts shall be installed so that the top of the concrete envelope is not less than 18 inches below the finished subgrade where installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, or other paved areas, and not less than 18 inches below:finished:.grade where installed in unpaved areas. Ducts under paved areas shall extend at least 3 feet beyond the edges of the pavement. Trenches for concrete -encased ducts shall be opened the complete length before concrete is laid so that if any obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. All ducts for concrete encasements shall be placed on a layer of concrete not less than 3 inches thick prior to its initial set. Where two or more ducts are encased in concrete, the Contractor shall space them not less than 12 inches apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) using spacers applicable to the type of duct. As the duct laying progresses, concrete not less than 3 inches thick shall be placed around the sides and top of the duct bank. End bells or couplings shall be installed with the concrete encasement where required. Concrete shall be as specified in P-610 and Section 8 of the Detailed Specifications. The ducts shall be backfilled with com- pacted crushed aggregate (SB-2) as specified in Section 6 of the Detailed Specifications to within 8 inches of the natural soil surface for the future taxiway location and to the surface of the taxiway. The electrical duct crossing of a taxiway shall be repaired with asphaltic concrete surface course as specified in Section 7 of the Detailed Specifications. All ducts installed shall be provided with a No. 10 gauge gal- vanized iron or steel drag wire for pulling the permanent wiring. Sufficient length shall be left in manholes or handholes to bend the drag wire back to prevent it from slipping back into the duct. Where spare ducts are installed, as indicated on the Plans, the open ends shall be plugged with removable tapered plugs, designed by the duct manufacturers, or with hardwood plugs conforming accurately to the shape of the duct and having the. larger end of the plug at least 1/4 inch greater in diameter than the duct. Method of Measurement: The method of measurement shall be the number of linear feet measured in place'in accordance with the Plans. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the contract unit price bid under Item No. II -4 of the Proposal for each linear foot of duct complete and accepted. The price shall include the required duct markers. The price shall be full compensation for furnishing all material and for Detailed Specifications - 16 • 1 UIILF RUR PAI IIFVILLF I• I• I• I• I• 1• Is all preparation, assembly and installation of the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete this item. There will not be additional payment made for excavation of any type required for the installation of ducts. E. Underground Cable and Counterpoise Wire (L-824, L-108). The underground. cable shall be of the type and sizes shown on the Plans. The cable shall be a first -grade commercial product, free from defects in material and workmanship that may affect either life or performance. Cable shall be Type C manufactured in accordance with the require- ments of IPCEA S-66-524. The cable shall be marked with the manufacturer's name or trademark, cable trade names or catalog number, conductor size, and voltage rating. The markings shall be spaced at least every two feet and should not affect the smoothness of the cable surface. Reference to Types A and B cable in the Standard Specifications shall be disregarded. Where a cable plow is not used, cables shall be unreeled in place alongside or in the trench and shall be carefully placed along the bottom of the trench. The cable shall not be unreeled and pulled into the trench from one end. Where two or more cables are laid parallel in the same trench, they shall be placed laterally a minimum of 3 inches apart, and the trench shall be widened sufficiently to accomplish this. Cables crossing over each other shall have a minimum of 3 inches vertical displacement with the topmost cable depth at or below the minimum required depth below finished grade. Not less than 1 foot of cable slack shall be left on each side of all connections, insulating transformers, light units, and at all other points where cable is connected to field equipment. The slack cable shall be placed in the trench in a series of "S" curves, except where a cable plow is used. Additional slack cable shall be left in runway light bases, handholes, manholes, etc_., where it is required to bring the cable above ground level to make connections. After the cable has been installed, the trench shall be backfilled with a layer 3 inches deep, loose measurement, and the backfill shall be either earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4 -inch sieve. This layer shall not be compacted. The second layer shall be 5 inches deep, loose measurement, and shall contain no particles that would be retained Detailed Specifications - 17 I ®�d`A� • C A Lulls Pp[\ f4FTTIv PtFTED plugs, blue lenses and 30 watt 6.6 amp clear lamps. Light placement shall be as indicated on the Plans. Twenty of the new medium intensity taxiway lights shall be installed on the existing runway lighting circuit. These lights and required cable splice location are indicated on the Plans. All cable splices shall be the cast type such as Scotchcast No. 82-A. Installation of the taxiway lights includes any excavation required between the light fixture and the offset cable trench. Method of Measurement: The method of measurement shall be the number of lights installed. Basis of Payment: Basis of payment shall be in accordance with the unit price bid and payment will be made under Item No. II -6 of the Proposal, Medium Intensity Taxiway Lights, each. G. Taxiway Guidance Signs (L-858, L-125, L-830, L-823). This item shall consist of providing and installing two taxiway guidance signs, required transformers and associated equipment. All of the equipment shall have prior approval of the F.A.A. The signs shall be Type I, Size 3, Style 2, Class 2, with legends as follows: Taxiway Guidance Sign No. 1 - - "16" Taxiway Guidance Sign No. 2 - - "ILS" Sign locations are shown on the Plans. Sign orientation shall be as directed by the Engineer. Method of Measurement: The method of measurement shall be the number of signs installed. Basis of Payment: Basis of payment shall be in accordance with the unit price bid in the Proposal under Item No. II -7, Taxiway Guidance Sign No. 1, each; and Item No. II -8, Taxiway Guidance Sign No. 2, each. Detailed Specifications - 18 {Mt�,I $A? I C R RATED y!!µ .IX. q.pl[muF I • • • • 6 • • • on a 1 -inch sieve. The remainder of the backfill shall be excavated or imported material and shall hot contain stone or aggregate larger than 4 inches maximum diameter. The third and subsequent layers of the backfill shall not exceed 8 inches in maximum depth, loose measurement. The second, and subsequent layers shall be thoroughly tamped and compacted to at least the density of the adjacent undisturbed soil, and to the satisfaction of the engineer. If necessary to obtain the desired compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required. Ground rods shall be installed on the counterpoise wire as shown on the Plans. Trenches shall not be excessively wet and shall not contain pools of water during backfilling operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface. Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the Engineer. Refer to Section 13-C of the Detailed Specifications for specific requirements applying to the use of a cable plow.. Method of Measurement: The method of measurement for the footage of cable or counterpoise wire shall be the number of linear feet measured in place in accordance with the Plans. The required 8 ft. by 5/8 inch ground rods shall be considered part of the counterpoise wire instal- lation for payment purposes. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the contract unit price bid in the Proposal for the following items: Item No. II -2, Underground Cable Installed in Trench or Duct, linear feet, Item No. II -3, Bare Counterpose Wire Installed in Trench or Duct, linear feet. F. Medium Intensity Taxiway Lights (L-125, L -861T, L-823). This item shall consist of providing and installing 162 medium intensity lights, transformers and associated equipment. All of the lighting equipment shall have the prior approval of the F.A.A. Lighting fixtures shall be identified as shown on the Plans with noncorrosive discs with permanent numbers at least 2 inches high. The medium intensity elevated taxiway lights shall be stake mounted and shall be equipped with breakable couplings and disconnect Detailed Specifications - 19 ® r b 9iATEO yilL[Y0.'. f4Fl FYILIE 0 Control Eouipment for Taxiway Lightinq System (L-125 • • • • •1. L-828, L-821). A size /2, Type I, Class 1, Style! static type indoor constant current regulator shall be installed inside an existing enclosure housing the existing runway fighting system regulator. Mounting details are shown on the Plans. Due to space limitations in the enclosure, the physical overall dimensions of the regulator shall not exceed 24"x24"x24". The regulator shall be suitable for remote control and shall be as manufactured by SEPCO Airport Lighting Division, or approved equal. Two existing remote control panels shall be removed and replaced with new panels as shown on the Plans. The removed panels shall remain the property of the Owner. Basis of Payment: All material, assembly, installation, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to install the control equipment for the medium intensity taxiway lighting system shall be compensated under Item No. II -5 of the Proposal. I. Approved Airport Lighting Equipment (AC 150/5345-1E). All lighting and electrical equipment shall have the prior approval by the F.A.A. Equipment having this approval is listed in "Approved Airport Lighting Equipment", F.A.A. Advisory Circular No. 150/5345-1E. Copies of this are available from the Engineer or: Department of Transportation Publication Section, TAD -443 Washington, D.C. 20590 14. SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES. A. Safety Requirements. Listed below are FAA "Safety Requirements on Airports During Agency Funding Construction Activity" (Order SW 5200.5). These safety requirements and the construction procedures derived from the Predesign Conference (Section (b) ) shall govern the construction process. Construction Activity. and Aircraft Movements (a) Safety requirements for construction activity affecting aircraft movement areas have been coordinated with the airport owner (or operator) and representatives of the Airports District Office, Airports Certification Staff, General Aviation District Office, Air Carrier District Office, Air Transportation Security Field Office, Air Traffic Division (ASW-530), Airway Facilities Division (ASW-420), and Logistics Division (ASW-56) as appropriate for the particular location. As a result of Detailed Specifications - 20 ® I CO R PnTED LITTLE .o:. LAVE I TFVILLE I. I. I• I. I. this coordination, a work sequence intending a minimum of disruption to aircraft operations has been developed. The resulting restrictions imposed on the Contractor have been included as a part of the contract provisions. (b) During the time that the contractor is performing the work, the aprons, taxiways, and runways at the airport will remain in use by aircraft, to the maximum extent allowable. The use by aircraft of runways and taxiways adjacent to areas where the contractor is working will be so scheduled as to minimize disturbances to the contractor's operations. Aircraft operations, unless otherwise specified in the contract speci- fications, shall always have priority over any and all of the Contractor's operations. The Contractor shall not allow his employees, subcontractors, material suppliers or any other persons over whom he has control, to enter or remain upon any part of the airport which would be a hazardous location. Should runways, or taxiways be required for use of aircraft, and should the contractor be too close to the portion used by aircraft for safety, the Engineer may at his sole discretion order the contractor to suspend his operations, remove his personnel, plant, equipment, and materials to a safe distance and stand by until the runway and ta.xi,ways are no longer required for use by aircraft. 2. Limitations on Construction. The following restrictions shall normally pertain for activity at both air carrier and general aviation airports. In cases where it has been determined that the following restrictions are inappropriate, similar requirements shall be developed resulting from the provisons of paragraph 1 (a) on a case - by -case basis. (a) When construction work is being accomplished adjacent to an active runway when visibility minimums are as low as 3/4 mile, equipment shall not be permitted within 250 feet from the runway centerline, or within 200 feet horizontally of any aircraft on an active runway used by air carriers, whichever is greater. For VFR runways used by general aviation only, equipment shall not be permitted within 125 feet from the runway centerline. (b) When construction work is being accomplished adjacent to an active runway when visibility minimums are below 3/4 mile, equipmei shall not be permitted within 500 feet from the runway centerline. (c) All work which is too close to the runway for accomplishment during condition 2 (a) above, shall be performed during periods when the runway is not in use. (Ref. NOTAM requirements Paragraph 4). Detailed Specifications - 21 ® E a VbPATEO I• • 0 0 CA J • • • () When construction is being accomplished adjacent to an active runway, equipment below the VFR 7:1 slope but penetrating the IFR 7:1 slope shall be obstruction -marked and lighted for night operations. (.e) Men, equipment or other construction material will be permitted in the. approach or departure zones of active runways, provided that the construction activity is conducted below 20:1 (34:1 where visibility minimums are below 3/4 mile) approach plane originating 200 feet from end of runway. Any construction activity which is contemplated in the approach zones which would violate these planes will require special consideration (threshold displacement,lighting, etc.) Threshold displacement where visibility minimums are three -fourths mile will be 200 feet from the intersection of the 20:1 slope. For visibility minimums of one mile or more, the threshold will be located where the 20:1 slope intersects the runway except that at least a 200 foot safety area will be required between the obstruction and the displaced threshold. See Appendix. (f) Men, equipment or other construction related material will be permitted adjacent to an apron or active taxiway provided that such activity is first coordinated with the users and appropriate NOTAMS issued. Additionally, barricades with flashers for night operations will be required to mark the area to prevent aircraft from inadvertently entering the construction area. Open trenches, excavation and stockpiled material will normally not be permitted within 250 feet of the centerline of active runways at air carrier airports and for runways having a precision instrument approach. Coverings for open trenches must be of such strength as to support the weight of the heaviest aircraft operating on the runway. (g) Flare pots will not be permitted for temporary lighting of pavement areas or to denote construction limits. - (h) Construction equipment shall not exceed a height of 150 feet above the airport surface. Any equipment exceeding a height of 75 feet shall be obstruction -marked and lighted at night, and when not in use lowered to its stowed height. Detailed Specifications - 22 4 cC LLE4gQR O ORATED unlit 50C` ..•FTRVtLF 3. Construction Activity in the Vicinity of Navigational Aids. Con- struction in the vicinity of FAA navigational aids e.g., VASI, MALS) shall be accomplished with extreme care to prevent damage to the units or power cables. In addition, construction vehicles shall not be permitted to block the view of the guidance lights from approaching aircraft. 4. NOTAMS. I• 1• i• I• I• I• Is I• (a) The Airport Owner through the Assistant Airport Manager for Operations shall issue the necessary Notice to Airmen (NOTAMS) to reflect hazardous conditions during construction. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with the necessary infor- mation as to the work schedule in advance so the Engineer may coordinate with and provide the Operations Manager with the work schedule for the issuance of the NOTAMS. It is important that NOTAMS be kept current and reflect the actual conditions with respect to the construction situation. Active NOTAMS shall be reviewed periodically and revised to reflect the current conditions. (b) Inspections will be made frequently by both the Airport Operations Manager and FAA personnel during critical phases of the work to insure that the Contractor is following the required safety procedures. B. Construction Procedures. Due to the nature of the proposed project the Contractor's work schedule and working hours shall be subject to several restrictions. In order to maintain the operation of scheduled air carrier flight operations, a major portion of the project must be constructed at night between the hours of 12:00 midnight and.5:45 a.m. In addition, upon completion of each night's work, the Contractor must restore the runway safety zone to a condition meeting safety requirements for air carrier flights. The Contractors shall accomplish certain construction items by temporarily displacing the runway threshold. In some cases the thres- hold may be displaced for the night working hours only, and then restored to the end of the runway at the end of the night's work. The runway must be closed for a portion of the work, however runway closure shall occur only during night working hours when chartered flights are not scheduled by Scheduled Skyways or Royal American Airlines. The following sections contain additional information and requirements on the construction procedures. 1. Work Requirements. The Contractor under Contract Section I. shall provide adequate portable lighting to light his work area from several directions to minimize shadows within the work area. The rough grading operation shall be done at night with the finish grading operation to be done at night also or in daylight between Detailed Specifications - 23 I• I RATED WILE .oc• V<f[I[aLEE aircraft operations. The grading operation shall not produce any vertical change in grade greater than 3 -inches during periods which the airport is open to air traffic. The contractor shall lay drainage pipe within the runway safety area at night. The pipe end shall be blocked and the pipe backfilled each night to prevent substance under wheel loads. The pipe joint repair work within the runway safety area shall be completed at night and backfilled as described above. The precast inlet and precast inlet extensions shall be installed according to the Plans, pipe joints or connections sealed and backfilled as described above. 6 6 0 i • 2. Order of Work. The construction items have been grouped into phases and listed in an ordered sequence in the following tables. The purpose of this ordered sequence is to.limit the disruption of aircraft operations and at the same time to minimize the required amounts of night work. This order of work is a suggested schedule, subject to variations; such variations can be approved by the Engineer prior to bidding, if "need to know" exists because of costs involved. Order of Work Contract Section I Grading and Drainage Work Work Runway -Taxiway Phase Time Limitations Work Items I-1 Day None: Move equipment to Grading 15 feet along accommodate aircraft. taxiways. I-2 Day North threshold displaced Grading and seeding at 500 feet north end of runway and along Northeast taxiway. Drainage improvements to Northeast. taxiway Sta. 0+00 to Sta. 5+00. I-3 Night Closed Runway Grading and drainage improvements along runway within 200 feet of runway edge. Sta. 5+00 to Sta. 61+00. I-4 Day Closed Taxiway Grading and drainage (in segments) improvements along west taxiway in segments seeding along runway and taxiway. Detailed Specifications - 24 ® INCOFPOA ATE" LIIILI !Ott •A! llwWLL I• I!, I0 i0 Work Work Runway -Taxiway Phase Time Limitations I-5 Day South Threshold Displaced 500 ft. Contract Section II Lighting Installation k Items Grading and Seeding along runway and taxiway Sta. 61+00 to Sta. 67+40. Work Work Runway -Taxiway Phase Time Limitations Work Items II -1 Day North Threshold Displaced 500 ft. Install taxiway lights at North 200 feet along runway and along north- east taxiway. II -2 Night Runway closed Install taxiway lights along connecting taxi- ways within the runway safety area and along east side of terminal ramp. II -3 Day Closed Taxiway (in segments) II -4 Day South Threshold Displaced 500 ft II -5 Day None Installation of taxi- way lights along west taxiway in segments. Installation of taxiway lights at south end of runway. Installation of controls and wiring. In order to limit the amount of required closed runway time and to prevent conflict between the activities of the two contractors, working separate Contract Sections, the Work Phases that can be completed simultaneously are indicated in the following table: Detailed Specifications - 25 • ATED Un 11 AML. . .. n Vih\\f SIMULTANEOUS WORK PHASES I• 10 I• 16 10 I0 I• CONTRACT SECTION 1 CONTRACT SECTION II Runway -Taxiway k Phase Limitations Work F I-2 North Threshold II -1 Displaced 500 Ft. I-3 Runway closed II -2 I-4 Closed Taxiway II -3 (in segments) I-5 South Threshold II -4 Displaced 500 Ft. Work phases I-3 and II -2 shall limit the closed runway time. and II -4 shall be completed at only one threshold may be disp and II -3 shall be completed on the number of taxiway segments be completed at the same time to Work phases I-2 and II -2, and I-5 the same time respectively, i.e., laced at one time. Work phases I-4 the same segment if possible to limit closed at any one time. 3. Temporary Displaced Threshold. (a) The Contractor for Contract Section I shall construct and install displaced threshold markers along the runway in the following sequence: Threshold Displacement Displacement Work Phases Time North, 500 Feet I-2 and II -1 24 hours per day' South, 500 Feet II -4 and II -3 24 hours per day Note: 1. Threshold displacement will remain in place 24 hours per day until the construction items in the work phases are completed. (b) The Contractor shall make every effort to limit total threshold displacement time. Installation of displaced thresholds shall be approved by the Engineer and Owner. (c) The following items are an integral part of each displaced threshold. Detailed Specifications -26 ®IP C TED uTTU OC r.g IEVUE (1) Eight portable threshold identifier lights (4 placed on each side of the runway as shown on the plans) shall be be obtained from the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the batteries necessary for the portable lights. (2) Two 10' x 50' wooden frame outboard markers with Visqueen• (painted white) attached. The frames shall be placed on each side of the runway and secured to the ground. (3) Unscrew the bulbs in all runway edge lights and runway end identifier lights between the temporary displaced threshold and normal threshold. I• 0 I• I• I• I• (4) Wire stake mounted red flags (18 inch square flags) shall be placed between the temporary displaced threshold lights (8 required). This requirement applies to 24 hours per day threshold displacements only. Flags will not be required for night only displacements. (5) Barricades to deny access to taxiways leading to dis- placed threshold areas. Barricades shall be as required below, under closed taxiway time. (d) The Contractor, under Contract Section I, shall supply the two outboard markers and flags as shown on the Plans. At the end of Work Phase I-5 the outboard markers and flags shall remain the property of the Contractor. The above referenced contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the markers and flags while they are being used. No separate payment shall be made for providing, installing and removing of the displaced threshold markers. 4. Closed Runway Time. The runway shall be closed at night in order to complete work Phases I-3 and II -2. The Engineer shall schedule the closed runway period to minimize the effect upon flight operations. The Contractors shall begin grading operations and taxiway light installation on the first night the runway is closed. The runway shall remain closed each night as directed by the Engineer until the Contractors complete the grading operation and taxiway light installations. - (a) Closed Runway Markings. The Contractor, under Contract Section I, shall provide two lighted yellow closed runway crosses as shown on the Plans. The lighted crosses shall be placed at each end of the pavement at the start of each night's work. Lanterns or lights shall be placed around the crosses to outline them to aircraft. The runway lights, VASI, MALS, Beacon and Windcone lights shall 6e turned off during periods the runway is closed. The closed runway crosses shall be removed from the runway by the above referenced Contractor at the end of each night's work. The crosses shall remain the property of the Contractor upon completion Detailed Specifications - 27 ®TED u n61pp fb OTFnut • 6 0 i 0 0 • of work. No separate payment shall be made for providing, installing, lighting and removing the closed runway crosses. 5. Closed Taxiway Time. The east and west taxiways shall be closed in segments during work phases I-4 and II -3. The Contractors shall work in the same closed segment if at all possible, however, no more than two segments of the taxiway shall be closed at any one time. The Engineer shall review each Contractor's schedule and make adjustments to minimize the effect of closed taxiway segments upon flight operations. The closed taxiway time shall not prohibit any aircraft from access to any hangar location or the transient aircraft parking apron. The taxiway segments shall remain closed only during daily working hours unless construction activities require otherwise and so directed by the Engineer. The Contractors shall proceed with the above work phases in an expedient manner so as to hold the closed taxiway time to a minimum. The Contractor under each Contract Section I and II shall provide barricade to close off the closed segments of the taxiway. The barricades shall be painted with reflective white and orange paint or striped with reflective white and orange striping, and shall have a minimum of one yellow flashing light per barricade. The barricades shall be of such multiple length as to cover 50 percent of the taxiway, and placed so as- to allow for the passage of fire, and rescue vehicles. The barricades shall be placed a minimum of 50 feet from the runway or as directed by the Engineer. The barricades shall remain the property of the Contractor's upon completion of the work. No payment shall be made for the barricades, installation, maintenance or removal. 6. Working Hours. (a) Day: Working hours for those Work Phases for which "Day" is listed in Work Time columns are at the discretion of the Contractor (see Order of Work Table). Some of these work items may be done at night if the Contractor wishes to avoid interruptions due to flight operations. (b) Night: Night working hours shall be from 12:00 midnight to 5:45 a.m. This will eliminate scheduled flight operations from the working hours since the last scheduled flight is at 11:50 p.m. and the first scheduled flight is at 6:05 a.m. Hence five and three fourths (5 3/4) working hours will normally be available to the Contractors. The Contractor under Contract Section I may extend his work day into daylight hours so as to more efficiently utilize his work force. The day work area must meet the safety requirements. Detailed Specifications - 28 LLWtED u O6 !OR [.VE11MLV (c) Flight Operations Between 12:00 midnight and. 5:45 a.m. Flight operations during the normal night working hours will be due to a delayed Frontier, Royal American or Scheduled Skyways flight delayed after 11:50 p.m. will conflict with Work Phase I-3 and II -2, since Frontier requires a 5500 foot runway length. Chartered Skyways or Royal American flights and unscheduled flights will conflict with Work Phase I-3 and II -2 (closed runway). Skyways and private aircraft can operate on a 4000 foot runway so a 500 foot threshold displacement will not conflict with these aircraft operations. 0 • • i (d) Suspension Time: Based on information affecting the operation of aircraft, and his conclusion that the possibility of work on that night will be remote, the Engineer shall notify the Contractor no later than 10:00 p.m. that work for that night is to be suspended. Upon receipt of such notification, the Contractor shall alert his personnel not to report for work on that night. Days involved in suspension time will not be included.in contract time, but shall be excluded from the count of consumed contract days. Normally night work will be suspended only during Work Phases I-3 and II -2 (closed runway) when Skyways or Royal American has charter flight operations scheduled after midnight. No payment shall be made for suspension time; however, time will not be assessed toward the contract time. (e) Standby Time: This condition occurs when the Engineer has not directed that the project be placed under suspension as provided in subparagraph (d) above, but conditions develop that work cannot begin at 12:00 midnight. The factors controlling standby time are as follows: (1) The Contractor's reporting to work at 12:00 midnight. (2) The Engineer's notification to the Contractor at or prior to 12:00 midnight that work cannot begin at 12:00 midnight. (3) The Engineer's instruction to the Contractor to hold his personnel on standby because of the possibility of working after 12:00 midnight. The Engineer may repeat his instruction to continue on standby time at intervals of one (1) hour, or at longer intervals, as in his judgment is appropriate. Standby time shall occur, and be measured by, increments of one hour. The Contractor shall not be required to hold his personnel on standby basis later 2:00 a.m. If the Contractor so selects, he may hold his personnel later than midnight, but the time after 2:00 a.m. will not be included in the measurement of standby time. Days involved in standby time will not be excluded from contract time, but shall be included in the count of consumed contract days. Detailed Specifications - 29 • 1ENGIP UP4TED unu.x. NNNNCC�� FATE TTt�LLE Contractors will normally be placed on standby time during Work Phase I-3 and II -2, if Skyways'- 11:50 p.m, flight is delayed past 12:00 midnight and during Work Phases 1-3 and II -2 if Skyways, or Royal American has a charter flight scheduled after 12:00 midnight. Measurement and Payment: Standby time will be measured in increments of one whole hour and payments shall be made at the unit price bid under Items I-17 and II -9 of the proposal. (f) Legal Holidays: No holiday, including Sunday, will be observed during Work Phases I-3 and II -2 (closed runway). Observation of legal holidays during the other Work Phases shall be at the discretion of the Contractor. Engineering observation will be furnished on all working days unless prevented by weather conditions or the operation of aircraft. 7. Clean up. From time to time the Contractor shall clean up the site, including any work areas at the airport, in order that the site present a neat appearance and the progress of the work not be impeded. One such period of clean-up shall immediately precede final inspection.. Immediately following acceptance of the work by the Owner, the Contractor shall remove all temporary plant, equipment, surplus materials, and debris resulting from his operations, and leave the site in a condition fully acceptable to the Owner. Following each work shift, the runway and taxiway shall be swept clean of all loose aggregate and other foreign matter. Clean-up will not be measured for separate payment but shall be considered subsidiary work pertaining to the several items of the contract. 8. Entrance, Parking Areas and Security. Forces of the Contractors and the Engineer shall enter and leave the airfield at the gate locations as shown on Sheet 6 of the Plans. The employee entrance which is nearest the work area shall be used and only one entrance at a time shall be used. The gates shall be unlocked at work time for access to the airfield then shall be locked for the remainder of the work day. The movement of equipment and materials shall be made through the gate at the north end of the airfield. The gate shall remain locked at all times except when needed for access. Should the gate need to remain unlocked for extended periods of time the Contractor shall station a watchman at the gate to prevent unauthorized personnel from entering the airfield. The Contractors shall store their equipment at the locations as shown on Sheet 6 of the Plans during non -working hours or at other locations approved by the Assistant Airport Manager for Operations. Detailed Specifications - 30 ®11400P PRATED unlf Von 9. Schedule of Work. The schedule for each day or night's work sha be as proposed by the Contractor, but subject to the approval of the Engineer no later than 10:00 p.m. in the evening of the night's work or the following day's work. The schedule need not be elaborate but shall be in detail sufficient to show clearly the exact work that the Contractor is proposing. At the first part of each operation, and until some table of experience has been developed, the proposed work shall be on the conservative side. It is vital that the runway be ready for use by aircraft at the intended time. The Engineer shall coordinate the scheduling of the Work Phases as discussed unde "Order of Work". 10. Clearance for Use With FAA. At the end of each work period withi the runway safety zone, the Engineer or the Owner's Representative shall determine that the runway is ready for return to services. They will inform the representative of Federal Aviation Administration, in the control tower, of the results of their inspection. It shall be the privilege of the FAA representative to make inspections also. If such inspection is desired, the representative and the Engineer shall develop a method of inspection that will produce the required information, and without interference with the work. 11. Radio Control. Certain construction items will require that the Contractor, under Contract Section I, work in the runway safety zone while the runway is in operation but not in use. When the runway is required for use by air traffic, the Contractors shall be required to clear the safety zone of men and equipment. The Contractors shall be required to provide, for the use of his personnel, at least one two-way radio mounted in a pick-up truck or other designated vehicle. The radio shall be maintained in good and operable condition and shall be tuned to the specified frequency at all times. All instructions issued to the Contractor by the control tower or by the Engineer shall be complied with in a prompt manner. Upon direction from the control tower the Contractor shall move all of his equipment and personnel to an area at least 250 feet from runway centerline (200 feet from runway edge). Equipment and personnel shall not be returned to the restricted work area until permission for such return is granted by air traffic control. In the clearing of restricted work areas, movement shall not be to any area opposite the ends of the -runway. Upon completion of the contract the radio shall remain the property of the Contractor. No payment shall be made for the radios. (a) When any vehicle other than those routinely used in aircraft movement area and runway approach area is requ to travel over any portion of that area, it shall be es by a vehicle properly identified to operate in the area provided with a flag on a staff attached to the vehicle Specifications ®mPbAATEO so that the flag will be readily visible. The flag shal.l-be not less than 3 -foot square consisting of a checkered pattern of inter- national orange and white squares of not less than l foot on each side and displayed in full view above the vehicle. A flag or escort vehicle is not required for vehicles which have been painted, marked and lighted for routine use on aircraft movement areas. Any vehicle operating on the movement area during the hours of darkness should be equipped with a flashing red dome - type light. If the airport has a security plan, check for guidance on additional identification and control of construction equipment. (b) Vehicular traffic crossing active movement areas must be controlled either by two-way radio with the control tower, by escort, flagmen, signal light or the means appropriate for the particular airport. The clearance shall be confirmed by the driver's personal observation that no aircraft is approaching his position. (c) It will be desirable to clearly identify the vehicles for control purposes by either assigned initials or numbers prominently displayed on each. side. The identifying symbols shall be of 10 —inch minimum, block -type characters of a color easily read. The may be applied by use of magnetic signs to facilitate removal. In addition, all vehicles must display the identification media as specified in the approved airport security plan, if applicable. The Contractor shall supply the magnetic signs for his escort vehicles. The Contractor under Contract Section I shall furnish two signs for the Engineers use. The signs shall become the property of the Owner upon completion of work. No direct payment shall be made for the signs. I• I• I• (d) Debris, waste and loose material capable of causing damage to aircraft landing gears, propellers or being injected in jet engines shall not be placed on active aircraft movement areas. Material tracked on these areas shall be removed continuously during the work project. 13. Trench Backfill. The Contractors shall be required to backfill the cable trench or drainage trench at the end of each night's work during Work Phases I-3 and II -2 in order to prevent open trenches, rough grades and vertical difference in elevation in excess of 3 -inches along the runway during the. following day's aircraft operations. Detailed Specifications - 32 ® COR bAs TED un.F epp ...E.R.+uf I. Appendix 1• 1• 1"108 I8Eo L,Trtt p FAV{T Try'yj (/13/76 AIRPORT SAFETY AREAS AND APPROACH SURFACES 80D 200' Usable Rune, Extended Runway safety Arco Safety Area Rim Ka SW 5200.5 CIIC 1 Appendix 1 / l220 ;Na Required If Kslbilky Minimum, One Ltlle or Hgher. Displaced the shoid Trench RUNWAY SAFETY AREAS 1. 500 feet wide on air carrier runways and other precision instrument runways. (400 feet where previously approved.) • 2. 300 feet wide on runways serving executive jets and other transport aircraft. 3. 100-150 feet wide on other general aviation runways, depending on exact classification. 4. 500 feet wide for extended runway safety area (if previously designated). 5. Runway safety areas extend 200 feet beyond the threshold and are required • beyond the displaced threshold. 6. No object may be located in any safety area except objects that must be maintained because of their function or that are frangible mounted. 7. Construction material or spoils will not be permitted in safety areas • of active runways unless threshold displaced to provide required clearances. • 8. During construction, the threshold shall he displaced so that open • trenches, excavation and stockpiled material will he beyond 200 feet from the displaced threshold for the full width of the safety area. APPROACH SURFACES I. During construction, the threshold shall be displaced so that new equipment or construction material does not penetrate the approach surface for the type of operation approved. e 2. 20:1 required for visibility minimum of 3/4 miles with approach surface beginning 200' from the displaced threshold. For visibility minimum of one mile or more, the approach surface may begin at intersection of 20:1 slope and runway. .. 3. For widths of approach surfaces, see FAR fart 77. Page 1 L